ML18022A421: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(6 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 09/11/1986
| issue date = 09/11/1986
| title = Resubmits Comment on Final Draft Tech Specs.Basis Section of Record 779 Expanded to Provide Addl Info Re Valve Testing & Cycling
| title = Resubmits Comment on Final Draft Tech Specs.Basis Section of Record 779 Expanded to Provide Addl Info Re Valve Testing & Cycling
| author name = ZIMMERMAN S R
| author name = Zimmerman S
| author affiliation = CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| author affiliation = CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| addressee name = DENTON H R
| addressee name = Denton H
| addressee affiliation = NRC OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION (NRR)
| addressee affiliation = NRC OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION (NRR)
| docket = 05000400
| docket = 05000400
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:(g Carolina Paver L Light Company fr SERIAL: NLS-86-30l SEP 11 Qgg P Mr.Harold R.Denton, Director Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555 SHEARON HARRIS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT NO.I-DOCKET NO.50-000 COMMENT ON FINAL DRAFT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
{{#Wiki_filter:fr (g                                     Carolina Paver L Light Company SERIAL: NLS-86-30l SEP   11 Qgg P
Mr. Harold R. Denton, Director Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555 SHEARON HARRIS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT NO. I - DOCKET NO. 50-000 COMMENT ON FINAL DRAFT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
Letter dated September 2, 1986 (NLS-86-326) from Mr. S. R. Zimmerman (CPkL) to Mr, Harold R. Denton (NRC).


Letter dated September 2, 1986 (NLS-86-326) from Mr.S.R.Zimmerman (CPkL)to Mr, Harold R.Denton (NRC).
==Dear Mr. Denton:==


==Dear Mr.Denton:==
Carolina Power 2 Light Company resubrnits a comment on the Final Draft Technical Specifications for the Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plant. The basis section of Record.
~~~~Carolina Power 2 Light Company resubrnits a comment on the Final Draft Technical Specifications for the Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plant.The basis section of Record.No.779 (attached) has been expanded to provide additional information to assist the staff in their review of this comment.If you have any questions, please contact Mr.Gregg A.Sinders at (9i9)836-8l68.Yours very truly, Orignal Signed By e g.7lmtTle~n S, R.Zimmerman Manager Nuclear Licensing Section GAS/crs (008 l GAS)Attachment cc: Mr.R.A.Benedict (NRC)Mr.B.C.Buckley (NRC)Mr.G.F.Maxwell (NRC-SHNPP)
                                                                              ~
Dr.3.Nelson Grace (NRC-RII)k all t:ayettaville straat~p.o.8ox 15st~RIteigh.N.c.artt02 rt g1 l ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEHS ELECTRICAL E UIPHENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERHAL OVERLOAD PRQTFCTION B"SAL FT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.8.4.2 The.thermal overload protection of each valve given in Table 3.8-2 shall be bypassed only under accident conditions by an OPERABLE bypass device integral with the motor starter.APPLICABILITY:
No. 779 (attached) has been expanded to provide additional information to assist the staff
Whenever the motor-operated valve is required to be OPERABLE.ACTION: With the thermal overload protection for one or more of the above required valves not capable of being bypassed under conditions for which it is designed to be bypassed, restore the inoperable device or provide a means to bypass the thermal overload within 8 hours, or declare the affected valve(s)inoperable and apply the appropriate ACTION Statement(s) of the affected system(s).
                                                            ~
SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS 4.8.4.2 The thermal overload protection for the above'required valves shall be verified to be bypassed only under accident conditions by an OPERABLE integral bypass device by the performance of a TRIP ACTUATION DEVICE OPERATIONAL TEST of the bypass circuitry:
      ~
]$'ow~~a.At least once per 9KB~for those thermal overloads which are normally in force during plant operation and are bypassed only under accident conditions; and b.Following maintenance on the motor starter.SHNPP RFvlglAbl AU 8 586 SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-39 SHNPP Proof and CPBc L Coxnxnenta Review Technical Specif ication s Record Number: 764 LCO Number: 3.08.04.02 Section Number: TABLE 3.8-2 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 3/4 8-40&42 PAGE 3/4 8-40 VALVE NUMBER 1CS-472-CHANGE FUNCTION TO"RCP SEAL WATER RETURN ISOLATION." PAGE 3/4 8-42 VALVES 1SW-97, 109$98&110 CHANGE THE FUNCTION TO"SW FROM FAN CLR Basis ALL OF THESE CHANGES ARE TO CORRECT TYPOGRAPHICAL, ERRORS IN THE ORIGINAL DATA SUPPLIED BY CP&L.
in their review of this comment.       ~
iilt L V,FT SHNPP TABLE 3.8-2 REVISlON MOTOR-OPERATED VALVE5 THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION JUL VALVE NUMBER 1CS-341 (2CS" V522)1CS-382 (2CS-V523) 1CS-423 (2CS-V524) 1CS-182 (2CS-V600) 1CS-210 (2CS-V601) 1CS-196 (2CS-V602) 1CS-235 (2CS-V609) 1CS-166 (2CS-L521)1CS-292 (2CS"L522) 1CS-214 (2CS-V585) 1CS-165 (2CS-L520) 1CS-291 (2CS-L523}
If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Gregg A. Sinders at (9i9) 836-8l68.
1CS-238 (2CS-V610) 1CS-170 (2CS-V587) 1CS-169 (2CS-V589) 1CS-171 (2CS-V590) 1CS-168 (2CS-V588) 1CS-219 (2CS-V603) 1CS-217 (2CS-V604) 1CS-218 (2CS-V605) 1CS-220 (2CS-V606) 1CS-240 (2CS-V611) 1CS-278 (2CS"V586) 1CS-746 (2CS-V757) 1CS-752 (2t:5"V759) 1CS"753 (2CS-V760) 1CS-745 (2CS-V758) 1CS"472 (2CS-V517) 1CS-4?0 (2CS-V516)
Yours very truly, Orignal Signed By e g. 7lmtTle~n S, R. Zimmerman Manager Nuclear Licensing Section GAS/crs   (008 l GAS)
'RH"25 (2RH"V507) 1RH-63 (2RH-V506) 1RH-31 (2RH-F513) 1RH-69 (2RH-F512) 1RH-2 (1RH-V503) 1RH-40 (1RH-V501}
Attachment cc:     Mr. R. A. Benedict (NRC)
1RH-1 (1RH V502)1RH-39 (1RH-VQÃ)15I-1 (25I-V503) lSI-4 (2SI-V506) lSI-2 (25I-V504) 1SI-3{2SI-V505) 15I-246 (25I-V537) 15I-248 (2SI-V535) 15I-300 (25I-V571) 15I-310 (2SI"V573) 15I-247 (2SI-V536)
Mr. B. C. Buckley (NRC)
FUNCTION RCP A SEAL ISOL RCP B SEAL ISOL RCP C SEAL ISOL.CSIP A MINIFLOM ISOLATION.CSIP B MINIFLOW ISOLATION CSIP C MINIFLOM ISOLATION CSIP to RCS ISOLATION VCT ISOLATION RMST ISOLATION C5IPS MINIFLOM ISOLATION VCT ISOLATION iNST ISOLATION CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL SEAL WATER INJECTION BORIC ACID TA KPO IP CSIP MI CSIP~NIFLOM C 0 MINIFLOM SIP MINIFLOM RCPj SEAL MATER R RN I50L RCP'EAL WATER ELATION HR TO CSIP ION TO SUCTION RHR A MINI FLOW"4HR B MINI FLOW RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A.ISOL-CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION BYPASS DEVICE~YES/NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YE5 YES YES YES YE5~YES YES YE5 YES YE5 YES YE5 YES YES YES YE5 YE5 YES YES YES YE5 YES YES YES.YES YES YES YES YES YE5 YES YE5 YES YES SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-40 TABLE 3.8-2 Continued SHXPP REVISION JlJL 85.BYPASS DEVICE~YES/NO AO FUNCTION VALVE NUMBER AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION, NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL'W HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL EMER SW PUHP 1A MAIN RSVR INLET EHER SW PUMP 18 MAIN RSVR INLET MER SW PUMP~AUX RSVR INLET EHER'SW PUMP 18+VX RSVR INLET SW TO FAN CLR AH3)INLET S~W FAN CLR AH3(OUTLET SW TO FAN CLR AH2, INLET~~~SW&FAN CLR AHg OUTLET SW TO FAN CLR i INLET Vd FAN CLR A 1 OUTLET TO FAN CLR H4 INLET SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET SW TO AFWTD UHP SW TO AFWT PUMP SW TO AF PUMP SW TO AF D PUMP SW TO PUMP A SUPPLY SW AFW PUMP A SUPPLY W TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY CNHT SUMP ISOLATION CNHT SUMP ISOLATION RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT PURGE NAKE-UP , RAB ELEC PROT PURGE NAKE-UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOL CONTROL ROOH PURGE MAKE UP CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST 1MS-72 (2HS-V9)lSW-39 (3SW-85)1SW-276 (3SW-88)1SW-270 (3SW-815)1SW-40 (3SW-86)1SW-275 (3SW-813)1SW-274 (3SW-814)1SW" 271 (3SW-816)1SW-3 (3SW-83)1SW-4 (3SW-84)1SW-1 (3SW-81)1SW-2 (3SW-82)1SW-92 (2SW-846)1SW-97 (2SW-847/1SW-91 (2SW-845 1SW-109 (2SW-84)YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES.YES NO*NO*NO>>NO*NO*NO" NO" NO" NO*1SW-225 (2SW-85')lSW-98 (2SW-848)1SW-227 (2SW-8 1)1SW-110 (2SW"8 0)1SW-124 (3SW-8 0)1SW-126 (3SW-8)l)(3SW-87)(3SW-87)(3SW-875')
Mr. G. F. Maxwell (NRC-SHNPP)
(3SW-874)(3SW-877)(3SW-876)2MD-V36)2MD-V77)1SW-129 15W-127 1SW-123 lSW-121 1SW-132 1SW-130 1ED-94 (1ED-95 (3CZ-85 3CZ-86 3CZ-87 3CZ-88 3CZ-832 3CZ-833 3CZ-834 3CZ-835 3FV-82 3FV-84 3CZ-81 3CZ-.83 3CZ-817 3CZ-82 3CZ"84 3CZ-818 3CZ-814 MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION f SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-42 jR CP8cL Comments SHNPP Final Dr af t Technical.Specif ication.R>cur d t<!>rn~l.'e>r 7!.ra I.CQ flu>rrLrr>r r>..>8.()4~62 Connr~r~r'>'L'I vf'>i'Ef<<ROI'aue NurnLrer: 3/4 8-4'r Sect)<,>!!!'Iurr>!.,>r.
Dr. 3. Nelson Grace (NRC-RII) k all t:ayettaville straat ~ p. o. 8ox 15st ~ RIteigh. N. c. artt02
r"'ABLE=.8-2 Co nrnenl:!r(!EII: CULL!t'1N"I<<YF"ASS DEVICE" t<ND PU'I A+'f TER THf;-'.UNC; I;IOtlr'(I
!)ESI Rlf"TICIM PQR VAI VES ON Pr'rGL.r', I l'>I!"'"."),]r>F-'?,:..1Af.-77~!AF'-137.1AF-14:, 1AF-14rr'.AND 1tIS-70 i: PAGE 8-4'-(1!1S-72.f-V-B'..r V-B4, 3C7-81, 3C?-B3 r 3CZ-B17,<C7-B",~C~-B'I.3CZ-816.AND'CZ-B14): AND PAGE 8-43<3CZ-B2~3CZ-.B25.31.'Z-BI<<, 3CZ-Bl:, 3CZ-B10.3CZ-B9<<CZ-811.<<C7-B23.3C7.-B21, 3CZ-B22, 3<<CZ-L<=4 r 3CZ-B1~>.At ID 3CZ-82Cr)(3!q>-'ll'rr REVISE 1'HE+FOOTNCITE ON PAGE 8-43 TO READ"Included 4:or completeness only and are riot;tested urrder-thi s speci f i cat i on.Ove.I oad bypass i s ac!on>pl i sl'ed in ci rcvi t desi on bv ttre 1 ocati orr oi acti vat i on rel ays.'.hese acti vat i on sl ave." el ays ar r.tested i rr accor-dance rri th the reouiremer'!ts of fat: le k<as 1".'H I S C,'HANGE RE'V I SES THIS REC<<UEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH DI SCU!SIGNS ON 8-14-86 WI 1'H f'1R.Q.CHOPRA Of THE NRR STAFF.AT THAT TIt1E IT WAS STATED THAT WHILE IT WAS ACCEPTABLE THAT THESE SPECIAL ITEMS ARE 1'0 I~E T ESl'ED ELSEWHERE~HE FEL T THA'!THF BYI"ASS DEVICE CQLUMII SHOULD STILL READ"YES".SlNCL" 1H!S IJC)LILD INCAN'1HA1 ALL ITEMS IN THE COLUMN WLr\.!I..D BE I E)Ef>I C I CAL CP>1(L FEEI S THAT THE'QLUMf'I (AN Bl-" I" Cr Mf" LET!.LY DELETED.'7 HE FOOTNOTE HAS}3FEN REVISED TO BE SOI'IEWHAT CLF,<<~)MORE SPECIFIC ABC)UI (JFI!:f"E THE OTHER.T REC>!UI RE.-.NTS flAY BE I!OUt!D.
TABLE 3.8-2 MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMA'L OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER 1CS-341 (2CS-V522) 1CS-382 (2CS-V523) 1CS-423 (2CS-V524) 1CS-182 (2CS"V600) 1CS-210 (2CS"V601}
1CS-196 (ZCS-V602) 1CS-235 (2CS-V609) 1CS-166 (2CS" L521)1CS-292 (2CS-L522) 1CS-214 (2CS-V585) 1CS-165 (2CS-L520) 1CS-291 (2CS-L523) 1CS-238 (2CS-V610) 1CS-170 (2CS-V587) 1CS-169 (2CS-V589) 1CS-171 (2CS-V590) 1CS-168 (2CS-V588) 1CS-219 (2CS-V603) 1CS"217 (2CS-V604) 1CS"218 (2CS-V605) 1CS-220 (2CS-V606) 1CS-240 (2CS-V611) 1CS-278 (2CS-V586) 1CS-746 (2CS-V757) 1CS-752 (2CS-V759) 1CS"753 (2CS-V760) 1CS-745 (2CS-V758) 1CS-472 (2CS-V517) 1CS-470 (2CS-V516}
1RH"25 (2RH-V507) 1RH-63 (2RH-V506) 1RH" 31 (2RH" F513)lRH-69 (2RH-F512) 1RH-2 (1RH-VS03) 1RH" 40 (1RH-V501) 1RH-1 (1RH-V502) 1RH-39 (1RH-V500) 1SI-1 (25 I-V503)1SI-4 (2SI-V506) 151-2 (2SI-V504) 15 I-3 (2SI" V505)1SI-246 (2SI-V537) 15 I-248 (2SI" V535)15 I-300 (25 I-V571)1SI-310 (2SI-V573) 1SI" 247 (2SI-V536)
FUNCTION RCP A SEAL ISOL RCP B SEAL ISOL RCP C SEAL ISOL.CSIP A MINIFLOW ISOLATION CSIP B MINIFLOW ISOLATION CSIP C MINIFLOW ISOLATION CSIP to RCS ISOLATION VCT-I SOLAT ION RWST ISOLATION CSIPS MINIFLOW ISOLATION VCT ISOLATION RWST ISOLATION CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL SEAL WATER INJECTION BORIC ACID TANK TO CSIP CSIP MINIFLOW CSIP MINIF LOW CSIP MINIFLOW CSIP MINIFLOW RCP(SEAL WATER RETURN ISOL RCP SEAL WATER ISOLATION RHR TO CSIP SUCTION RHR TO CSIP SUCTION RHR A MINI FLOW RHR B MINI FLOW RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-40 TABLE 3.8-2 Continued F F3A D FT MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER-151-301 (251-V570) 151-311 (251-V572) 151-107 (251-V500) 151-52 (251-V502) 151-86 (251-V501) 151"326 (251-V577) 151-327 (251-V576)-
151"340 (251-V579) 151"341 (251-V578) 151-359 (251"V587) 151-322 (251-V575) 151-323 (251-V574) 1CC-128 (3CC-85)1CC-127 (3CC-86)1CC-99 (3CC-819)1CC"113 (3CC-820)1CC-147 (3CC"V165) 1CC-167 (3CC-V167) 1CC-176 (2CC-V172) lCC-202 (2CC-V182) 1CC-208 (2CC-V170) 1CC-299 (2CC-V183) 1CC-251 (2CC-V190) 1CC-207 (2CC-V169) 1CC-297 (2CC-V184) lCC-249 (2CC-V191) 1CT-105 (2CT-V6)1CT-102 (2CT-V7)1CT-26 (2CT"V2)1CT-71 (2CT" V3)1CT-50 (2CT-V21)1CT-12 (3CT-V85)ICT" 88 (2CT-V43)ICT-11 (3CT" V88)1CT-47 (2CT-V25)1CT-24 (2CT-V8)1CT-95 (2CT"V49)1CT-25 (2CT-V345) 1AF" 5 (3AF-V187) 1AF-24 (3AF-V188) 1AF-55 (2AF-V10)lAF-93 (2AF" V19)1AF-74 (2AF"V23)1AF-137 (2AF-V116) 1AF-143 (2AF-V117) lAF" 149 (2AF-V118) 1MS-70 (2MS-V8)FUNCTION CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL HH SI TO RCS HL HH SI TO RCS CL HH SI TO RCS HL LH SI TO RCS HL LH 51 TO RCS HL LH 51 TO RCS CL LH SI TO RCS CL LH 51 TO RCS HL RWST TO RHR A ISOL RWST TO RHR 8 ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL RHR COOLING ISOL RHR COOLING ISOL CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION CCW-RCPS ISOLATION RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION CCW-RCPS ISOLATION RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION RCPS THER BARRIER I50LATION CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL CNMT SPRAY SUMP 8 RECIRC ISOL CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT.SUPPLY CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 INJECT.SUPPLY SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION SPRAY HDR 8 ISOLATION NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION CNMT 5PRAY HDR A RECIRC CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST CNMT SPRAY HDR 8 RECIRC CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 EDUCTOR TEST AFWP A RECIRC AFWP B RECIRC AFW TO SG A ISOL~AFW TO SG 8 ISOL W AFW TO SG C ISOL+'FWTD TO SG A ISOL>AFWTD TO SG 8 ISOL 5 AFWTD TO SG C ISOL+AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION<-94%86~%~~@=5HEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3'-41 TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER 1MS-72 (2MS-V9)1SW-39 (3SW-85)1SW-276 (3SW-88)1SW-270 (3SW-815)lSW-40 (3SW" 86)1SW-275 (35W-813)1SW-274 (3SW-814)1SW-271 (3SW-816)FUNCTION AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION W NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL BYPASS DEVICE~YES/KO MbL~S~---.MBt&lSW-92 (2SW-846)1SW-97 (2SW-847)lSW-91 (2SW-845)1SW-109 (2SW-849)lSW-225 (2SW-852)1SW-98 (2SW-848)1SW-227 (2SW-851)lSW" 110 (2SW-850)1SW-124 (3SW-870)1SW-126 (3SW-871)1SW-129 (3SW-873)1SW-127 (3SW-872)1SW-123 (3SW-875)1SW-121 (3SW-874)1SW-132 (3SW-877)1SW-130 (3SW-876)1ED-94 (2MD" V36)lED-95 (2MD-V77)3CZ-85 3CZ-86 3CZ-87 3CZ"88 3CZ-832 3CZ-833 3CZ-834 3CZ-835 3FV-82 3FV-84 3CZ-81 3CZ-83 3CZ-817 3CZ-82 3CZ-84 3CZ-818 3CZ-814 SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET SW%FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET W TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET SW FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET W TO FAN CLR AH1 INLET SW FAN CLR AH1 OUTLET TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY CNMT SUMP ISOLATION CNMT SUMP ISOLATION RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET>FUEL, HANDLING EXHAUST INLET CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOLINE CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL 8'ONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION+
CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP~CONTROL ROON PURGE EXHAUST+SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-42 "L FT hi)TABLE 3.8-2 Continued'OTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER 3CZ-826 3CZ-825 3CZ-813 3CZ-812 3CZ"810 3CZ"89 3CZ"811 3CZ-823 3CZ-821 3CZ-822'3CZ-824 3CZ-819 3CZ-820 3AV-81 3AV-82 3AV-84 3AV-85 3AV-83 3AV-86 3AC-82 3AC-83 3AC-81 FUNCTION CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY DISCH+CONTROL ROOM SUPPLY DISCHARGE~CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST~CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE~CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE+CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE W CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE f'ONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR INLET P" CONTROL ROOM FLTR DISCHARGE+CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE+
CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR INLET+CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE W CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE 8 RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED RAB SMGR.8 EXHAUST RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST RAB SMGR A EXHAUST BYPASS DEVICE~YES/NO+<J p~~z'f+eye J uudcs+4~>+pic.iOycA~'~'~"Included for completeness only Overload bypass is accomplished 4y-circuit Slave Relay>ra a(..'les>>ed/u Rcccada~m mc9Ii+~>c Ac~v i'ac~eu+s ef Qg(g p.3"~~SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-43 CP8cL Comment.a BHNPP Final Draft.Technical Specifications Rec or u Nu:rrber-:
70'CQ rluebe.: i.08.04.02 Se'i un N rrrrirr: r: TABLE i.8-2 Cue!r!ent Type: ERROR Page Number"~/4 8-40 Comment: DELETE'OI Ut1tl"BYPASS DEVICE" AND PUT A~J AFTER THE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION FOR VALVES Of~!PAGE 8-41'AF-c."..r'.
1A"-'~.1AF-74.1AF-1 7.1AF-14~1 AF, 14c:!AND RB-7<>PAbr=8-42 (1twB 72;cV B2: F V-B4.:<<CZ-B1
..~CZ-B~.>CZ-B17, 3CZ-B2~CZ-B4.<<CZ-B18.Ah?D 3C:-814): AhlD PAGE 8-43<3CZ-B2*CZ-B25.LZ-81 ,>CZ-B12.<<CZ-B10r CZ-BW,~<<CZ'B1 1 NCZ B23 1 Z<<CZ B21 p~>CZ B22 p NCZ B24 p-CZ-B1., At.!D=CZ-B20>REVISE THE:: FQOThlQTE ON PAGE 8-4 TQ READ Over i oaci bvpass~or these val ves i s accoepl I s?red bV?le aC lvatlOI1 M laye 1'elaVS if 1 CXt Cui'tc T?'le:e crotch vat i on)ave I el avs ar e teshec3 as pat'"'t o~the Fngineere 1 Baf ety Features Act.'uati on System 1%tf u>>lerrgatw otl w n accorclance 5!x th the r eoui re!:re!1i:s o>>Tabl e 4.c-2.Bask s TI.I cB CHANBES REVICFB THIS REDUEST IN ACCORDANCE i?ITH DISCUSSIQNS Oti 8-14-86 At'ID 8-28-86 llITH t'I!i.Q C.IOPRA OF THE NRR BTA.F AT THAT T I f'1 I T i'JAS 8 1 ATED THAl LJHILE IT NAS ACCEPTABLE THAT THESE SPECIA'TE?1S APE TO BE TEBTED ELSELJHEREr HE FEl.T THAT THE BYPASS DEV'I CL.CQLUt'?hl SHQLJLD BT ILL READ"YEB".SINCE 1 H'?B I'JQU!LE)f'?AN THAT ALL IT h1B IN 1."'IE CQLUHN liJOULD BE I DEh?T ICAL.CP~(L FEELS THAT THE Cr ILU!'!!J CAf!BE CQI'IPLETELY DE'TED.THE FOOTNQTF rdr-18?.."EN REVI'="ED TQ BE AtlD h?ORE SPECIFIC ABOUT'HER""." TFIt Q?."'IER TEST REQL!I REh?EflTB t'IAY BE FQUf'JD.
SHNPP pm]et~a~AUG 586 TABLE 3.8"2 Ik MOTOR-OPERATEO VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER 1CS-341 (2CS-V522) 1CS-382 (2CS-V523) lCS-423 (2CS-V524) 1CS-182 (2CS-V600) 1C5-210 (2CS-V601) 1C5-196 (2C5-V602}
1CS-235 (2CS-V609) 1CS-166 (2CS-L521) 1CS-292 (2CS-L522) 1CS"214 (2CS-V585) 1CS-165 (2CS-L520) 1CS-291 (2CS-L523) 1CS-238 (2C5-Y610) 1CS-170 (2CS-V587) 1CS-169 (2CS-V589) 1CS-171 (2CS-V590) 1CS-168 (2CS-V588) 1CS-219 (2CS-V603) 1CS-217 (2CS-V604) 1CS-218 (2CS-V605) 1CS-220 (2CS-V606) 1CS" 240 (2CS-V611) 1CS-278 (2CS-V586) 1CS-746 (2CS-V757) 1CS-752 (2CS-V759) 1CS-753 (2CS-V760) 1CS"745 (2CS-V758) 1CS-472 (2CS-V517) 1CS-4?0 (2CS"Y516) 1RH-25 (2RH-Y507) 1RH-63 (2RH-V506}
1RH-31 (ZRH-F513) 1RH-69 (2RH-F512) 1RH-2 (1RH-V503) 1RH"40 (1RH-V501) 1RH-1 (1RH-V502) 1RH-39 (1RH-Y500)lSI" 1 (2SI-Y503}1SI-4 (25I-V506}
15I-2 (25I-V504) 15I-3 (25I-V505) 15I-246 (25I" V537)15I-248 (25I-V535) 1SI"300 (25I-V571) 1SI" 310 (25I-V573) lSI-247 (2SI-V536)
FUNCTION RCP A SEAL ISOL RCP B SEAL ISOL RCP C SEAL ISOL CSIP A MINIFLOM ISOLATION CSIP 8 MINIFLOM ISOLATION CSIP C MINIFLOM ISOLATION CSIP to RCS ISOLATION VCT ISOLATION RWST ISOLATION CSIPS MINI FLOW ISOLATION VCT ISOLATION RWST ISOLATION CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL SEAL MATER INJECTION BORIC ACID TANK TO CSIP CSIP MINIFLOW CSIP MINIFLOW CSIP MINIFLOM CSIP MINIFLOW RCPT SEAL MATER RETURN 150L RCP SEAL MATER ISOLATION RHR TO CSIP SUCTION RHR TO CSIP SUCTION RHR A MINI FLOW RHR 8 MINI FLOW RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION RHRS INLET ISOLATION BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-40 SHNPP p~itptA4<AUG$86 FML tT TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER lSI-301 (2SI-V570) 1SI-311 (2SI-V572) 1SI-107 (2SI-V500) 1SI-52 (2SI-V502) 1SI-86 (2SI-V501) 1SI-326 (2SI"V577) 1SI-327 (2SI-V576) 15 I-340 (2SI-V579) 1SI-341 (2SI-V578) lSI-359 (2SI-V587) 15I"322 (2SI-V575) 1SI-323 (2SI"V574) 1CC-128 (3CC-85)1CC-127 (3CC-86)1CC-99 (3CC"819)1CC-113 (3CC-B20)1CC-147 (3CC-Y165)1CC-167 (3CC-V167) 1CC-D6 (2CC-V172) 1CC-202 (2CC-Y182) 1CC-208 (2CC-V170) 1CC-299 (2CC-V183) 1CC-251 (2CC-V190) 1CC-207 (2CC-V169) 1CC-297 (2CC-Y184) 1CC-249 (2CC-V191) 1CT" 105 (2CT-Y6)1CT-102 (2CT-V?)1CT-26 (2CT-V2)1CT-71 (2CT-V3)1CT-50 (2CT-V21)1CT-12 (3CT-V85)ICT-88 (2CT-V43)ICT-11 (3CT-V88)1CT-47 (2CT-V25)1CT-24 (2CT-V8)1CT-95 (2CT-Y49)1CT-25 (2CT-Vl45) lAF-5 (3AF" V187)1AF-24 (3AF-Y188) 1AF-55 (2AF-Vlo)1AF-93 (2AF-V19)1AF-74 (2AF-Y23)1AF-137 (2AF-V116) 1AF-143 (2AF-Y117) 1AF-149 (2AF-Y118)1MS-70 (2MS-V8)FUNCTION CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP B ISOL CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP B ISOL HH SI TO RCS HL HH SI TO RCS CL HH SI TO RCS HL LH SI TO RCS HL LH SI TO RCS HL LH SI TO RCS CL LH SI TO RCS CL LH SI TO RCS HL RWST TO RHR A ISOL RWST TO RHR B ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL RHR COOLING ISOL RHR COOLING ISOL CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION CCW-RCPS ISOLATION RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION CCW-RCPS ISOLATION RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION RCPS, THER BARRIER ISOLATION CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL CNMT SPRAY SUMP B RECIRC ISOL CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT.SUPPLY CNMT SPRAY PUMP B INJECT.SUPPLY SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION SPRAY HDR B ISOLATION NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION CNMT SPRAY HDR A RECIRC CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST CNMT SPRAY HDR B RECIRC CNMT SPRAY PUMP B EDUCTOR TEST AFWP A RECIRC AFWP B RECIRC AFW TO SG A ISOL W AFW TO SG B ISOL+AFW TO SG C ISOL+AFWTD TO SG A ISOL~AFWTD TO SG B ISOL W AFWTD TO SG C ISOL+AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION W SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-41 SHNP P REVIS3ON AU6 NS TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR"OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER 1MS-72 (2MS-V9)1SW-39 (3SW-85)1SW-276 (3SW-88)1SW-270 (3SW-815)1SW-40 (3SW-86)lSW-275 (3SW-813)1SW-274 (3SW-814)1SW-271 (3SW-816)FUNCTION AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION 8 NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL 1SW-92 (2SW"846)1SW-97 (2SW-847)lSW-91 (2SW-845)1SW-109 (2SW-849)1SW-225 (2SW-852)1SW-98 (2SW-848)1SW-227 (2SW-851)1SW-110 (2SW-850)1SW-124 (3SW-870)1SW-126 (3SW-871)1SW-129 (3SW-873)1SW-127 (3SW-872)1SW-123 (3SW-875)1SW-121 (3SW-874)1SW-132 (3SW-877)1SW-130 (3SW-876)1ED-94 (2MD-V36)1ED"95 (2MD-V77)3CZ"85 3CZ-86 3CZ"87 3CZ-88 3CZ-832 3CZ-833 3CZ-834 3CZ-835 3FV-82 3FV-84 3CZ-81 3CZ-83 3CZ-817 3CZ-82 3CZ-84 3CZ-818 3CZ-814 SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET SW%FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET W TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET SW FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET W TO FAN CLR AHl INLET SW FAN CLR AH1 OUTLET TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY CNMT SUMP ISOLATION CNMT SUMP ISOLATION RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET K FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET W CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOLA CONTROL ROON NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+.CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL k CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION%
CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP%CONTROL ROON PURGE EXHAUST%SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-42 SHNPP gm!Ic.lw~~AUG$86 TABLE 3.8-2 Continued'fi)AL RIF MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER 3CZ"826 3CZ-825 3CZ-813 3CZ-812 3CZ-810 3CZ-89 3CZ-Bll 3CZ-823 3CZ-821 3CZ-822 3CZ-824 3CZ" 819 3CZ-820 3AV-81 3AV-82 3AV-84 3AV-85 3AV-83 3AV-86 3AC-82 3AC-83'3AC-Bl FUNCTION CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY DISCH+CONTROL ROOM SUPPLY DISCHARGE+CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST+CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE'NTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE'NTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKEP CNTL-RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE'ONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR INLET+CONTROL ROOM FLTR DISCHARGE+
CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE 6 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR INLET~CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGEw CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE W RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET RAB EMER FXHAUST BLEED RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST RAB SWGR A EXHAUST Chloe$Ache>>ki;Overload bypass is accomplished by~s}Rve Relays<w+e GiRca t to Mes@Qc~lo'/~<<5(+<<'RelAys ARe+es+cd hs p~R+4+bc~~gIIJeeRcd 5agc+pe>fu mes$$+4m~~$'Aumcsf f+i toA)gnl~~gd>>,~ec~+t>>+/e ge~ge~+$SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-43 o4 7mbte V.3-2 0/j C P8cm C camrnmn<m SHNPP Final Dra+t.Technical Speci+icat ion.Record".Number: 780 LCO Number: '3.08.04.D2 Comment: Tyae: ERROR Paoe Number: 3/4 8-42 Section t4umber: TABLE 3.8-2 Comment: DELETE VALVES 1SW-1.18M-2, 1Slrj-w AND 1St'-4 FRQtl THF TABLE.&eel 5 Dl.)E TQ A PLANT tqQDIF I CAT I ON.Tl-IFSF VALVES HAVE BEEN CHANGED TO htANUAL VALVES AND THEREFORE THERE I S t~lQ THERMAL OVERLOAD BYPASS.REHOTE OPERATION OF THFSE VALVES WAS NQT ASSUtCED BY ANY SAFElY ArtALYSIS.
gVi SHNPP REVtStON AU6 NNi TABLE 3.8-2 Continued HIS Pili:1 MOTOR"OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER 1MS-72 (2MS-V9)1SW-39 (3SW-85)1SW-276 (3SW-88}1SW-270 (3SW-815)1SW"40 (3SW-B6}1SW-275 (3SW-813)1SW-274 (3SW-814)1SW-271 (3SW-816)FUNCTION.AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION 5 NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 TO AUX R5VR ISOL lSW-92 (2SW-846)lSW"97 (2SW-847)1SW-91 (2SW-845)lSW-109 (2SW-849)15W-225 (2SW-.852) 1SW-98 (2SW-B48)1SW-227 (2SW-851)1SW-110 (2SW-850)15W-124 (3SW-870)1SW-126 (3SW-871)15W-129 (3SW-873}ISW-127 (3SW-872)1SW-123 (3SW-875)1SW-121 (3SW-874)1SW-132 (3SW-877)1SW-130 (3SW-876)lED-94 (2MD-V36)lED-95 (2MD-V77)3CZ-85 3CZ-86 3CZ-87 3CZ-88 3CZ-832 3CZ-833 3CZ-834'CZ-835 3FV-82 3FV"84 3CZ-81 3CZ-83 3CZ-817 3CZ-82 3CZ-84 3CZ-818 3CZ-814 SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET SW&FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET SW FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET TO FAN CLR AHl INLET SW FAN CLR AHl OUTLET TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET SW FAN'LR AH4 OUTLET SW TQ AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY CNMT SUMP ISOLATION CNMT SUMP ISOLATION RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC-PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET K FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET W CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOI+CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA'ONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+CONTROL ROOM NORMA SUPPLY ISOL 5 CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION%
CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+'ONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST&SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8"42
>/~CP RL Comxnenta~PP Proof and Review Technical Specification8 f Record Number: 706 LCO Number: 3.08.04.02 Section Number: TABLE 3.8-2 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 3/4 8-41,42 THE LAST SEVEN ITEMS ON PAGE 3/4 8-41 AND THE FIRST ITEM ON PAGE 3/4 8-42-CHANGE THE BYPASS DEVICE COLUMN FROM"YES" TO HN04" Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED DUE TO RECENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS.
THE RESULT OF THESE MODIFICATIONS IS THAT THE THERMAL OVERLOAD BYPASS FUNCTION IS NOW COVERED BY INHERENT FEATURES DESIGNED INTO THE CIRCUITRY AND THERE IS NO LONGER A BYPASS DEVICE" TO BE TESTED.qg(u


TABLE 3.8-2 Continued hN MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION SHXPP p&llsigM JUL 586 VALVE NUMBER 1SI-301 (2S I-V570)1SI-311 (25 I-V572)1SI-107 (ZSI-V500) 1SI-52 (2SI-V502) 15 I-86 (2SI-V501) 1SI-326 (2SI-V577) 15 I-327 (2SI-V576) 1SI-340 (2SI-V579) 1S I-341 (25 I-V578)1SI-359 (2SI"V587)1SI-322 (2SI-V575) 1SI-323 (2SI-V574) 1CC-128 (3CC-85)1CC-127 (3CC-86)1CC-99 (3CC-819)1CC-113 (3CC-820)1CC-147 (3CC-V165) 1CC-167 (3CC-V167) 1CC-176 (2CC-V172) 1CC-202 (2CC-V182) 1CC-208 (2CC-V170) 1CC-299 (2CC-V183) 1CC-251 (2CC-V190) 1CC-207 (2CC-V169) 1CC-297 (2CC-V184) 1CC-249 (2CC-V191) 1CT-105 (2CT" V6)1CT-102 (2CT-V7)1CT-26 (2CT"V2)1CT-71 (2CT-V3)1CT-50 (2CT-V21)1CT-12 (3CT-V85)ICT-88 (2CT-V43)ICT-ll (3CT-V88)1CT-47 (2CT-V25)1CT-24 (2CT-V8)1CT-95 (2CT-V49)1CT-25 (2CT-V145) 1AF" 5 (3AF-V187)
rt g1 l
]AF-24 (3AF-V188) 1AF-55 (2AF-V10)lAF" 93 (2AF-V19)1AF-74 (2AF-V23)1AF-137 (2AF-V116) lAF-143 (2AF-V117) lAF" 149 (2AF-V118) 1MS-70 (2MS-Vs)FUNCTION CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL HH SI TO RCS HL HH SI TO RCS CL'H SI TO RCS HL LH SI TO RCS HL LH SI TO RCS HL LH SI TO RCS CL LH SI TO RCS CL LH SI TO RCS HL RWST TO RHR A ISOL RWST TO RHR 8 ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL RHR COOLING ISOL RHR COOLING ISOL CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION CVCS HX CKMT ISOLATION CCW-RCPS ISOLATION RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION CCW-RCPS ISOLATION RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL CNMT SPRAY SUMP 8 RECIRC ISOL CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT.SUPPLY CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 INJECT.SUPPLY SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION SPRAY HDR 8 ISOLATION NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION CNMT SPRAY HDR A.RECIRC CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST CNMT SPRAY HDR 8 RECIRC CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 EDUCTOR TEST AFWP A RECIRC AFWP 8 RECIRC AFW TO SG A ISOL AFW TO SG 8 ISOL AFW TO SG C ISOL AFWTD TO SG A ISOL AFWTD TO SG 8 ISOL AFWTD TO SG.C ISOL AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION BYPASS DEVICE~YES/NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES.YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES-YES YES YES 4Q&/VO+44&A/O+4QF h/0+~uD~SHEARON'HARRIS
-UNIT 1 3/4 8"41


rN VALVE NUMBER 1MS-72 (2MS-V9)1SW-39 (3SW-85)1SW-276 (3SW-88)1SW-270.(3SW-815)1SW"40 (3SW-86)1SW-275 (3SW-813)1SW-274 (3SW-814)1SW-271 (3SW-816)lSW-3 (3SW-83)lSW-4 (3SW-B4)1SW"1 (3SW-Bl)1SW-2 (3SW-82)1SW-92 (2SW-846)1SW-97 (2SW-847)lSW-91 (2SW-845)1SW-109 (2SW-849)1SW-225 (2SW-852)lSW-98 (2SW"848)1SW-227 (2SW-851)1SW-110 (2SW-850)1SW-124 (3SW-870)1SW-126 (3SW-871)1SW-129 (3SW-873)1SW-127 (3SW-B72)1SW-123 (3SW-875)1SW-121 (3SW-874)1SW-132 (3SW-877)1SW-130 (3SW-876)1ED-94 (2MD-V36)1ED-95 (2MD-V77)3CZ-85 3CZ-86 3CZ-87 3CZ-88 3CZ-832 3CZ-833 3CZ-834 3CZ-835 3FV-82 3FV-84 3CZ-81 3CZ-83 3CZ-817 3CZ-82 3CZ-84 3CZ-818 3CZ-814 AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL EMER SW PUMP 1A MAIN RSVR INLET EMER SW PUMP 18 MAIN RSVR INLET EMER SW PUMP lA AUX RSVR INLET EMER SW PUMP 18 AUX RSVR INLET SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET S~&FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET SW TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET~~~SW&FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET SN TO FAN CLR AN1 INLET%FAN CLR AHl OUTLET TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFWTD PUMP SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY CNMT SUMP ISOLATION CNMT SUMP ISOLATION RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT INLET RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET CONTROL RIM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOL CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES.YES NO" NO~NO*NO" NO*NO*NO" NOsN NO" TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION oN JUL 6.BYPASS DEVICE FUNCTION~YES/NO hO*SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 8-42 CPBc.L Coxnxnenta HNPP Proof and Rev iew Technical 8 pecif ication 8 Record Number: 734 LCO Number: 3.09.01 Section Number:, TABLE 4.9-1 Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: 3/4 9-2 REVISE TABLE PER THE ATTACHED MARKUP.Basis THESE CHANGES ARE PROPOSED FOR CONSISTENCY WITHIN THE TABLE AND TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION USEFUL TO PLANT PERSONNEL.
B"SAL                FT ELECTRICAL  POWER SYSTEHS ELECTRICAL  E UIPHENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERHAL OVERLOAD PRQTFCTION LIMITING CONDITION  FOR OPERATION 3.8.4.2 The. thermal overload protection of each valve given in Table 3.8-2 shall be bypassed only under accident conditions by an OPERABLE bypass device integral with the motor starter.
VALVE t88~N/ID 1CS-149 (cs-bi+'se)1CS-510 Ccs->~a/av)
APPLICABILITY: Whenever the motor-operated    valve is required to be OPERABLE.
FI Fl TABLE 4.9-1 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS TO PREY N LU N U N UELING SHNPP OW/)Qt&hl JUL Ie6 VALVE POSITION DURING REFUELING LOCK Closed Yes DESCRIPTION RN to the CVCS makeup control system Closed Yes Boric Acid Batch Tank Outlet valve.july be opened if the batching tank concentration is>2000 ppm boron, and valve 1CS-503 (makeup water supply to batch tank)is closed.1CS-503 (cs-z zs.i)1CS-570 (~-~s-~s.s~)
ACTION:
1CS-670 (cs->s99$4)1CS-649 (cs-7198%)1CS-93 (cs-Ds I srV3 1CS-320 (cs-Doe su)Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Yes Rl%to Batching Tank.Do not open unless outlet valve 1CS-510 is closed.~CYL5 uraouA n BTRs.No Q Place valve in"shut/at valve control switch and p'Lance BTRS function selector swia.'h in"off." No lock required.Yes RN to BTRS loop.Yes Resin sluice to BTRS demineralizers.
With the thermal overload protection for one or more of the above required valves not capable of being bypassed under conditions for which    it is designed to be bypassed, restore the inoperable device or provide a means to bypass the thermal overload within 8 hours, or declare the affected valve(s) inoperable and apply the appropriate ACTION Statement(s) of the affected system(s).
Yes Resin sluice to CVCS demineralizers Yes Recycle Evaporation Feed Pump to charging/safety injection pump suction, 1CS"98 g~->we s.)Open No BTRS bypass valve.Place valve control switch in"open" position;g(e'b SHEARON MARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 9-2 CP8cL Coxnxnents HNP P Proof and Review Technical S deci%'ication s Record Number: 777 LCO Number: 3.09.06 Section Number:, 4.9.6.1 Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: 3/4 9-7 CHANGE"when the refueling machine load exceeds" TO"at less than or equal to".Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THAT THE LOAD CUTOFF IS SET AT OR-BELOW 2700 lbs., NOT WHEN THE LOAD EXCEEDS 2700 lbs.
SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS 4.8.4.The thermal overload protection for the above'required valves shall be verified to  be bypassed only under accident conditions by an OPERABLE integral  bypass device by the performance of a TRIP ACTUATION DEVICE OPERATIONAL TEST  of the bypass circuitry:
REFUELING OPERATIONS 3/4.9.6 REFUELING MACHINE OPERABILITY L LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION FN SHNPP RFv)p)A~j JUL$86 3.9.6 The refueling machine and auxiliary hoist shall be used for movement of drive rods or fuel assemblies and shall be OPERABLE with: a.The refueling machine, used for movement of fuel assemblies, having: 1.A minimum capacity of 4000 pounds, and b.2.An automatic overload cutoff limit less than or equal to 2700 pounds.The auxiliary hoist, used for latching and unlatching drive rods, having: 1.A minimum capacity of 3000 pounds, and 2.A 1000-pound load indicator that shall be used to monitor loads to prevent lifting more than 600 pounds.APPLICABILITY:
                              ]$'ow~~
During movement of drive rods or fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel.ACTION: With the requirements for the refueling machine and/or auxiliary hoist OPERA-BILITY not satisfied, suspend use of any inoperable refueling machine and/or auxiliary hoist from operations involving the movement of drive rods and fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel.SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS 4.9.6.1 The refueling machine used for movement of fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE, within 100 hours prior to the start of such operations, by performing a load test of at least 4000 pounds and demonstrating an automatic load cutoff~27 t N LZSJ 7HAr4 dR~CIA<4.9.6.2 The auxiliary hoist and associated load indicator used for'ovement of drive rode within the reactor vessel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE within 100 hours prior to the start of such operations by performing a load test of at least 900 pounds.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 9-7 0
: a. At least once per 9KB~ for those thermal overloads which are normally in force during plant operation and are bypassed only under accident conditions; and
CP RL~Cornxnenta iNPP Proof and Review Tech.nical Specifications t Record Number: 703 LCO Number: 1.09.12 Section Number: VARIOUS Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 3!4 9-14, 15,16 g'><g-3 ITEMS 4.9.12.b.1, 4.9.12.d.5,'4.9.12.e, 4.9.12.f AND BASES" CHANGE ANSI N510-1975 TO ANSI N510-1980.
: b. Following maintenance on the motor starter.
Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY FOR CONSISTENCY WITH THE FSAR.
SHNPP RFvlglAbl AU8      586 SHEARON HARRIS   - UNIT 1             3/4 8-39


REFUELING OPERATIONS 3/4.9.12 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION FINA Ft'HNPP REV)S)ON JUL N6 3.9.12 Two'independent Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains shall be OPERABLE.APPLICABILITY:
CPBc  L Coxnxnenta SHNPP Proof and Review Technical Specif ication s Record Number:   764                Comment  Type:  ERROR LCO Number:   3.08.04.02            Page Number: 3/4 8-40 & 42 Section Number:    TABLE  3.8-2 Comment:
Whenever irradiated fuel is in a storage pool.ACTION: a~b.C.With one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train inoperable, fuel movement within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool may proceed provided the OPERABLE Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is capable of being powered from an OPERABLE emergency power source and is in operation and discharging through at least one train of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber.With no Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Traf~'PERABLE, suspend all operations involving movement of fuel%thin the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool until at least one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is restored to OPERABLE status.The provisions of Specifications 3.0.3 and 3.0.4 are not applicable.
PAGE  3/4 8-40 VALVE NUMBER 1CS-472  CHANGE FUNCTION TO "RCP SEAL WATER RETURN ISOLATION."
SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS 4.9.12 The above required Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System trains shall be demonstrated OPERABLE: a.At least once per 31 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS by initiating, from the control room, flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers and verifying that the system operates for at least 10 continuous hours with the heaters operating; b.At least once per 18 months or (1)after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2)following significant painting, fire, qr chemical release in any ventilation zoril comunicating with the system by: l.Verifying that the cleanup system satisfies the in-place penetration and bypass leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c, and C.5.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the unit flow rate is 6600 cfm t 10K during system operation when tested in accordance with ANS.I N510-~.680 SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 9-14 REFUELING OPERATIONS FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EHERGENCY EXHAUST SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS Continued SHNPP@+I)prli JUL$86 4.9.12 (Continued) 2.Verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accor-dance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, Harch 1978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position C.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, Harch 1978, by showing a methyl iodide~enetration of less than 1.(C when tested at a temperature of 30 C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with AS'3803.C.d.After every 720 hours of charcoal adsorber operation by verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March%78, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position+.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2,}hrch 1978, by showing a methyl iodide penetration of less than 1.0X when tested at a temperature of.30'C and at a relative humidity of 7'n accordance with'ASTM 03803.At least once per 18 months by: 1.Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA fil-ters and charcoal adsorber bank is not greater than 4.1 inches water gauge while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm a lOX, 2.Verifying that, on a High Radiation test signal, the system automatically starts and directs its exhaust flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks, 3.Verifying that the system maintains the spent fuel storage pool area at a negative pressure of greater than or equal to 1/8 inch water gauge, relative to the outside atmosphere, during system operation at a flow rate of 6600 cfml: 10K, 3/4 9-15 4.Verifying that the filter cooling bypass valve is locked in the balanced position, and f 5.Verifying that the heaters dissipate 40 a 4 N when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-%%5: zoo e.After each complete or partial replacement of a HEPA'filter bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-i8$8 for a OOP test aerosol while operating the unit at a flow rate a+6600 cfm f 10K.~~8o SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 REFUELING OPERATIONS FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS Continued FINAL RAFT SHNPP RFWen~J0l.$86 4.9;12 (Continued) f.After each complete or partial replacement of a charcoal adsorber bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-for a halogenated hydrocarbon refrigerant test gas while operating he unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfe t 10K.198>SHEARON HARRIS" UNIT 1 3/4 9-16 REFUELING OPERATIONS BASES";;., FN LORAFT 586 i 980 3/4.9.10 AND 3/4.9.11 WATER LEVEL-REACTOR VESSEL AND NEW AND SPENT FUEL LS The restrictions on minimum water level ensure that sufficient water depth is available to rhmove 99K of the assumed 10K iodine gap activity released from the rupture of an irradiated fuel assembly.The minimum water depth is consis-tent with the assumptions of the safety analysis'/4.9.12 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST'SYSTEM The limitations on the Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System ensure that all radioactive material released from an irradiated fuel assembly will be filtered through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber prior to discharge to the atmosphere.
PAGE 3/4 8-42 VALVES 1SW-97, 109$ 98 & 110 CHANGE THE FUNCTION TO "SW FROM FAN CLR Basis ALL OF THESE CHANGES ARE TO CORRECT TYPOGRAPHICAL, ERRORS IN THE ORIGINAL DATA SUPPLIED BY CP&L.
Operation of the system with the heaters operating for at least 10 continuous hours in a 31-day period is sufficient to reduce the buildup of moisture on the adsorbers and HEPA filters.The OPERABILITY of this system and the resulting iodine removal capacity are consistent with the assumptjons of the safet anal ses.ANSI N510-will be used as a procedural gui5e-.for surveillance testing.riteria for laboratory testing of charcoal anchor in-place testing of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers is based upon removal efficiencies of 95K for organic and elemental forms of radioiodine and 99K for.particulate forms.The filter pressure drop was chosen to be half-way between the estimated clean and dirty pressure drops for these components.
This assures the full functionality of the filters for a prolonged period, even at the Technical Specification limit.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 9"3 i~MMI P CPScL Comment s Final Draft.Techn j.cal Specifications 7 5"i LCO Hier.:b:.:r:
...0~.6~,".(i~(.)7.12 Cc:>1~(1<c f'Tup&." ac:e Nunib='r: v/.J/-17 4-j.".S': C', I'.st;: l<ill't~/~/W: 4 CU(tiiA<I t'L:!P~-16)-CHAf!CE Iti I TEt!S/i.7.7.b.1:P 7-17>and<.~.12~b~I C!HAtilGE"O.Ci5i.'" TO"cJ.0':/.HEPA 1.0'/.'l~7.7, v iP 7-18)ar)d 4.+.12.f II ('~>Jt./II TO II 1 r)+/II?H.=";ILTERS COV" RED BY THESE TL~!0 SPECIFI ATIGfdS AjE v'.!!.", F I CIEt~!T~ACCORDI!<>C T'0 BENEPIC LETTFP.Gi>-13.."!A.-(CH 2.1~83.A VALUE QF 1.0/I S AP"..;QPRIATE FO'"", FILTERS ASSUf1E')TO BE 95'/'.E." ICIEST.1 H INCi3P.lECT VALUE f')AS.,ROtdEOUSLY S!./t~I ITEMS)BY CP~~cL.
REFUELING OPERATIONS 3/4.9.12 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 5 I Au.586 3.9.12 Two independent Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains shall be OPERABLE.APPLICABILITY:*
Whenever irradiated fuel is in a storage pool.ACTION: With one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train inoperable, fuel movement within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool may proceed provided the OPERABLE Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is capable of being powered from an OPERABLE emergency power source and is in operation and discharging through at least one train of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber.b.With no Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains OPERABLE, suspend all operations involving movement of fuel within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool until at least one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is restored to OPERABLE status.The provisions of Specifications 3.0.3 and 3.0.4 are not applicable.
SURVE I L LANCE RE UI REMEN TS 4.9.12 The above required Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System trains shall be demonstrated OPERABLE: a.At least once per 31 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS by initiating, from the control room, flow through the HEPA filters nd charcoal adsorbers and verifying that the system operates for at least 10 continuous hours with the heaters operating; b.At least once per 18 months or (1}after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2}following significant painting, fire, or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system by: HcPA)1%~~4~1.Verifying that the cleanu system satisfies the in-place penetration and bypass eakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c, and C.S.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the unit flow rate is 6600 cfm a 10K during system operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-~./98o SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 9"14 REFUELING OPERATIONS FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST INAL FT 8HNPP RFVIRIAt I SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS Continued 4.9.12 (Continued)
After each complete or partial replacement of a charcoal adsorber bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than in accordance with ANSI N510-for a halogenated hydrocarbon efrigerant test gas while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm k 10K.l98o i.o/'HEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 9-16 CPS'.L Comxnenta HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 735 LCO Number: 3.09.12 Section Number:4.9.12.d.2 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 3/4 9-15 DELETE"(UNLESS ALREADY OPERATING)".
Basis IN ORDER TO PROPERLY CONDUCT THIS TEST, THE FAN MUST BE STOPPED PRIOR TO THE START OF THE TEST.SHNPP FANS DO NOT REDIRECT FLOW.THEREFORE)IF THE FAN IS ALREADY OPERATING$
NO CONCLUSION COULD BE REACHED REGARDING A SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE TEST.I REFUELING OPERATIONS FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS Continued f)L FT SHNPP P+t)Plr Kl JUL$86 4.9.12 (Continued)
Verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accor-dance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position C.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, by showing a methyl iodide[enetration of le'ss than 1.0X when tested at a temperature of 30 C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with ASTM D3803.c.After every 720 hours of charcoal adsorber operation by verifying, within 31-days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 2978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position~.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, by showing a methyl iodide penetration of less than 1.0%when tested at a temperature of.30'C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with'STM 03803.d.At least once per 18 months by: 1.Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA fil-ters and charcoal adsorber bank is not greater than 4.1 inches water gauge while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm a 10K, 2.Verifying that, on a High Radiation test signal, the system automatically starts and, directs its exhaust flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks, 3.Verifying that the system maintains the spent fuel storage pool area at a negative pressure of greater than or equal to 1/8 inch water gauge, relative to the outside atmosphere, during system operation at a flow rate of 66DO cfa a 10K, 4.Verifying that the filter cooling bypass valve is locked in the balanced position, and 5.Verifying that the heaters dissipate 40 i 4 N when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-~rP80 e.After each complete or partial replacement of a HEPA filter bank>by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-%8%8 for a DOP test aerosol while operating the unit at a flow rate o/6600 cfm f 10K.i~8m SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 3/4 9-15 Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Ori ginator: FO g, Comment Date: q/o/g;Comment: nt~A'age:+/V~l 7 7~vuI,'I 4.11.1.4 The quantity of radioactive material contained in each of the above listed tanks shall be determined to be within the above limit by analyzing a representative sample of the tank's contents 7 d tion of radioactive material to the tank.Oga~Resolution Basis (w axM~Q, Resolution Acce ted: NRC CPSL Date: (I g Date:
CP Bc.L Coxxxxne nt e Dh'NPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 765 LCO Number: 3.11~02.01 Section Number:, TABLE 4.11-2 Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: 3/4 11-9 EXTEND THE HORIZONTAL LINE IN THE CENTER OF THE ITEM THREE BLOCK OVER TO A POINT ABOVE THE LETTER Itb II Basis THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED TO PROVIDE GREATER CLARITY TO THE TABLE.QI1~p P'~y I(


TABLE 4.11-2 RADIOACTIVE GASEOUS WASTE SAHPLING AND ANALYSIS PROGRAH GASEOUS RELEASE TYPE SAHP LING FREQUENCY HINIHUH ANALYSIS FREQUENCY LOWER LIHIT Ogl DETECTION (LLD)TYPE OF ACTIVITY ANALYSIS'pCi/ml)aste as tprage Tank Each Tank Grab Sam le Each Tank Principal Gama Emitters lxlO-~on aInmen urge or Vent 3.a.Plant Vent Stack Each PURGE Each PURGE Grab Sample H~~Principal Gama Emitters H-3 oxide Principal Gama Ewtters lxlO-i lxl0-6 lxlO-i b.Turbine Bldg Vent Stack;Waste Pro-cessing Bldg Vent Stacks MSA 4.All Release Types as listed in l., 2., and 3.above Grab Sample H Grab Sample Continuous Charcoal Sample H-3 oxide Principal Gama Emitters//-3 Qoxr g 6'na&JtVe~i ,S't~~k fhu8 q/jgfjrg I-131 I-133 lx10-6 lxlO-i/p ld c-C l lx10-ta 1x10 to 3)~i+~J)Z r~Continuous Continuous Continuous W Particulate Sa le H Composite Par-ticulate Sam le Composite Par-ticulate Sample Principal Gama Emitters Gross Alpha 51-89, Sl-90 lxlO->>lxlo->>lxlo->>
iilt L          V,FT SHNPP TABLE   3.8-2                     REVISlON MOTOR-OPERATED VALVE5 THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION      JUL BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER              FUNCTION                                ~YES/NO 1CS-341  (2CS" V522)      RCP A SEAL ISOL                          YES 1CS-382 (2CS-V523)      RCP B SEAL ISOL                        YES 1CS-423 (2CS-V524)      RCP C SEAL ISOL  .                      YES 1CS-182  (2CS-V600)       CSIP A MINIFLOM ISOLATION .              YES 1CS-210  (2CS-V601)      CSIP B MINIFLOW ISOLATION                YES 1CS-196  (2CS-V602)      CSIP C MINIFLOM ISOLATION                YES 1CS-235  (2CS-V609)      CSIP to RCS ISOLATION                    YES 1CS-166  (2CS- L521)      VCT ISOLATION                            YES 1CS-292  (2CS"L522)       RMST ISOLATION                          YES 1CS-214  (2CS-V585)       C5IPS MINIFLOM ISOLATION                YES 1CS-165  (2CS-L520)       VCT ISOLATION                            YES 1CS-291  (2CS-L523}      iNST ISOLATION                          YES 1CS-238  (2CS-V610)       CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION                    YE5 1CS-170  (2CS-V587)       CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION                  YES 1CS-169  (2CS-V589)      CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION                  YES 1CS-171  (2CS-V590)      CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION                  YES 1CS-168  (2CS-V588)       CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION                  YE5 ~
CPScL.Cummen<m BHNPP Final Draft Technical SPeci+icatians Re=a:-v'juoiber:
1CS-219  (2CS-V603)       CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL                      YES 1CS-217  (2CS-V604)      CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL                      YES 1CS-218  (2CS-V605)       CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL                    YE5 1CS-220  (2CS-V606)       CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL                      YES 1CS-240  (2CS-V611)       SEAL WATER INJECTION                    YE5 1CS-278  (2CS"V586)       BORIC ACID TA KPO        IP              YES 1CS-746  (2CS-V757)       CSIP MI                                  YE5 1CS-752  (2t:5"V759)      CSIP~ NIFLOM                            YES 1CS"753  (2CS-V760)       C  0 MINIFLOM                          YES 1CS-745  (2CS-V758)         SIP MINIFLOM                          YES 1CS"472  (2CS-V517)       RCPj SEAL MATER R      RN I50L          YE5 1CS-4?0  (2CS-V516)       RCP'EAL WATER ELATION                    YE5
7I Ph Comrrlerft Tvpe't1P ROVE("iE!!
'RH"25 (2RH"V507)             HR TO CSIP        ION                  YES 1RH-63 (2RH-V506)             TO      SUCTION                    YES 1RH-31 (2RH-F513)         RHR A MINI FLOW                          YES 1RH-69 (2RH-F512)      "4HR  B MINI FLOW                        YE5 1RH-2 (1RH-V503)          RHRS INLET ISOLATION                    YES 1RH-40 (1RH-V501}        RHRS INLET ISOLATION                    YES 1RH-1 (1RH V502)         RHRS INLET ISOLATION                    YES.
T LCG fvuil/her:
1RH-39 (1RH-VQ&#xc3;)         RHRS INLET ISOLATION                    YES 15I-1 (25I-V503)         BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL          YES lSI-4 (2SI-V506)         BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL        YES lSI-2 (25I-V504)         BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL          YES 1SI-3 {2SI-V505)         BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL        YES 15I-246 (25I-V537)       ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION        YE5 15I-248 (2SI-V535)       ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION        YES 15I-300 (25I-V571)       CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A. ISOL-           YE5 15I-310 (2SI"V573)       CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL            YES 15I-247 (2SI-V536)        ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION              YES SHEARON HARRIS   - UNIT 1                 3/4 8-40
8/4.01~01~01 N Sec'tion flu.ob r: '9 3/4.1.1.1 Paae Number: Ef q/tt 1 Comrrret1'L ADD A NEI!SEN'I ENCE AFTER THE LJORDS" i nad ver't.en t di 1 utior'r e>>eni."." AS FOLLOWS:: he un'"Prm" i-.-;used thr aughaut tfiese saeoiiiaaLi arr.=ta can~or-m wi Lh the r cacti vi tv inkac mi~L'i arr f~r-ovided bv Lhe NSSS suppli er,: 1000 Pam i s rou.;Lo 1/dr'I ta f/I:.BRs 1">>TH:S C: ANCE IS I!j RESPOt1SE Tg AN NRC COtff1EfdT.
IT PROV I DES THE NECEBSARY EQUI VALENCY I NFQRt1AT I QN.BUT D('!ES NOT (."QNF USE THE ACTUAL SPECIF I CAT XQtd 3/4.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS BASES SHNPP Rc AU 6$86 I IAL DRAFT 3/4.1.1 BORA ION CONTROL 3/4.1.1.1 and 3/4.1.1.2 SHUTDOWN MARGIN A.sufficient SHUTDOWN MARGIN ensures that:, (1)the reactor can be made sub-critical from all operating conditions, (2)the reactivity transients associated with postulated accident conditions are controllable within acceptable limits, and (3)the reactor will be maintained sufficiently subcritical to preclude inadvertent criticality in the shutdown condition.
SHUTDOWN MARGIN requirements vary throughout core life as a function of fuel depletion, RCS boron concentration, and RCS T.The most restrictive condi-avg'ion occurs at EOL, with Tav at no, load operating temperature, and is asso-ciated with a postulated steam'line break accident and resulting uncontrolled RCS cooldown.In the analysis of this accident, a minimum SHUTDOWN MARGIN of 1770 pcm is required to control the reactivity transient.
Accordingly, the SHUTDOWN MARGIN requirement is based upon this limiting condition and is consistent with FSAR safety analysis assumptions.
With T less than 200 F, avg the reactivity transients resulting from a postulated steam line break cooldown are minimal,-but a 2000 pcm SHUTDOWN MARGIN is required to provide adequate protection for postulated inadvertent dilution events.Analysis of inadvertent boron dilution at cold shutdown is based on: 1.all RCCA's in the core while the RCS, except the reactor vessel, is drained (i.e., not, filled), and 2.all RCCA's, except shutdown banks C and D, are fully inserted in the core while the RCS is filled.In addition, by assuming the most reactive control rod is stuck out of the core, its worth is effectively added to the 2000 pcm shutdown margin in calculating the necessary soluble boron concentration.
3/4.l.1.3 MODERATOR"TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT The limit.ations on moderator temperature coefficient (MTC)are provided to ensure that the value of this coefficient remains within the limiting condition assumed in the FSAR accident and transient analyses.The MTC values of this specification are applicable to a specific set of plant conditions; i.e., the positive limit is based on core conditions for all rods withdrawn, BOL, hot zero THERMAL POWER, and the negative limit is based on core conditions for all rods withdrawn, EOL, RATED THERMAL POWER.Accordingly, veri-fication of MTC values at conditions other than those explicitly stated will require extrapolation to those conditions in order to permit an accurate comparison.
p~~~~s+c rf Qc'h v Wy'+~%7 cY)P~QQ Qq~H+5 5 5 PP lier a'""o Pc.e s~y.dL)'/~ag/'~, SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 8 3/4 l-l CPRL Comments RNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 719 LCO Number: B 3/4.01.02 Section Number:, B 3/4.1.2 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: B 3/4 1-2 THE FIRST LINE IN PARAGRAPHS 2 AND 3-CHANGE"200 F" TO"350 F".Basis THE CHANGE IS NEEDED FOR CONSISTENCY WITH LCO's 3.1.2.1 AND 3.1,2.2 FOR CSIP OPERABILITY'HE TEMPERATURES ON B 3/4 1-3 DO NOT NEED TO CHANGE BASED ON BORATED WATER SOURCE AVAILABILITY IN LCO's 3'.2.5 AND 3.1.2.6.THIS IS THE SAME AS THE BYRON BASES.
REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS SHNPP aavisiON 586 FINALD F , BASES MODERATOR TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT Continued The most negative HTC, value equivalent to the most positive moderator density coefficient (MDC), was obtained by incrementally correcting the HDC used in the FSAR analyses to nominal operating conditions.
These corrections involved subtracting the incremental change in the HDC associated with a core condition of all rods inserted (most positive HDC)to an all rods withdrawn condition and, a conversion for the rate of change of moderator density with temperature at RATED THERMAL POWER conditions.
This value of the HDC was then transformed into the limiting HTC value-42 pcm/F.The HTC value of-33 pcm/F represents a conservative value (with corrections for burnup and soluble boron)at a core condition of 300 ppm equilibrium boron concentration and is obtained by making these corrections to the limiting HTC value of-42 pcm/4F.The Surveillance Requirements for measurement of the HTC at the beginning and near the end of the fuel cycle are adequate to confirm that the HTC remains within its limits since this coefficient changes slowly due principally to the reduction in RCS boron concentration associated with fuel burnup.3/4.1.1.4 MINIMUM TEMPERATURE FOR CRITICALITY This specification ensures that the reactor will not be made critical with the Reactor Coolant System average temperature less than 5514F.This limitation is required to ensure: (1)the moderator temperature coefficient is within it analyzed temperature range, (2)the trip instrumentation is within,its normal operating range, (3)the pressurizer is capable of being in an OPERABLE status with a steam bubble, and (4)the reactor vessel is above its minimum RTNDT temperature.
3/4.1.2 BORAT ION SYSTEMS The Boron Injection System ensures that negative reactivity control is available during each mode of facility operation.
The components required to perform this function include: (1)borated water sources, (2)charging/safety injection pumps, (3)separate flow paths, (4)bor'transfer pumps, and (5)an emergency power supply from OPERABLE el ge ratorp~pe C r)With the RCS average temperature abo~F, minieuh of two boron injection flow paths are requi~ed to ensure si le func onal capability in the event an assumed failure renders one of the fl s inoperable.
The boration capa-bility of either flow path is sufficient to provide a SHUTDOWN HARGEN from expected operating conditions of 1770 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown to 200'F.The maximum expected boration capability requirement occurs at EOL from full power e''n conditions and requires 16800 gallons of 7000 ppm bor water be main ed in the boric acid storage tanks or 436,000 gal-lons M~~borated wa r be maintained in the refueling water storage tank (WST).Qzoao-z2oof QSd With the 5 tom ure bel w SHY'F olfe oron injection flow path is accept-able without single failure onsid ation on the basis of the stable reactivity SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-2 CP8cL Comxnenta QK 9HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specification8 Record Number: 747 LCO Number: 8 3/4.01.02 Section Number: B 3/4.l.2 Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: B 3/4 1-2 L 3 IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH ON PAGE B 3/4 1-2 AND IN THE SECOND FULL'ARAGRAPH ON PAGE B 3/4 1-3 CHANGE"2000 ppm" TO"2000-2200 ppm".Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED'OR CONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE BASES AND THE SP CIFICATIONS OF ECTION 3.1,2.
REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 8HNPl'FVIS!O~~586 FINALD F BASES MODERATOR TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT Continued The most negative MTC, value equivalent to the most positive moderator density coefficient (MDC), was obtained by incrementally correcting the HDC used in the FSAR analyses to nominal operating conditions.
These corrections involved subtracting the incremental change in the HDC associated with a core condition of all rods inserted (most positive HDC)to an all rods withdrawn condition and, a conversion for the rate of, change of moderator density with temperature at RATED THERMAL POWER conditions.
This value of the HDC was then transformed into the limiting MTC value-42 pcm/F.The MTC value of-33 pcm/F represents a conservative value (with corrections for'urnup and soluble boron)at a core condition of 300 ppm equilibrium boron concentration and is obtained by making these corrections to the limiting HTC value of-42 pcm/F.The Surveillance Requirements, for measurement of the HTC at the beginning and near the end of the fuel cycle are adequate to confirm that the MTC remains within its limits since this coefficient changes slowly due principally to the reduction in RCS boron concentration associated with fuel burnup.3/4.1.1.4 MINIMUM TEMPERATURE FOR CRITICALITY This specification ensures that the reactor will not be made critical with the Reactor Coolant System average temperature less than 5514F.This limitation is required to ensure: (1)the moderator temperature coefficient is within it analyzed temperature range, (2)the trip instrumentation is within its normal operating range, (3)the pressurizer is capable of being in an OPERABLE status with a steam bubble, and (4)the reactor vessel is above its minimum RTNDT temperature.
3/4.1.2 BORATION SYSTEMS The Boron Injection System ensures that negative reactivity control is available during each mode of facility operation.
The components required to perform this function include: (1)borated water sources, (2)charging/safety injection pumps, (3)separate flow paths, (4)boric acid transfer pumps, and (5)an emergency power supply from OPERABLE diesel generators.
ggo With the RCS average temperature above 40KF, a minimum of two boron injection flow paths are required to ensure single functional capability in the event an assumed failure renders one of the flow paths inoperable.
The boration capa-bility of~ither flow path is sufficient to provide a SHUTDOWN HARGEN from expected operating conditions of 1770 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown to 200 F.The maximum expected boration capability requirement occurs at EOL from full power equilibrium xenon conditions and requires 16800 gallons of 7000 ppm borated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 436,000 gal-lons of~~borated water be maintained in the refueling water storage tank (RWST).Q oooo-zaoo~~n Qgd With the RCS temperature below 98YF, one boron injection flow path is accept-able without single failure consideration on the basis of the stable reactivity SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-2


REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS S8NP P PcL/f gf Ph)JUL..+ltd DIM BASES BORATION SYSTEMS (Continued condition of the reactor and the additional restrictions prohibiting CORE ALTERATIONS and positive reactivity changes in the event the single boron injection flow path becomes inoperable.
TABLE 3. 8-2  Continued             SHXPP MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION REVISION JlJL    85.
The limitation for a maximum of one charging/safety injection pump (CSIP)to be OPERABLE and the Surveillance Requirement to verify all CSIPs except the required OPERABLE pump to be inoperable below 335 F provides assurance that a mass addition pressure transient can be relieved by the operation of a single PORV.The boron capability required below 2004F is sufficient a SHUTDOWN MARGIN of 1000 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown 00 , to 140 F.This condition requires either 4900 gallons of 7000 m orated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 82,000 gall ns of~ppm bor ed water be maintained in the RWST.gV The gallons given above are the amounts that ne to b>ntained in W tank in the various circumstances.
BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER                FUNCTION                              ~YES/NO 1MS-72 (2HS-V9)            AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION                    AO lSW-39 (3SW-85)             NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION,           YES 1SW-276 (3SW-88)            NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL          YES 1SW-270 (3SW-815)          SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL            YES 1SW-40 (3SW-86)              NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL    'W YES 1SW-275 (3SW-813)              HDR A RETURN ISOL                  YES 1SW-274 (3SW-814)           SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL                  YES 1SW" 271 (3SW-816)          SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL              YES 1SW-3 (3SW-83)               EMER SW PUHP 1A MAIN RSVR INLET      YES 1SW-4 (3SW-84)               EHER SW PUMP 18 MAIN RSVR INLET      YES 1SW-1 (3SW-81)                MER SW PUMP~ AUX RSVR INLET          YES 1SW-2 (3SW-82)             EHER'SW PUMP 18+VX RSVR INLET          YES 1SW-92 (2SW-846)           SW TO FAN CLR AH3) INLET              YES 1SW-97 (2SW-847 /           S~W    FAN CLR AH3(OUTLET              YES 1SW-91 (2SW-845            SW TO FAN CLR AH2, INLET              YES 1SW-109 (2SW-84 )     ~~ ~SW    &  FAN CLR AHg OUTLET              YES 1SW-225 (2SW-85')
To get the specific value, each value had added to it an allowance for the unusable volume of water in the tank, allowances for other identified needs, and an allowance for possible instrument error.In addition, for human factors purposes, the percent indicated levels were then raised to either the next whole percent or the next even percent and the gallon figures rounded off.This makes the LCO values conservative to the analyzed values.The specified percent level and gallons differ by less than 0.2X.The limits on contained water volume and boron concentration of the RWST also ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA.This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.
lSW-98 (2SW-848)
The BAT minimum temperature of 65'F ensures that boron solubility is maintained for concentrations of at least the 7750 ppm limit.The RWST minimum temperature is consistent with the STS value and is based upon other considerations sincesolubility is not an issue at the specified concentration levels.7~<HdS1i'<<~~" DhS A~TZb'JES SC~~~~~r v~yBAFAE-Y&c'Ad.
SW TO FAN CLR      i INLET Vd FAN CLR A 1 OUTLET YES YES 1SW-227  (2SW-8 1)             TO FAN CLR H4 INLET              YES 1SW-110  (2SW"8 0)         SW    FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET              YES 1SW-124  (3SW-8 0)         SW TO AFWTD UHP                      YES 1SW-126  (3SW-8)l)          SW TO AFWT    PUMP                    YES 1SW-129  (3SW-87 )          SW TO AF      PUMP                    YES 15W-127  (3SW-87 )          SW TO AF  D PUMP                    YES 1SW-123  (3SW-875')        SW TO      PUMP A SUPPLY              YES lSW-121 (3SW-874)            SW    AFW PUMP A SUPPLY              YES 1SW-132 (3SW-877)              W TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY              YES 1SW-130 (3SW-876)            SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY              YES 1ED-94 ( 2MD-V36)            CNHT SUMP ISOLATION                  YES 1ED-95 ( 2MD-V77)            CNHT SUMP ISOLATION                  YES 3CZ-85                      RAB ELEC PROT INLET                  YES 3CZ-86                      RAB ELEC PROT INLET                  YES 3CZ-87                      RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST                YES 3CZ-88                      RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST                YES 3CZ-832                      RAB ELEC PROT PURGE NAKE-UP          YES 3CZ-833                    , RAB ELEC PROT PURGE NAKE-UP          YES 3CZ-834                      RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET            YES.
AMEPWtlloysjS Sbk oIAmjWJ4<MP
3CZ-835                      RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET            YES 3FV-82                      FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET            NO*
~AT L8D.The OPERABILITY oY one Boron Injection System during REFUELING ensures that~)m":~this system is available for reactivity control while in MOOE 6.lJ"-r Is.-4.3/4.l.3 MOVABLE CONTROL ASSEMBLIES The specifications of this section ensure that: (1)acceptable power distri-bution limits are maintained, (2)the minimum SHUTDOWN MARGIN is maintained, and (3)the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses are limited.OPERABILITY of the control rod position indicators is required to determine control rod positions and thereby ensure compliance with the control rod alignment and insertion limits.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-3 CPBc L Coxnxnenta
3FV-84                      FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET            NO*
~HNPP Pr oof and Rev'iew.Tech.nival SWecitiaatione Record Number: 720 LCO Number: B 3/4.01,02 Section Number: B 3/4.1.2 Comment Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: B 3/4 1-3 ADD TO THE EN OF THE NEXT TO LAST PARAGRAPH OF SECTION B 3.).2 THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: The RWST temperature was selected to be consistent with analytical assumptions for containment heat load.BasisTHIS CHANGE IS TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR THE TECH SPEC USERS.
3CZ-81                      CONTROL  ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL      NO>>
REACTIVIT't CONTROL SYSTEMS S8NPP P~i)g fP}K)N6 istic fjIIt BASES BORATION SvSTEMS (Continued condition of the reactor and the additional restrictions prohibiting CORE ALTERATIONS and positive reactivity changes in the event the single boron injection flow path becomes inoperable.
3CZ-.83                      CONTROL  ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOL      NO*
The limitation for a maximum of one charging/safety injection pump (CSIP)to be OPERABLE and'the Surveillance Requirement to verify all CSIPs except the required OPERABLE pump to be inoperable below 335 F provides assurance that a mass addition pressure transient can be relieved by the operation of a single PORV.The boron capability required below 200 F is sufficient to provide a SHUTOOWN MARGIN of 1000 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown from 200 F to 140'F.This condition requires either 4900 gallons of 7000 ppm borated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 82,000 gallons of~ppm borated water be maintained in the RWST.3040 Zgog The gallons given above are the amounts that need to be maintained in~tank in the various circumstances.
3CZ-817                      CONTROL  ROOH  PURGE MAKE UP          NO*
To get the specified value, each value had added to it an allowance for the unusable volume of water in the tank, allowances for other identified needs, and an allowance for possible instrument error.In addition, for human factors purposes, the percent indicated levels were then raised to either the next whole percent or the next even percent and the gallon figures rounded off.This makes the LCO values conservative to the analyzed values.The specified percent level and gallons differ by less than 0.ll.The limits on contained water volume and boron concentration of the RWST also ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment.after a LOCA.This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.
3CZ-82                      CONTROL  ROOM  NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL      NO" 3CZ"84                      CONTROL  ROOM  EXHAUST ISOLATION      NO" 3CZ-818                      CONTROL  ROOM  PURGE MAKE UP          NO" 3CZ-814                      CONTROL  ROOM  PURGE EXHAUST          NO*
The BAT minimum temperature of 65 F ensures that boron solubility is maintained for concentrations of at least the 7750 ppm limit.The RWST minimum temperature is consistent with the STS value and is based upon other considerations since solubility is not an issue at the specified concentration levels.7'S7<<~~<~~"'pi ACrCrtb m Bt 4>>>>iSmJT+Cnr AaAC.rrtCAC.
f SHEARON HARRIS  -   UNIT 1                  3/4 8-42
AJOCrAPtlON5 FbR CkuJTVti4rtMT Mgr LOhD.The OPERABILITY of one Boron Injection System during REFUELING ensures that this system is available for reactivity control while in MOOE 6.3/4.l.3 MOVABLE CONTROL ASSEMBLIES The specifications of this section ensure that: (1)acceptable power distri-bution limits are maintained, (2)the minimum SHUTOOWN MARGIN is maintained, and (3)the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses'are limited.OPERABILITY of the control rod position indicators is required to determine control rod positions and thereby ensure compliance with the control rod alignment and insertion limits.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-3 CPBc.L Comments HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 767 LCO Number: FIRE PROTECTION Section Number: fIRE PROTECTION Comment: Comment, Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: VARIOUS~i DELETE THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.Basis PER PREVIOUS CPS(L LETTERS NLS-86-188 DATED JUNE 4, 1986 AND NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22, 1986.c.-i INSTRUMENTATION BASES I'IHAL UIu SHNPP REVlStCN 586 REMOTE SHUTDOWN SYSTEM Continued This capability is consistent with General Design Criterion 3 and Appendix R to 10 CFR Part 50.3/4.3.3.6 ACCIDENT HONITORING INSTRUMENTATION The OPERABILITY of the accident monitoring instrumentation ensures that suffi-cient information is available on selected plant parameters to monitor and assess these variables following an accident.This capability is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9?, Revision 3,"Instrumentation for Light-Mater-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident," May 1983 and NUREG-0737,"Clarification of THI Action Plan Requirements," November 1980.3/4.3.3.7 CHLORINE DETECTION SYSTEMS The OPERABILITY of the Chlorine Detection Systems ensures that suffic%nt capa-bility is available to promptly detect and initiate protective action in the event of an accidental chlorine release.This capability is required to pro-.tect control room personnel and is consistent with the recoaeendations of Regu-latory Guide 1.95, Revision 1,"Protection of Nuclear Power Plant Control Room, Operators Against an Accidental Chlorine Release," January 1977.3/4 3 3 8 war'apability is available for prompt detection of fires and that Fire Suppres Systems, that are actuated by fire detectors, will discharge extin-guishing age in a timely aanner.Preapt detection and suppression of fires will reduce the p tial for damage to safety-related equipment and is an integral element in t erall facility Fire Protection Program.Fire detectors that are used to uate Fire Suppression Systems represent a more critically important coaponent plant's Fire Protection Program than detectors that are installed solely for fire warning and notification.
Consequently, the minimum number of OPERABLE detectors must be greater.'he loss of detection capability for Fire Suppression ms, actuated by fire detectors, represents a significant degradation of firn pro ion for any area.As a result, She establisheent of a fire watch patrol must be in ted at an earlier stage than would be warranted for the loss of detectors that ide only early fire warning.The establishment of frequent fire patrols in 3/4.3.3.9 HETAL IMPACT MONITORING SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Metal Impact Honitoring System ensures that sufficient capability is available to detect loose metallic parts in the Reactor System SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 3-5 CP RL Coxnxnenta RHNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 778 LCO Number: NRC TYPOs Section Number:, Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: SEE LIST.CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE FOLLOWING PAGES TO CORRECT TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS MADE IN THE TYPING OF THE FINAL DRAFT TECH SPECS.~z-7~W 6<<~2-9~O~~3/4 3-22K QH (~, l 3/4 6-3>OPS 3/4 6-20&21 v'p'/4 6-25&26~6 II,~~j4+K&W.8~L)3/4 8-2 u OP 3/4 8-5/4 3-3q q/OH~~Basis TYPOGRPHICAL ERRORS


INSTRUMENTATION BASES ez78c i~PAcY AouimAiAb SHNPr pmillinN duL 586 dt's~ontinued MAf1 an vo d or mitigate damage to Reactor System components.
jR CP8cL        Comments SHNPP                  Final                    Dr af        t    Technical .Specif ication.
The allowable out-of-service times and surveillance requirements are consistent with the recom-mendations of Regulatory Guide 1,133,"Loose-Part Detection Program for the Primary System of Light-Water-Cooled Reactors," Hay 1981.3/4.3.3.10 RADIOACTIVE LI UID EFFLUENT MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION The radioactive liquid effluent instrumentation is provided to monitor and con-trol, as applicable, the releases of radioactive materials in liquid effluents during actual or potential releases of liquid effluents.
R >cur d      t<!>    rn~l.'e>r      7!.ra                            Connr~r ~ r'> 'L 'I vf'> i' Ef<<ROI'aue I.CQ flu>rrLrr>r r              > ..>8. () 4 ~ 62                              NurnLrer:          3/4 8-4'r Sect)  <,>! !    !'Iurr>!.,>r. r"  'ABLE =.8-2 Co nrnenl:
The Alarm/Trip Set-points for these instruments shall be calculated and adjusted.in accordance with the methodology and parameters in the ODCH to ensure that the alarm/trip will occur prior to exceeding the limits of 10 CFR Part 20.The OPERABILITY and use of this instrumentation is consistent with the requirements of.General Design Criteria 60, 63, and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.3/4.3.3.11 RADIOACTIVE GASEOUS EFFLUENT HONITORING INSTRUHENTATION The radioactive gaseous effluent instrumentation is provided to monitor and control, as applicable, the releases of radioactive materials in gaseous efflu-ents during actual or potential releases of gaseous effluents.
                        !r(!EII: CULL!t'1N              "I<<YF"ASS DEVICE" t<ND PU'I A THf;-'.UNC; I;IOtlr'(I !)ESI Rlf"TICIM PQR VAI VES ON Pr'rGL.
The Alarm/Trip Setpoints for these instruments shall be calculated and adjusted in accordance with the methodology and parameters in the ODCM to ensure that the alarm/trip will occur prior to exceeding the limits of 10 CFR Part 20.This instrumenta-tion also includes provisions for monitoring (and controlling) the concentrations of potentially explosive gas mixtures in the GASEOUS RADWASTE TREATHENT SYSTEH.The OPERABILITY and use of this instrumentation is consistent with the require-ments of General Design Criteria 60, 63, and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.The sensitivity of any noble gas activity monitors used to show compliance with the gaseous effluent release requirements of Specification 3.11.2.2 shall be such that concentrations as low as 1 x 10-e pCi/ml are measurable.
                                                                                                          +'f              TER r',
3/4.3.4 TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION This specification is provided to ensure that the turbine overspeed protection instrumentation and the turbine speed control valves are OPERABLE and will pro-tect the turbine from excessive overspeed.
I l'>I!"'"."), ] r>F - '?,:.. 1Af.-77 ~ ! AF'-137. 1AF-14:,
Protection from turbine excessive overspeed is required since excessive overspeed of the turbine could generate potentially damaging missiles which could impact and damage safety-related com-ponents, equipment or structures.
1AF        -14rr'. AND 1tIS-70 i: PAGE 8-4'- ( 1!1S-72.                            f- V-B'..
SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 3-6 CPRI Comments'SHNPP Proof and Review'echnical
r  V-B4, 3C7-81, 3C? -B3 r 3CZ-B17, <C7-B", C -B'I .                         ~      ~
/Specif ication s Record Number': 707 LCO Number: B 3/4.04.05 Section Number:, B 3/4.4.5 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: B 3/4 4-3 IN THE LAST PARAGRAPH OF THE SECTION>CHANGE"SPECIFICATION 6.9.2" TO"SPECIFICATION 4.4.5.5.c".
3CZ-816. AND 'CZ-B14): AND PAGE 8-43 <3CZ-B2~
Basis THIS CHANGE IS TO PROVIDE CONSISTENCY WITH THE BODY OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.
3CZ-.B25. 31.'Z-BI <<, 3CZ-Bl:, 3CZ-B10. 3CZ-B9
                          <<CZ-811. <<C7-B23. 3C7.-B21, 3CZ-B22, 3<<CZ-L<=4 r 3CZ-B1 ~> . At ID 3CZ-82Cr )
REVISE 1'HE + FOOTNCITE                    ON PAGE 8-43 TO READ "Included                4:or    completeness only and are riot; tested urrder- thi s speci f i cat i on.                    Ove. I oad bypass i s ac!on>pl i sl'ed in ci rcvi t desi on bv ttre 1 ocati orr oi acti vat i on rel ays. '. hese acti vat i on sl ave ." el ays ar r. tested i rr accor-dance rri th the reouiremer'!ts of
      >-'ll'rr          fat:      le
( 3!q k<as 1
              ".'H I S C,'HANGE RE'V I SES THIS REC<<UEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH DI SCU !SIGNS ON 8-14-86 WI 1'H f'1R. Q. CHOPRA Of THE NRR STAFF. AT THAT TIt1E IT WAS STATED THAT WHILE IT WAS ACCEPTABLE THAT THESE SPECIAL ITEMS ARE 1'0 I~E T ESl'ED ELSEWHERE                      ~  HE FEL T THA'! THF BYI"ASS DEVICE CQLUMII SHOULD STILL READ "YES".
SlNCL" 1H!S IJC)LILD INCAN '1HA1 ALL ITEMS IN THE COLUMN WLr\.!I..D BE I E)Ef>I C I CAL            CP>1(L FEEI S THAT THE'QLUMf'I ( AN Bl-" I"Cr Mf"LET!. LY DELETED.                  '7 HE FOOTNOTE HAS }3FEN REVISED TO BE SOI'IEWHAT CLF, << ~ ) MORE SPECIFIC ABC)UI (JFI!:f"E THE OTHER                      . T REC>!UI RE .-.NTS flAY BE I! OUt!D.
 
TABLE  3.8-2 MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMA'L OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER              FUNCTION 1CS-341 (2CS-V522)        RCP A SEAL    ISOL 1CS-382 (2CS-V523)        RCP B SEAL    ISOL 1CS-423 (2CS-V524)                          .
RCP C SEAL    ISOL 1CS-182 (2CS"V600)        CSIP A MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-210 (2CS"V601}        CSIP B MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-196 (ZCS-V602)        CSIP C MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-235 (2CS-V609)        CSIP to RCS ISOLATION 1CS-166 (2CS" L521)      VCT - I SOLAT ION 1CS-292 (2CS-L522)        RWST ISOLATION 1CS-214 (2CS-V585)        CSIPS MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-165 (2CS-L520)        VCT ISOLATION 1CS-291 (2CS-L523)        RWST ISOLATION 1CS-238 (2CS-V610)        CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION 1CS-170 (2CS-V587)        CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-169 (2CS-V589)        CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-171 (2CS-V590)        CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-168 (2CS-V588)        CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-219 (2CS-V603)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS"217 (2CS-V604)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS"218 (2CS-V605)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-220 (2CS-V606)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-240 (2CS-V611)        SEAL WATER INJECTION 1CS-278 (2CS-V586)        BORIC ACID TANK TO CSIP 1CS-746 (2CS-V757)        CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-752 (2CS-V759)        CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS"753 (2CS-V760)        CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-745 (2CS-V758)        CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-472 (2CS-V517)        RCP( SEAL WATER RETURN ISOL 1CS-470 (2CS-V516}        RCP SEAL WATER ISOLATION 1RH"25 (2RH-V507)          RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH-63 (2RH-V506)          RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH" 31 (2RH" F513)        RHR A MINI FLOW lRH-69 (2RH-F512)          RHR B MINI FLOW 1RH-2 (1RH-VS03)          RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH" 40 (1RH-V501)        RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-1 (1RH-V502)          RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-39 (1RH-V500)          RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1SI-1 (25 I-V503)          BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 1SI-4 (2SI-V506)          BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 151-2 (2SI-V504)          BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 15 I-3 (2SI" V505)        BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 1SI-246 (2SI-V537)        ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION 15 I-248 (2SI" V535)      ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION 15 I-300 (25 I-V571)      CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL 1SI-310 (2SI-V573)        CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL 1SI" 247 (2SI-V536)        ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION SHEARON HARRIS  -  UNIT 1                  3/4 8-40
 
F F3A      D  FT TABLE 3. 8-2        Continued MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION
                                                                  -94%86~%
VALVE NUMBER-            FUNCTION                              ~~@=
151-301 (251-V570)      CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8        ISOL 151-311 (251-V572)      CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8        ISOL 151-107 (251-V500)      HH SI TO RCS HL 151-52 (251-V502)        HH SI TO RCS CL 151-86 (251-V501)        HH SI TO RCS HL 151 "326 (251-V577)      LH SI TO RCS HL 151-327 (251-V576)-      LH 51 TO RCS HL 151"340 (251-V579)      LH 51 TO RCS CL 151"341 (251-V578)        LH SI TO RCS CL 151-359 (251"V587)        LH 51 TO RCS HL 151-322 (251-V575)        RWST TO RHR A ISOL 151-323 (251-V574)        RWST TO RHR 8 ISOL 1CC-128 (3CC-85)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN        ISOL 1CC-127 (3CC-86)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN        ISOL 1CC-99 (3CC-819)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN        ISOL 1CC"113 (3CC-820)        CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN        ISOL 1CC-147 (3CC"V165)        RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-167 (3CC-V167)        RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-176 (2CC-V172)        CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION lCC-202 (2CC-V182)        CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION 1CC-208 (2CC-V170)        CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-299 (2CC-V183)        RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION 1CC-251 (2CC-V190)        RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION 1CC-207 (2CC-V169)        CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-297 (2CC-V184)        RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION lCC-249 (2CC-V191)        RCPS THER BARRIER I50LATION 1CT-105 (2CT-V6)          CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL 1CT-102 (2CT-V7)          CNMT SPRAY SUMP 8 RECIRC ISOL 1CT-26 (2CT"V2)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-71 (2CT" V3)          CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-50 (2CT-V21)          SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION 1CT-12 (3CT-V85)          NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION ICT"88 (2CT-V43)          SPRAY HDR 8 ISOLATION ICT-11 (3CT" V88)        NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION 1CT-47 (2CT-V25)          CNMT 5PRAY HDR A RECIRC 1CT-24 (2CT-V8)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST 1CT-95 (2CT"V49)          CNMT SPRAY HDR 8 RECIRC 1CT-25 (2CT-V345)          CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 EDUCTOR TEST 1AF" 5 (3AF-V187)          AFWP A RECIRC 1AF-24 (3AF-V188)          AFWP B RECIRC 1AF-55 (2AF-V10)          AFW TO SG A ISOL  ~
lAF-93 (2AF"V19)          AFW TO SG 8 ISOL W 1AF-74 (2AF"V23)          AFW TO SG C ISOL 1AF-137 (2AF-V116)                TO SG A ISOL >
                                              +'FWTD 1AF-143 (2AF-V117)        AFWTD TO SG 8 ISOL 5 lAF"149 (2AF-V118)        AFWTD TO SG C ISOL +
1MS-70 (2MS-V8)            AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION <
5HEARON HARRIS    - UNIT 1                3'-41
 
TABLE 3.8-2  Continued MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER            FUNCTION                                  ~YES/KO 1MS-72 (2MS-V9)          AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION W 1SW-39 (3SW-85)          NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION 1SW-276 (3SW-88)        NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-270 (3SW-815)        SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL lSW-40 (3SW" 86)        NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL 1SW-275 (35W-813)        SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-274 (3SW-814)        SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL 1SW-271 (3SW-816)        SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL MbL~S~              .MBt&
lSW-92 (2SW-846)        SW TO FAN CLR  AH3 INLET 1SW-97 (2SW-847)        SW %  FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET lSW-91 (2SW-845)          W TO FAN CLR  AH2 INLET 1SW-109 (2SW-849)        SW    FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET lSW-225 (2SW-852)          W TO FAN CLR  AH1 INLET 1SW-98 (2SW-848)          SW    FAN CLR AH1 OUTLET 1SW-227 (2SW-851)            TO FAN CLR  AH4 INLET lSW" 110 (2SW-850)        SW    FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET 1SW-124 (3SW-870)        SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-126 (3SW-871)        SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-129 (3SW-873)        SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-127 (3SW-872)        SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-123 (3SW-875)        SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-121 (3SW-874)        SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-132 (3SW-877)        SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1SW-130 (3SW-876)        SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1ED-94 (2MD"V36)          CNMT SUMP ISOLATION lED-95 (2MD-V77)          CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 3CZ-85                    RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-86                    RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-87                    RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ"88                    RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-832                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP 3CZ-833                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP 3CZ-834                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3CZ-835                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3FV-82                    FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET  >
3FV-84                    FUEL, HANDLING EXHAUST INLET 3CZ-81                    CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOLINE 3CZ-83                    CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA 3CZ-817                  CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+
3CZ-82                    CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL 3CZ-84                            ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION+ 8'ONTROL 3CZ-818                  CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP~
3CZ-814                  CONTROL ROON PURGE EXHAUST+
SHEARON HARRIS  - UNIT 1                3/4 8-42
 
3.8-2    Continued hi)      "L                FT TABLE VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION
                                                                  'OTOR-OPERATED BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER                  FUNCTION                                                          ~YES/NO 3CZ-826                      CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY DISCH                  +
3CZ-825                      CONTROL ROOM SUPPLY DISCHARGE                ~
3CZ-813                      CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST      ~                        ~
3CZ-812                      CNTL  RM EMER  FLTR  OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE 3CZ"810                      CNTL RM EMER    FLTR  OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE +
3CZ"89                        CNTL RM EMER FLTR    OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE W 3CZ"811                        CNTL RM EMER FLTR    OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE 3CZ-823                                ROOM EMER    FLTR INLET P"                  f'ONTROL 3CZ-821                        CONTROL ROOM FLTR    DISCHARGE +
3CZ-822                        CONTROL ROOM EMER    FLTR DISCHARGE+
'3CZ-824                        CONTROL ROOM EMER    FLTR INLET+
3CZ-819                        CONTROL ROOM EMER    FLTR DISCHARGE W 3CZ-820                        CONTROL ROOM EMER    FLTR DISCHARGE              8 3AV-81                        RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET 3AV-82                        RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-84                        RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET 3AV-85                        RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-83                        RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED 3AV-86                        RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED 3AC-82                        RAB SMGR .8 EXHAUST 3AC-83                        RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST 3AC-81                        RAB SMGR A EXHAUST
                                          +< J  p~  ~z'f +eye J uudcs            +4~> +pic.iOycA~'~'~
"Included for completeness          only    Overload bypass is accomplished                        4y-circuit Slave Relay> ra a(..  'les>>ed  /u Rcccada~m    mc9Ii +~>c  Ac~ v i'ac~eu+s                  ef  Qg(g p. 3 "~ ~
SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1                    3/4 8-43
 
CP8cL Comment.a BHNPP      Final Draft. Technical Specifications Rec or u  Nu:rrber-:                                                  Cue!r!ent Type:    ERROR 70'CQ rluebe.:              i.08.04.02                                Page Number"        ~/4 8-40 Se'i  un  N rrrrirr:    r:          TABLE      i. 8-2 Comment:
DELETE'OI Ut1tl "BYPASS DEVICE"                              AND PUT A ~J AFTER THE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION FOR VALVES Of~! PAGE 8-41
                '    AF-c."..r'.      1A"-'~    . 1AF-74  . 1AF-1 7. 1AF-14    ~ 1 AF, 14c:            !AND RB-7<>            PAbr= 8-42 (1twB 72      ;cV B2
: F V-B4.:<<CZ-B1                  ..~CZ-B ~. >CZ-B17, 3CZ-B2 ~CZ-B4.
                <<CZ-B18. Ah?D                3C:-814): AhlD PAGE 8-43 <3CZ-B2*
CZ-B25.                LZ-81      ,  >CZ-B12.    <<CZ-B10r CZ-BW,
              ~<<CZ      'B1 crotch 1        NCZ B23          Z<<CZ B21    ~>CZ  B22 p NCZ B24
              -    CZ-B1.,              At.!D =CZ-B20>
1            p                        p REVISE THE:: FQOThlQTE ON PAGE 8-4 TQ READ Over i oaci bvpass ~or these val ves i s accoepl I s?red bV ?le aC lvatlOI1 T?'le:e M    laye 1'elaVS if1 CXt Cui'tc vat i on ) ave el avs ar e teshec3 as pat'"'t I
o~ the Fngineere                        1 Baf ety Features Act.'uati on System 1%tf u>>lerrgatw otl            w n accorclance 5!x th the r eoui re!:re!1i:s o>> Tabl e 4. c-2.
Bask s TI.I cB CHANBES REVICFB THIS REDUEST IN ACCORDANCE i?ITH DISCUSSIQNS Oti 8-14-86 At'ID 8-28-86 llITH t'I!i.
Q        C. IOPRA OF THE NRR BTA. F                      AT THAT T I f'1  I T i'JAS 8 ATED THAl LJHILE IT NAS ACCEPTABLE THAT THESE 1
SPECIA'TE?1S APE TO BE TEBTED ELSELJHEREr HE FEl.T THAT THE BYPASS DEV'I CL. CQLUt'?hl SHQLJLD BT ILL READ "YEB". SINCE H'? B I'JQU!LE) f'? AN THAT ALL IT h1B IN 1
1
                  ."'IE CQLUHN liJOULD BE I DEh?T ICAL. CP~(L FEELS THAT THE Cr ILU!'!!J CAf! BE CQI'IPLETELY DE'TED.                            THE FOOTNQTF rdr-18    ? .."EN REVI'="ED TQ BE AtlD h?ORE SPECIFIC ABOUT
            'HER""." TFIt Q? ."'IER TEST REQL! I REh?EflTB t'IAY BE FQUf'JD.
 
SHNPP                                                            Ik pm]et~a~
TABLE 3.8"2 AUG      586 MOTOR-OPERATEO VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER            FUNCTION 1CS-341 (2CS-V522)      RCP A SEAL  ISOL 1CS-382 (2CS-V523)      RCP B SEAL  ISOL lCS-423 (2CS-V524)      RCP C SEAL  ISOL 1CS-182 (2CS-V600)      CSIP A MINIFLOM ISOLATION 1C5-210 (2CS-V601)      CSIP 8 MINIFLOM ISOLATION 1C5-196 (2C5-V602}      CSIP C MINIFLOM ISOLATION 1CS-235 (2CS-V609)      CSIP to RCS ISOLATION 1CS-166 (2CS-L521)      VCT ISOLATION 1CS-292 (2CS-L522)      RWST ISOLATION 1CS"214 (2CS-V585)      CSIPS MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-165 (2CS-L520)      VCT ISOLATION 1CS-291 (2CS-L523)      RWST ISOLATION 1CS-238 (2C5-Y610)      CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION 1CS-170 (2CS-V587)      CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-169 (2CS-V589)      CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-171 (2CS-V590)      CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-168 (2CS-V588)      CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-219 (2CS-V603)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-217 (2CS-V604)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-218 (2CS-V605)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-220 (2CS-V606)        CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS" 240 (2CS-V611)      SEAL MATER INJECTION 1CS-278 (2CS-V586)        BORIC ACID TANK TO CSIP 1CS-746 (2CS-V757)        CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-752 (2CS-V759)        CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-753 (2CS-V760)        CSIP MINIFLOM 1CS"745 (2CS-V758)        CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-472 (2CS-V517)        RCPT SEAL MATER RETURN 150L 1CS-4?0 (2CS"Y516)        RCP SEAL MATER ISOLATION 1RH-25 (2RH-Y507)        RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH-63 (2RH-V506}        RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH-31 (ZRH-F513)        RHR A MINI FLOW 1RH-69 (2RH-F512)        RHR 8 MINI FLOW 1RH-2 (1RH-V503)          RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH"40 (1RH-V501)        RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-1 (1RH-V502)          RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-39 (1RH- Y500)        RHRS INLET ISOLATION lSI"1 (2SI- Y503}        BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 1SI-4 (25I-V506}          BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 15I-2 (25I-V504)          BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 15I-3 (25I-V505)          BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 15I-246 (25I" V537)      ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION 15I-248 (25I-V535)        ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION 1SI"300 (25I-V571)        CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL 1SI" 310 (25I-V573)      CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL lSI-247 (2SI-V536)        ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION SHEARON HARRIS  -  UNIT 1                3/4 8-40
 
SHNPP                                                              FML  tT p~itptA4<                            TABLE 3. 8-2  Continued AUG      $ 86        MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER              FUNCTION lSI-301 (2SI-V570)        CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP B    ISOL 1SI-311 (2SI-V572)        CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP B    ISOL 1SI-107 (2SI-V500)        HH SI TO RCS HL 1SI-52 (2SI-V502)          HH SI TO RCS CL 1SI-86 (2SI-V501)          HH SI TO RCS HL 1SI-326 (2SI"V577)        LH SI TO RCS HL 1SI-327 (2SI-V576)        LH SI TO RCS HL 15 I-340 (2SI-V579)        LH SI TO RCS CL 1SI-341 (2SI-V578)        LH SI TO RCS CL lSI-359 (2SI-V587)        LH SI TO RCS HL 15I"322 (2SI-V575)        RWST TO RHR A ISOL 1SI-323 (2SI"V574)        RWST TO RHR B ISOL 1CC-128 (3CC-85)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN  ISOL 1CC-127 (3CC-86)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN    ISOL 1CC-99  (3CC"819)        CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN    ISOL 1CC-113  (3CC-B20)        CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN    ISOL 1CC-147  (3CC- Y165)      RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-167  (3CC-V167)      RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-D6 (2CC-V172)          CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION 1CC-202 (2CC-Y182)        CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION 1CC-208 (2CC-V170)          CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-299 (2CC-V183)        RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION 1CC-251 (2CC-V190)        RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION 1CC-207 (2CC-V169)          CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-297 (2CC-Y184)          RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION 1CC-249 (2CC-V191)          RCPS, THER BARRIER ISOLATION 1CT" 105 (2CT-Y6)          CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL 1CT-102 (2CT-V?)            CNMT SPRAY SUMP B RECIRC ISOL 1CT-26 (2CT-V2)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-71 (2CT-V3)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP B INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-50 (2CT-V21)            SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION 1CT-12 (3CT-V85)            NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION ICT-88 (2CT-V43)            SPRAY HDR B ISOLATION ICT-11 (3CT-V88)            NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION 1CT-47 (2CT-V25)            CNMT SPRAY HDR A RECIRC 1CT-24 (2CT-V8)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST 1CT-95 (2CT-Y49)            CNMT SPRAY HDR B RECIRC 1CT-25 (2CT-Vl45)          CNMT SPRAY PUMP B EDUCTOR TEST lAF-5 (3AF"V187)            AFWP A RECIRC 1AF-24 (3AF-Y188)          AFWP B RECIRC 1AF-55 (2AF-Vlo)            AFW TO SG A ISOL W 1AF-93 (2AF-V19)            AFW TO SG B ISOL  +
1AF-74 (2AF-Y23)            AFW TO SG C ISOL +
1AF-137 (2AF-V116)          AFWTD TO SG A ISOL  ~
1AF-143 (2AF-Y117)          AFWTD TO SG B ISOL W 1AF-149 (2AF- Y118)        AFWTD TO SG C ISOL +
1MS-70 (2MS-V8)            AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION W SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1                3/4 8-41
 
SHNP P REVIS3ON AU6    NS                          TABLE 3.8-2  Continued MOTOR"OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER            FUNCTION 1MS-72 (2MS-V9)          AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION  8 1SW-39 (3SW-85)          NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION 1SW-276 (3SW-88)        NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-270 (3SW-815)        SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL 1SW-40 (3SW-86)          NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL lSW-275 (3SW-813)        SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-274 (3SW-814)        SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL 1SW-271 (3SW-816)        SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL 1SW-92 (2SW"846)          SW TO FAN  CLR AH3 INLET 1SW-97 (2SW-847)        SW %  FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET lSW-91 (2SW-845)          W TO  FAN CLR AH2 INLET 1SW-109 (2SW-849)        SW    FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET 1SW-225 (2SW-852)          W TO  FAN CLR AHl INLET 1SW-98 (2SW-848)          SW    FAN CLR AH1 OUTLET 1SW-227 (2SW-851)            TO  FAN CLR AH4 INLET 1SW-110 (2SW-850)        SW    FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET 1SW-124 (3SW-870)        SW TO  AFWTD PUMP 1SW-126 (3SW-871)        SW TO  AFWTD PUMP 1SW-129 (3SW-873)        SW TO  AFWTD PUMP 1SW-127 (3SW-872)        SW TO  AFWTD PUMP 1SW-123 (3SW-875)        SW TO  AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-121 (3SW-874)        SW TO  AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-132 (3SW-877)        SW TO  AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1SW-130 (3SW-876)        SW TO  AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1ED-94 (2MD-V36)          CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 1ED"95 (2MD-V77)          CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 3CZ"85                    RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-86                    RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ"87                    RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-88                    RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-832                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP 3CZ-833                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP 3CZ-834                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3CZ-835                  RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3FV-82                    FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET  K 3FV-84                    FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET W 3CZ-81                    CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOLA 3CZ-83                    CONTROL  ROON NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA 3CZ-817                  CONTROL  ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+
3CZ-82                  .CONTROL  ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL k 3CZ-84                    CONTROL  ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION%
3CZ-818                  CONTROL  ROOM PURGE MAKE UP%
3CZ-814                  CONTROL  ROON PURGE EXHAUST%
SHEARON HARRIS  - UNIT 1                3/4 8-42
 
SHNPP gm! Ic.lw~~
        $ 86                              TABLE  3.8-2    Continued
                                                                      'fi)ALRIF AUG MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER            FUNCTION 3CZ"826                  CONTROL  ROOM NORMAL    SUPPLY DISCH            +
3CZ-825                  CONTROL  ROOM SUPPLY DISCHARGE    +
3CZ-813                  CONTROL  ROOM PURGE    EXHAUST+
3CZ-812                  CNTL RM  EMER FLTR OUTSIDE    AIR  INTAKE'NTL 3CZ-810                        RM EMER  FLTR OUTSIDE AIR    INTAKE'NTL 3CZ-89                          RM EMER  FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKEP 3CZ-Bll                  CNTL -RM EMER  FLTR OUTSIDE AIR 3CZ-823                                  EMER FLTR INLET+
INTAKE'ONTROL ROOM 3CZ-821                  CONTROL ROOM    FLTR DISCHARGE+
3CZ-822                  CONTROL ROOM    EMER FLTR DISCHARGE 6 3CZ-824                  CONTROL ROOM    EMER FLTR INLET  ~
3CZ" 819                  CONTROL ROOM    EMER FLTR DISCHARGEw 3CZ-820                  CONTROL ROOM    EMER FLTR DISCHARGE W 3AV-81                    RAB EMER  EXHAUST INLET 3AV-82                    RAB EMER  EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-84                    RAB EMER  EXHAUST INLET 3AV-85                    RAB EMER  EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-83                    RAB EMER  FXHAUST BLEED 3AV-86                    RAB EMER  EXHAUST BLEED 3AC-82                    RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST 3AC-83                    RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST
          '3AC-Bl                    RAB SWGR A EXHAUST Chloe $
Overload bypass is accomplished by s}Rve Relays <w +e GiRca t to Mes@ Qc~lo'/~<<
                                                                                                ~ Ache>>ki; 5(+<< 'RelAys ARe +es+cd hs p ~R+        4    +bc ~~gIIJeeRcd 5agc+ pe>fu mes
                        $ $ +4m ~~$ 'Aumcsf f+i toA) gnl ~~gd>>,~ec ~ +t >> +/ e ge ~ ge~ +$
SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1                    3/4 8-43      o4 7mbte V.3-2
 
0/j C P8cm    C camrnmn<m SHNPP      Final Dra+t. Technical Speci+icat ion.
Record". Number:      780                    Comment:  Tyae:  ERROR LCO  Number:      '3.08.04.D2                Paoe Number:    3/4 8-42 Section t4umber:      TABLE  3.8-2 Comment:
DELETE VALVES 1SW-1      . 18M-2, 1Slrj-w  AND 1St'-4 FRQtl THF TABLE.
  &eel 5 Dl.)E TQ A PLANT tqQDIF I CAT I ON. Tl-IFSF VALVES HAVE BEEN CHANGED TO htANUAL VALVES AND THEREFORE THERE I S t~lQ THERMAL OVERLOAD BYPASS.        REHOTE OPERATION OF THFSE VALVES WAS NQT ASSUtCED BY ANY SAFElY ArtALYSIS.
gVi
 
SHNPP REVtStON                                                                  HIS Pili:1 AU6      NNi                        TABLE  3.8-2  Continued MOTOR"OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER              FUNCTION.
1MS-72 (2MS-V9)          AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION  5 1SW-39 (3SW-85)          NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION 1SW-276 (3SW-88}        NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-270 (3SW-815)        SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL 1SW"40 (3SW-B6}          NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL 1SW-275 (3SW-813)        SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-274 (3SW-814)        SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL 1SW-271 (3SW-816)        SW HDR 8 TO AUX R5VR ISOL lSW-92 (2SW-846)          SW TO FAN CLR AH3  INLET lSW"97 (2SW-847)          SW &  FAN CLR AH3  OUTLET 1SW-91 (2SW-845)            TO FAN  CLR AH2 INLET lSW-109 (2SW-849)        SW    FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET 15W-225 (2SW-.852)            TO FAN  CLR AHl INLET 1SW-98 (2SW-B48)          SW    FAN CLR AHl OUTLET 1SW-227 (2SW-851)            TO FAN  CLR AH4 INLET 1SW-110 (2SW-850)          SW    FAN'LR  AH4 OUTLET 15W-124 (3SW-870)          SW TQ  AFWTD PUMP 1SW-126 (3SW-871)          SW TO  AFWTD PUMP 15W-129 (3SW-873}          SW TO  AFWTD PUMP ISW-127 (3SW-872)          SW TO  AFWTD PUMP 1SW-123 (3SW-875)          SW TO  AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-121 (3SW-874)          SW TO  AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-132 (3SW-877)          SW TO  AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1SW-130 (3SW-876)          SW TO  AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY lED-94 (2MD-V36)          CNMT SUMP ISOLATION lED-95 (2MD-V77)          CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 3CZ-85                    RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-86                    RAB ELEC -PROT INLET 3CZ-87                    RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-88                      RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-832                    RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP 3CZ-833                    RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP 3CZ-834                    RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET
  'CZ-835                      RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3FV-82                      FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET          K 3FV"84                      FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET W 3CZ-81                      CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOI        +
3CZ-83                      CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA 3CZ-817                  'ONTROL    ROOM PURGE MAKE UP          +
3CZ-82                      CONTROL ROOM NORMA SUPPLY ISOL 5 3CZ-84                      CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION%
3CZ-818                    CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE 3CZ-814                              ROOM PURGE EXHAUST&
UP+'ONTROL SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1                3/4 8"42
 
                                                                        >/~
CP RL Comxnenta
  ~PP Proof          and Review Technical Specification8 f
Record Number:  706                  Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  3.08.04.02              Page Number:  3/4 8-41,42 Section Number:    TABLE 3.8-2 Comment:
THE LAST SEVEN ITEMS ON PAGE 3/4 8-41 AND THE FIRST ITEM ON PAGE 3/4 8-42  CHANGE THE BYPASS DEVICE COLUMN FROM "YES" TO HN04" Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED DUE TO RECENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS. THE RESULT OF THESE MODIFICATIONS IS THAT THE THERMAL OVERLOAD BYPASS FUNCTION IS NOW COVERED  BY INHERENT FEATURES DESIGNED INTO THE CIRCUITRY  AND THERE  IS NO LONGER A BYPASS DEVICE" TO BE TESTED.
qg(u
 
hN TABLE 3. 8-2  Continued SHXPP p&llsigM MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION JUL    586 BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER              FUNCTION                                ~YES/NO 1SI-301 (2S I-V570)      CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8  ISOL          YES 1SI-311 (25 I-V572)      CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8  ISOL          YES 1SI-107 (ZSI-V500)        HH SI TO RCS HL                        YES 1SI-52 (2SI-V502)        HH SI TO RCS CL                        YES 15 I-86 (2SI-V501)
                                            'H SI TO RCS HL                        YES 1SI-326 (2SI-V577)        LH SI TO RCS HL                        YES 15 I-327 (2SI-V576)        LH SI TO RCS HL                        YES 1SI-340 (2SI-V579)        LH SI TO RCS CL                        YES 1S I-341 (25 I-V578)      LH SI TO RCS CL                        YES 1SI-359 (2SI "V587)        LH SI TO RCS HL                        YES 1SI-322 (2SI-V575)        RWST TO RHR A ISOL                      YES 1SI-323 (2SI-V574)        RWST TO RHR 8 ISOL                      YES 1CC-128 (3CC-85)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN    ISOL          YES 1CC-127 (3CC-86)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN    ISOL          YES 1CC-99 (3CC-819)          CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN    ISOL          YES 1CC-113 (3CC-820)        CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN    ISOL          YES 1CC-147 (3CC-V165)        RHR COOLING ISOL                        YES 1CC-167 (3CC-V167)        RHR COOLING ISOL                        YES.
1CC-176 (2CC-V172)        CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION                  YES 1CC-202 (2CC-V182)        CVCS HX CKMT ISOLATION                  YES 1CC-208 (2CC-V170)        CCW-RCPS ISOLATION                      YES 1CC-299 (2CC-V183)        RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION              YES 1CC-251 (2CC-V190)        RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION            YES 1CC-207 (2CC-V169)        CCW-RCPS ISOLATION                      YES 1CC-297 (2CC-V184)        RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION              YES 1CC-249 (2CC-V191)        RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION            YES 1CT-105 (2CT" V6)        CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL          YES 1CT-102 (2CT-V7)          CNMT SPRAY SUMP 8 RECIRC ISOL          YES 1CT-26 (2CT"V2)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT. SUPPLY        YES 1CT-71 (2CT-V3)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 INJECT. SUPPLY        YES 1CT-50 (2CT-V21)          SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION                  YES 1CT-12 (3CT-V85)          NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION                YES ICT-88 (2CT-V43)          SPRAY HDR 8 ISOLATION                  YES ICT-ll (3CT-V88)          NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION                YES 1CT-47 (2CT-V25)          CNMT SPRAY HDR A. RECIRC                YES 1CT-24 (2CT-V8)            CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST          YES 1CT-95 (2CT-V49)          CNMT SPRAY HDR 8 RECIRC                YES-1CT-25 (2CT-V145)          CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 EDUCTOR TEST          YES 1AF" 5 (3AF-V187)          AFWP A RECIRC                          YES
]AF-24 (3AF-V188)          AFWP 8 RECIRC                          YES 1AF-55 (2AF-V10)          AFW TO SG A ISOL lAF"93 (2AF-V19)          AFW TO SG 8 ISOL 1AF-74 (2AF-V23)          AFW TO SG C ISOL                        4Q& /VO+
1AF-137 (2AF-V116)        AFWTD TO SG A ISOL                      44& A/O+
lAF-143 (2AF-V117)        AFWTD TO SG 8 ISOL lAF"149 (2AF-V118) 1MS-70 (2MS-Vs)
AFWTD TO SG. C ISOL AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION                ~
4QF  h/0+
uD~
SHEARON'HARRIS  -  UNIT 1                3/4 8"41
 
rN TABLE  3.8-2  Continued MOTOR OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION              oN JUL      6.
BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER                FUNCTION                              ~YES/NO 1MS-72 (2MS-V9)            AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION                      hO*
1SW-39 (3SW-85)            NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION              YES 1SW-276 (3SW-88)          NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL            YES 1SW-270 (3SW-815)
          .                  SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL              YES 1SW"40 (3SW-86)            NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL                    YES 1SW-275 (3SW-813)          SW HDR A RETURN ISOL                    YES 1SW-274 (3SW-814)          SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL                    YES 1SW-271 (3SW-816)          SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL              YES lSW-3 (3SW-83)              EMER SW PUMP 1A MAIN RSVR INLET        YES lSW-4 (3SW-B4)              EMER SW PUMP 18 MAIN RSVR INLET        YES 1SW"1  (3SW-Bl)            EMER SW PUMP lA AUX RSVR INLET        YES 1SW-2  (3SW-82)            EMER SW PUMP 18 AUX RSVR INLET        YES 1SW-92  (2SW-846)          SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET                YES 1SW-97  (2SW-847)          S~&    FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET              YES lSW-91 (2SW-845)            SW TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET                YES 1SW-109 (2SW-849)    ~~ ~SW  &  FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET              YES 1SW-225 (2SW-852)          SN TO FAN CLR AN1 INLET                YES lSW-98 (2SW"848)              %  FAN CLR AHl OUTLET              YES 1SW-227 (2SW-851)              TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET                YES 1SW-110 (2SW-850)          SW      FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET              YES 1SW-124 (3SW-870)          SW TO AFWTD PUMP                        YES 1SW-126 (3SW-871)          SW TO AFWTD PUMP                        YES 1SW-129 (3SW-873)          SW TO AFWTD PUMP                        YES 1SW-127 (3SW-B72)          SW TO AFWTD PUMP                        YES 1SW-123 (3SW-875)          SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY                YES 1SW-121 (3SW-874)          SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY                YES 1SW-132 (3SW-877)          SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY                YES 1SW-130 (3SW-876)          SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY                YES 1ED-94 (2MD-V36)            CNMT SUMP ISOLATION                    YES 1ED-95 (2MD-V77)            CNMT SUMP ISOLATION                    YES 3CZ-85                      RAB ELEC PROT INLET                    YES 3CZ-86                      RAB ELEC PROT INLET                    YES 3CZ-87                      RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST                  YES 3CZ-88                      RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST                  YES 3CZ-832                    RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP            YES 3CZ-833                    RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP            YES 3CZ-834                    RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET              YES.
3CZ-835                    RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET              YES 3FV-82                      FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET            NO" 3FV-84                      FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET            NO~
3CZ-81                      CONTROL RIM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL          NO*
3CZ-83                      CONTROL  ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST    ISOL  NO" 3CZ-817                    CONTROL  ROOM PURGE MAKE UP            NO*
3CZ-82                      CONTROL  ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY    ISOL    NO*
3CZ-84                      CONTROL  ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION        NO" 3CZ-818                    CONTROL  ROOM PURGE MAKE UP            NOsN 3CZ-814                    CONTROL  ROOM PURGE EXHAUST            NO" SHEARON HARRIS  -  UNIT 1                  3/4 8-42
 
CPBc.L  Coxnxnenta HNPP    Proof and Rev iew Technical 8 pecif ication 8 Record Number:  734                Comment Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  3.09.01                Page Number:  3/4 9-2 Section Number:,  TABLE 4.9-1 Comment:
REVISE TABLE PER THE ATTACHED MARKUP.
Basis THESE CHANGES ARE PROPOSED FOR CONSISTENCY WITHIN THE TABLE AND TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION USEFUL TO PLANT PERSONNEL.
 
TABLE  4.9-1 FI                    Fl SHNPP ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS                    OW/)Qt&hl TO PREY N    LU  N  U  N    UELING VALVE POSITION JUL        Ie6 VALVE  t88~N/ID        DURING REFUELING      LOCK    DESCRIPTION 1CS-149                Closed            Yes      RN to the    CVCS makeup  control (cs -bi+'se)                                      system 1CS-510                Closed            Yes      Boric Acid Batch Tank Outlet Ccs->~a/av)                                        valve.july be opened  if the batching tank concentration is > 2000 ppm boron, and valve 1CS-503 (makeup water supply to batch tank) is closed.
1CS-503                Closed            Yes      Rl%  to Batching Tank. Do  not (cs-z zs.i)                                        open unless  outlet valve    1CS-510 is closed.
                                                    ~CYL5 uraouA n BTRs.
1CS-570                Closed            No    Q Place valve in "shut/ at valve
(~-~s-~s.s~)                                      control switch and p'Lance BTRS function selector swia.'h in "off." No lock required.
1CS-670                Closed            Yes      RN to  BTRS  loop.
(cs->s99 $ 4) 1CS-649                Closed            Yes      Resin sluice to  BTRS (cs-7198  %)                                    demineralizers.
1CS-93                  Closed            Yes      Resin sluice to  CVCS (cs  -Ds I srV3                                    demineralizers 1CS-320                Closed            Yes      Recycle Evaporation Feed (cs-Doe su)                                        Pump  to charging/safety injection  pump suction, 1CS"98                  Open              No      BTRS  bypass valve. Place g~->we s.)                                        valve control switch in "open" position; e'b g(
SHEARON MARRIS    - UNIT 1              3/4 9-2
 
CP8cL Coxnxnents HNP P    Proof and Review Technical                      S deci%'ication s Record Number:    777                Comment  Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  3.09.06                Page  Number:  3/4 9-7 Section Number:, 4.9.6.1 Comment:
CHANGE  "when the refueling machine load exceeds" TO  "at less than or equal to".
Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THAT THE LOAD CUTOFF IS SET AT OR -BELOW 2700  lbs.,  NOT WHEN THE LOAD EXCEEDS 2700 lbs.
 
FN REFUELING OPERATIONS SHNPP 3/4.9.6  REFUELING MACHINE OPERABILITY                                  RFv) p)A~j L
JUL    $ 86 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.9.6 The refueling machine    and auxiliary hoist shall be used      for movement of drive rods or fuel assemblies    and shall be OPERABLE with:
: a. The  refueling machine,  used  for movement  of fuel assemblies,    having:
: 1. A minimum  capacity of 4000 pounds, and
: 2. An automatic overload cutoff    limit less  than or equal to 2700 pounds.
: b. The  auxiliary hoist,  used  for latching and unlatching drive rods, having:
: 1. A minimum  capacity of 3000 pounds, and
: 2. A 1000-pound load  indicator that shall    be used  to monitor loads to prevent  lifting more  than 600 pounds.
APPLICABILITY: During movement      of drive rods or fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel.
ACTION:
With the requirements for the refueling machine and/or auxiliary hoist OPERA-BILITY not satisfied, suspend use of any inoperable refueling machine and/or auxiliary hoist from operations involving the movement of drive rods and fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel.
~
SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS 4.9.6.1 The refueling machine used for movement of fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE, within 100 hours prior to the start of such operations, by performing a load test of at least 4000 pounds and demonstrating an automatic load        cutoff 27 t                                      N  LZSJ 7HAr4 dR ~CIA<
4.9.6.2 The auxiliary hoist and associated load indicator used for'ovement of drive rode within the reactor vessel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE within 100 hours prior to the start of such operations by performing a load test of at least 900 pounds.
SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1              3/4 9-7
 
0 CP RL Cornxnenta
                                            ~
iNPP Proof and Review Tech.nical Specifications t
Record Number:    703                          Comment    Type:    ERROR LCO  Number:  1.09.12                          Page    Number:      3!4 9-14, 15,16 g'> < g-3 Section Number:    VARIOUS Comment:
ITEMS 4 . 9. 12.
b . 1, 4 . 9. 12. d. 5, '4 . 9. 12. e, 4 . 9. 12 . f AND BASES      CHANGE ANSI N510-1975 TO ANSI N510-1980.
Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY          FOR CONSISTENCY WITH THE FSAR.
 
REFUELING OPERATIONS FINA                    Ft'HNPP 3/4.9.12    FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST                  REV)S)ON JUL              N6 LIMITING CONDITION    FOR OPERATION 3.9.12 Two 'independent Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY: Whenever      irradiated fuel is in    a storage pool.
ACTION:
a~  With one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train inoperable, fuel movement within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool may proceed provided the OPERABLE Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is capable of being powered from an OPERABLE emergency power source and is in operation and discharging through at least one train of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber.
: b. With no Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System suspend  all operations involving    movement of fuel %thin Traf~'PERABLE, the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool until at least one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is restored to    OPERABLE  status.
C. The  provisions of Specifications 3.0.3 and 3.0.4 are not applicable.
SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS 4.9.12    The above required Fuel Handling      Building  Emergency Exhaust System trains shall    be demonstrated OPERABLE:
: a. At least once per 31 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS by initiating, from the control room, flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers and verifying that the system operates for at least 10 continuous hours with the heaters operating;
: b. At least once per 18 months or (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2) following significant painting, fire, qr chemical release in any ventilation zoril comunicating with the system by:
: l. Verifying that the cleanup system satisfies the in-place penetration and bypass leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c, and C.5.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the unit flow rate t
is 6600 cfm 10K during system operation when tested in accordance with ANS.I N510-~.
680 SHEARON HARRIS    - UNIT 1              3/4 9-14
 
REFUELING OPERATIONS SHNPP FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EHERGENCY EXHAUST                            @+I)pr l i JUL    $ 86 SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS      Continued
: 4. 9. 12 (Continued)
: 2. Verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accor-dance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, Harch 1978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position C.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, Harch 1978, by showing a methyl iodide ~enetration of less than 1.(C when tested at a temperature of 30 C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with AS'3803.
C. After every 720 hours of charcoal adsorber operation by verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C. 6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March %78, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position+.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, }hrch 1978, by showing a methyl iodide penetration of less than 1.0X when tested at a temperature of .
30'C and at a relative humidity of    7'n    accordance with'ASTM 03803.
: d. At least once per 18 months by:
: 1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA fil-ters and charcoal adsorber bank is not greater than 4.1 inches water gauge while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm a lOX,
: 2. Verifying that, on a High Radiation test signal, the system automatically starts                              and directs its exhaust flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks,
: 3. Verifying that the system maintains the spent fuel storage pool area at a negative pressure of greater than or equal to 1/8 inch water gauge, relative to the outside atmosphere, during system operation at a flow rate of 6600 cfm l: 10K,
: 4. Verifying that the  filter cooling bypass valve  is locked in the balanced position, and f
: 5. Verifying that the heaters dissipate 40 a 4 N when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-%%5:
zoo
: e. After each complete or partial replacement of a HEPA'filter bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-i8$ 8 for a OOP test aerosol while operating the unit at a flow rate a+6600 cfm f 10K.
                        ~~8o SHEARON HARRIS    - UNIT 1              3/4 9-15
 
FINAL          RAFT REFUELING OPERATIONS                                            SHNPP FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST RFWen~
J0l.    $ 86 SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS  Continued 4.9;12 (Continued)
: f. After  each complete or partial replacement of a charcoal adsorber bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-      for a halogenated hydrocarbon refrigerant test gas while operating  he unit at  a flow rate of 6600 cfe t 10K.
198>
SHEARON HARRIS  " UNIT 1            3/4 9-16
 
REFUELING OPERATIONS
                                                                  ";;., FN LORAFT 586 BASES 3/4.9. 10  AND 3/4.9. 11  WATER LEVEL - REACTOR VESSEL AND NEW AND SPENT FUEL LS The  restrictions on minimum water level ensure that sufficient water depth is available to rhmove 99K of the assumed 10K iodine gap activity released from the rupture of an irradiated fuel assembly. The minimum water depth is consis-tent with the assumptions of the safety analysis'/4.9.12 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST 'SYSTEM The  limitations on the Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System ensure that all radioactive material released from an irradiated fuel assembly will be filtered through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber prior to discharge to the atmosphere. Operation of the system with the heaters operating for at least 10 continuous hours in a 31-day period is sufficient to reduce the buildup of moisture on the adsorbers and HEPA filters. The OPERABILITY of this system and the resulting iodine removal capacity are consistent with the assumptjons of the safet anal ses. ANSI N510-          will be used as a procedural gui5e-. for i 980  surveillance testing.      riteria for laboratory testing of charcoal anchor in-place testing of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers is based upon removal efficiencies of 95K for organic and elemental forms of radioiodine and 99K for.
particulate forms. The filter pressure drop was chosen to be half-way between the estimated clean and dirty pressure drops for these components. This assures the full functionality of the filters for a prolonged period, even at the Technical Specification limit.
SHEARON HARRIS    - UNIT 1            B 3/4 9"3
 
i                                                CPScL              Comment s
~MMI P            Final Draft. Techn j.cal Specifications 7 5"i                              Cc:>1~(1<c f' Tup&
LCO Hier.:b:.:r:                  ... 0 . 6 ~,".( i (.)7. 12
                                            ~
                                                              ~              ." ac:e    Nunib='r:        v/.J /-17 4 j .".
S': C ', I '.st;: l< ill                  't / /
                                                ~    ~    W:  4 CU(tiiA< I  t'L:
Iti I TEt!S /i. 7.7.b. 1:P                        7-17> and <. ~. 12 b I  ~      ~
C!HAtilGE        "O. Ci5i.'"  TO "cJ. 0':/. HEPA 1.      0'/.'l
                        ~
II ('~
: 7. 7, v iP 7-18) ar)d 4. +. 12.
                                    / II TO      II        +/ II f    ! P ~ 16)    CHAf!CE Jt.
1  r)
                    ? H.=      "; ILTERS COV" RED BY THESE                    TL~!0    SPECIFI ATIGfdS AjE v'.!            !.",  F I CIEt~!T    ~  ACCORDI!<>C T'0 BENEPIC LETTFP.
Gi>-13 .."!A.-(CH 2. 1~83. A VALUE QF 1. 0/ I S AP"..;QPRIATE FO'"", FILTERS ASSUf1E') TO BE 95'/'.
E." ICIEST. 1 H                      INCi3P. lECT VALUE f')AS .,ROtdEOUSLY S!.    /t~I ITEMS) BY            CP~~cL.
 
REFUELING OPERATIONS 5          I 3/4.9.12      FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST Au.      586 LIMITING CONDITION      FOR OPERATION 3.9. 12    Two  independent Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains shall    be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY:* Whenever        irradiated fuel is in    a storage pool.
ACTION:
With one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train inoperable, fuel movement within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool may proceed provided the OPERABLE Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is capable of being powered from an OPERABLE emergency power source and is in operation and discharging through at least one train of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber.
: b. With no Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains OPERABLE, suspend      all operations involving movement of fuel within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool until at least one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is restored to      OPERABLE  status.
The  provisions of Specifications 3.0.3 and 3.0.4 are not applicable.
SURVE I L LANCE RE  UI REMEN TS 4.9.12      The above required Fuel Handling      Building  Emergency Exhaust System trains shall      be demonstrated OPERABLE:
: a. At least once per 31 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS by initiating, from the control room, flow through the HEPA filters nd charcoal adsorbers and verifying that the system operates for at least 10 continuous hours with the heaters operating;
: b. At least once per 18 months or (1} after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2} following significant painting, fire, or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system by:
HcPA)  1%  ~~4~
: 1. Verifying that the cleanu system satisfies the in-place penetration and bypass eakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c, and C.S.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the unit flow rate is 6600 cfm a 10K during system operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-~.
                                                    /98o SHEARON HARRIS      -  UNIT 1              3/4 9"14
 
INAL                        FT REFUELING OPERATIONS                                                  8HNPP RFVIRIAtI FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS      Continued
: 4. 9. 12 (Continued)
After  each complete or partial replacement of a charcoal adsorber bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than                  in accordance with ANSI N510-      for a halogenated hydrocarbon efrigerant test gas  while operating the unit at  a flow rate of 6600 cfm k          10K.
l98o                          i.o
                                                                      /'HEARON HARRIS -  UNIT 1              3/4 9-16
 
CPS'.L Comxnenta HNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:    735                Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  3.09.12                Page Number:  3/4 9-15 Section Number: 4.9.12.d.2 Comment:
DELETE "(UNLESS ALREADY OPERATING)".
Basis IN ORDER TO PROPERLY CONDUCT THIS TEST, THE FAN MUST BE STOPPED PRIOR TO THE START OF THE TEST.
SHNPP FANS DO NOT REDIRECT FLOW.THEREFORE)IF THE FAN IS ALREADY OPERATING$ NO CONCLUSION COULD BE REACHED REGARDING A SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE TEST.
I
 
f)        L          FT REFUELING OPERATIONS SHNPP FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST                          P+t)Plr Kl JUL      $ 86 SURVEILLANCE  RE  UIREMENTS  Continued 4.9.12 (Continued)
Verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accor-dance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position C.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, by showing a methyl iodide [enetration of le'ss than 1.0X when tested at a temperature of 30 C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with ASTM D3803.
: c. After every 720 hours of charcoal adsorber operation by verifying, within 31-days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 2978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position ~.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, by showing a methyl iodide penetration of less than 1.0% when tested at a temperature of .
30'C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with'STM 03803.
: d. At least once per 18 months by:
: 1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA fil-ters and charcoal adsorber bank is not greater than 4.1 inches water gauge while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm a 10K,
: 2. Verifying that, on a High Radiation test signal, the system automatically starts                              and, directs its exhaust flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks,
: 3. Verifying that the system maintains the spent fuel storage pool area at a negative pressure of greater than or equal to 1/8 inch water gauge, relative to the outside atmosphere, during system operation at a flow rate of 66DO cfa a 10K,
: 4. Verifying that the  filter cooling bypass valve is locked in the balanced position,  and
: 5. Verifying that the heaters dissipate accordance with ANSI N510-~
40 i 4 N when  tested in rP80
: e. After each complete or partial replacement of a HEPA filter bank> by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-%8%8 for a DOP test aerosol while operating the unit at a flow rate o/6600 cfm f 10K.
i~8m SHEARON HARRIS  -  UNIT 1            3/4 9-15
 
Shearon Harris A'age:
Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Ori ginator: FO  g, g;                                        +/V  ~l 7 Comment Date: q/o/                                        7~  vuI,'I Comment:
nt~
4.11.1.4  The  quantity of radioactive material contained in each of the above listed tanks shall be determined to be within the above limit by analyzing a
                                                      ~
representative sample of the tank's contents 7 d tion of radioactive material to the tank.
Oga Resolution                                      Basis (w                              axM~Q, Resolution Acce ted:
NRC                                      CPSL Date:        (I g                        Date:
 
CP Bc. L Coxxxxne nt e Proof and Review Technical Specifications                      Dh'NPP Record Number:      765                    Comment Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:    3. 11 02. 01
                    ~                    Page Number:  3/4 11-9 Section Number:,    TABLE  4.11-2 Comment:
EXTEND THE HORIZONTAL LINE IN THE CENTER OF THE ITEM THREE BLOCK OVER TO A POINT ABOVE THE LETTER Itb II Basis THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED      TO PROVIDE GREATER  CLARITY TO THE    TABLE.
QI1~
p P'~  y I(
 
TABLE 4. 11-2 RADIOACTIVE GASEOUS WASTE SAHPLING AND ANALYSIS PROGRAH HINIHUH                                              LOWER LIHIT Ogl SAHP LING      ANALYSIS                                            DETECTION  (LLD)
GASEOUS RELEASE TYPE    FREQUENCY      FREQUENCY              TYPE OF ACTIVITY ANALYSIS      'pCi/ml) aste  as  tprage Tank                Each Tank      Each Tank              Principal Gama Emitters              lxlO-~
Grab Sam le on aInmen    urge or Vent            Each PURGE      Each  PURGE            Principal  Gama Emitters            lxlO-i Grab Sample H                H-3  oxide                          lxl0-6
: 3. a. Plant Vent          ~    ~
Principal Gama Ewtters                lxlO-i Stack Grab Sample H-3  oxide                          lx10-6
: b. Turbine Bldg  H                                      Principal Gama Emitters              lxlO-i Vent Stack;    Grab Sample Waste Pro-                                            //-3 Qoxr                                    c- 3)~
                                                                                                    /p ld cessing Bldg Vent Stacks                                          g 6'na &JtVe~i,S't~~k                        C l  i+~
MSA                                                                  fhu8 q/jgfjrg                    J)Z
: 4. All Release Types    Continuous                            I-131                                lx10-ta      r~
as listed in l., 2.,
and 3. above Charcoal Sample                I-133                                1x10 to Continuous            W                Principal  Gama Emitters            lxlO->>
Particulate Sa  le Continuous            H                Gross Alpha                          lxlo->>
Composite Par-ticulate  Sam le Continuous                            51-89, Sl-90                        lxlo->>
Composite Par-ticulate  Sample
 
CPScL.        Cummen<m BHNPP          Final Draft Technical SPeci+icatians Re=a:-v'juoiber:          7I Ph Comrrlerft Tvpe'      t1P ROVE("iE!!T LCG    fvuil/her:    8  /4. 01 01 01
                                  ~
N
                                        ~            Paae Number:      Ef  q/tt 1 Sec'tion flu.ob      r: '9 3/4. 1. 1. 1 Comrrret1  'L ADD A NEI! SEN'I ENCE AFTER THE LJORDS " i nad        ver't. en t di 1 utior'r e>>eni.". " AS FOLLOWS:
: he un'    "Prm"  i-.-; used thr aughaut  tfiese saeoiiiaaLi arr.= ta can~or-m wi Lh the r cacti vi tv inkac mi~L'i arr f~r-ovided bv Lhe NSSS suppli er,: 1000 Pam i s rou.;      Lo 1/ dr'I ta f /I:.
BRs 1  ">>
TH:S    C: ANCE IS I!j RESPOt1SE Tg AN NRC COtff1EfdT. IT PROV I DES THE NECEBSARY EQUI VALENCY I NFQRt1AT I QN.
BUT D('!ES NOT (."QNF USE THE ACTUAL SPECIF I CAT XQtd
 
3/4. 1    REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS SHNPP Rc I  IAL DRAFT AU6                $ 86 BASES 3/4.1.1        BORA ION CONTROL 3/4.1.1.1        and  3/4.1.1.2    SHUTDOWN MARGIN A.sufficient        SHUTDOWN MARGIN    ensures  that:, (1) the reactor                can be made sub-critical      from  all operating conditions, (2) the reactivity transients associated with postulated accident conditions are controllable within acceptable limits, and (3) the reactor will be maintained sufficiently subcritical to preclude inadvertent      criticality    in the shutdown condition.
SHUTDOWN MARGIN requirements            vary throughout core life as a function of fuel depletion,        RCS boron  concentration, and RCS T . The most restrictive condi-occurs at EOL, with Tav at no, load operating temperature, and is asso-avg'ion ciated with a postulated steam'line break accident and resulting uncontrolled RCS cooldown.          In the analysis of this accident, a minimum SHUTDOWN MARGIN of 1770 pcm is required to control the reactivity transient. Accordingly, the SHUTDOWN MARGIN requirement is based upon this limiting condition and is consistent with FSAR safety analysis assumptions. With T                                less than 200 F, avg the reactivity transients resulting from a postulated steam line break cooldown are minimal,-but a 2000 pcm SHUTDOWN MARGIN is required to provide adequate protection for postulated inadvertent dilution events.
Analysis of inadvertent boron dilution at cold shutdown is based on:
: 1. all  RCCA's  in the core while the      RCS,          except the reactor vessel,      is drained    (i.e.,  not,  filled), and
: 2. all  RCCA's, except    shutdown banks    C        and D, are    fully inserted in  the core while the RCS      is filled.
In addition, by assuming the most reactive control rod is stuck out of the core, its    worth is effectively added to the 2000 pcm shutdown margin in calculating the necessary soluble boron concentration.
3/4. l. 1.3    MODERATOR "TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT The    limit.ations on moderator temperature coefficient (MTC) are provided to ensure      that the value of this coefficient remains within the limiting condition assumed in the FSAR accident and transient analyses.
The MTC      values of this specification are applicable to a specific set of plant conditions;        i.e., the positive limit is based on core conditions for all rods withdrawn, BOL, hot zero THERMAL POWER, and the negative limit is based on core conditions for all rods withdrawn, EOL, RATED THERMAL POWER. Accordingly, veri-fication of MTC values at conditions other than those explicitly stated will require extrapolation to those conditions in order to permit an accurate comparison.
p~    ~~~ s+                  c rfQc 'h v Wy'
  ) '/~ ag/'~,
                      +~%7 cY) P~        QQ  Qq  ~  H+5 5      5    PP lier a '""o  Pc.e  s ~y. dL SHEARON HARRIS          - UNIT  1                8 3/4  l-l
 
CPRL Comments RNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:      719                    Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:    B  3/4.01.02                Page Number:  B  3/4 1-2 Section Number:,      B  3/4.1.2 Comment:
THE FIRST LINE      IN PARAGRAPHS  2 AND 3  CHANGE  "200 F"  TO  "350 F".
Basis THE CHANGE      IS NEEDED  FOR CONSISTENCY WITH LCO's 3.1.2.1    AND  3.1,2.2  FOR CSIP OPERABILITY'HE TEMPERATURES ON B 3/4 1-3 DO NOT NEED TO CHANGE BASED ON BORATED WATER SOURCE AVAILABILITYIN LCO's 3  '.2.5    AND  3.1.2.6. THIS IS THE SAME AS THE BYRON BASES.
 
SHNPP REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS aavisiON              FINALD          F 586 BASES MODERATOR TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT            Continued The most      negative    HTC,  value equivalent to the most positive moderator density coefficient      (MDC), was obtained by      incrementally correcting the HDC used in the FSAR analyses to nominal operating conditions.                These corrections involved subtracting the incremental change in the HDC associated with a core condition of all rods inserted (most positive HDC) to an all rods withdrawn condition and, a conversion for the rate of change of moderator density with temperature at RATED THERMAL POWER conditions. This value of the HDC was then transformed into the limiting HTC value -42 pcm/ F. The HTC value of -33 pcm/ F represents a conservative value (with corrections for burnup and soluble boron) at a core condition of 300 ppm equilibrium boron concentration and is obtained by making these corrections to the limiting HTC value of -42 pcm/4F.
The  Surveillance Requirements for measurement of the HTC at the beginning and near  the end of the fuel cycle are adequate to confirm that the HTC remains within its limits since this coefficient changes slowly due principally to the reduction in RCS boron concentration associated with fuel burnup.
3/4. 1. 1. 4    MINIMUM TEMPERATURE FOR CRITICALITY This specification ensures that the reactor will not be made critical with the Reactor Coolant System average temperature less than 5514F. This limitation is required to ensure: (1) the moderator temperature coefficient is within analyzed temperature range, (2) the trip instrumentation is within,its normal it operating range, (3) the pressurizer is capable of being in an OPERABLE status with a steam bubble, and (4) the reactor vessel is above its minimum RTNDT temperature.
3/4. 1. 2    BORAT ION SYSTEMS The Boron      Injection    System ensures that negative reactivity control is available during each      mode  of facility operation. The components required to perform this function include: (1) borated water sources, (2) charging/safety injection pumps, (3) separate flow paths, (4) bor'                      transfer pumps, and (5) an emergency power supply from OPERABLE                  el ge ratorp~
pe            C r)
With the RCS average temperature abo                ~F,        minieuh of two boron injection flow paths are requi~ed to ensure si le func onal capability in the event an assumed failure renders one of the fl                      s inoperable. The boration capa-bility of either flow path is sufficient to provide a SHUTDOWN HARGEN from full ppm power e bor
                      '      'n expected operating conditions of 1770 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown to 200'F. The maximum expected boration capability requirement occurs at EOL from water be main conditions ed and  requires 16800 gallons of  7000 in the boric acid storage tanks or 436,000 gal-lons      M~~
tank ( WST). Qzoao -z2oof borated wa    r be maintained in the refueling water storage QSd With the          5 tom        ure bel  w  SHY'F  olfe  oron injection flow path is accept-able without single          failure onsid ation        on  the basis of the stable reactivity SHEARON HARRIS          - UNIT 1              B  3/4 1-2
 
QK CP8cL Comxnenta 9HNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specification8 Record Number:    747                  Comment Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  8  3/4.01.02            Page Number:  B  3/4 1-2 L 3 Section Number:    B  3/4. l. 2 Comment:
IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH ON PAGE B  3/4 1-2 AND IN THE SECOND FULL'ARAGRAPH ON PAGE    B 3/4 1-3 CHANGE "2000 ppm"  TO "2000-2200 ppm".
Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED'OR CONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE BASES AND THE SP CIFICATIONS OF    ECTION 3.1,2.
 
8HNP O~~
l'FVIS!
FINALD          F REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 586 BASES MODERATOR TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT      Continued The most    negative  MTC,  value equivalent to the most positive moderator density coefficient    (MDC), was  obtained by incrementally correcting the HDC used in the FSAR analyses to nominal operating conditions.      These corrections involved subtracting the incremental change in the HDC associated with a core condition of all rods inserted (most positive HDC) to an all rods withdrawn condition and, a conversion for the rate of, change of moderator density with temperature at RATED THERMAL POWER conditions. This value of the HDC was then transformed into the limiting MTC value -42 pcm/ F. The MTC value of -33 pcm/ F represents a conservative value (with corrections for'urnup and soluble boron) at a core condition of 300 ppm equilibrium boron concentration and is obtained by making these corrections to the limiting HTC value of -42 pcm/F.
The  Surveillance Requirements, for measurement of the HTC at the beginning and near the end of the fuel cycle are adequate to confirm that the MTC remains within its limits since this coefficient changes slowly due principally to the reduction in RCS boron concentration associated with fuel burnup.
3/4. 1. 1. 4  MINIMUM TEMPERATURE FOR CRITICALITY This specification ensures that the reactor will not be made critical with the Reactor Coolant System average temperature less than 5514F. This limitation is required to ensure: (1) the moderator temperature coefficient is within        it analyzed temperature range, (2) the trip instrumentation is within its normal operating range, (3) the pressurizer is capable of being in an OPERABLE status with a steam bubble, and (4) the reactor vessel is above its minimum RTNDT temperature.
3/4. 1. 2    BORATION SYSTEMS The Boron    Injection System ensures that negative reactivity control is available during each    mode of facility operation. The components required to perform this function include: (1) borated water sources, (2) charging/safety injection pumps, (3) separate flow paths, (4) boric acid transfer pumps, and (5) an emergency power supply from OPERABLE      diesel generators.
ggo With the RCS average temperature above 40KF, a minimum of two boron injection flow paths are required to ensure single functional capability in the event an assumed failure renders one of the flow paths inoperable.        The boration capa-bility of ~ ither flow path is sufficient to provide a SHUTDOWN HARGEN from expected operating conditions of 1770 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown to 200 F. The maximum expected boration capability requirement occurs at EOL from full  power equilibrium xenon conditions and requires 16800 gallons of 7000 ppm lons of  ~~
borated    water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 436,000 gal-borated water be maintained in the refueling water storage tank (RWST). Q oooo -zaoo~~n Qgd With the RCS temperature below 98YF, one boron injection flow path is accept-able without single failure consideration on the basis of the stable reactivity SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1            B 3/4 1-2
 
S8NP      P REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS PcL/f gf Ph)
                                                                      +
ltd DIM JUL..
BASES BORATION SYSTEMS          (Continued condition of the reactor and the additional restrictions prohibiting CORE ALTERATIONS and positive reactivity changes in the event the single boron injection flow path becomes inoperable.
The  limitation for        a maximum  of one charging/safety injection pump (CSIP) to be OPERABLE and the Surveillance            Requirement to verify all CSIPs except the required OPERABLE pump to be            inoperable below 335 F provides assurance that a mass  addition pressure          transient can be relieved by the operation of a single PORV.
The boron      capability required below 2004F is sufficient                          a SHUTDOWN MARGIN    of 1000 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown                    00  , to 140 F. This maintained in the RWST.
of~
condition requires either 4900 gallons of 7000 m orated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 82,000 gall ns                            ppm bor ed water be gV The  gallons given above are the amounts that ne                  to b    >ntained in W tank in the various circumstances. To get the specific value, each value had added to it an allowance for the unusable volume of water in the tank, allowances for other identified needs, and an allowance for possible instrument error. In addition, for human factors purposes, the percent indicated levels were then raised to either the next whole percent or the next even percent and the gallon figures rounded off. This makes the LCO values conservative to the analyzed values. The specified percent level and gallons differ by less than 0.2X.
The  limits on contained water volume and boron concentration of the RWST also ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.
The BAT minimum temperature            of 65'F ensures that boron solubility is maintained for concentrations of at least the 7750 ppm limit. The RWST minimum temperature is consistent with the STS value and is based upon other considerations since solubility              not an issue at the specified concentration levels. 7~< HdS1 i'<<~~"
isSC ~~~~~r DhS  A~TZb    'JES              v~ yBAFAE-Y&c'Ad. AMEPWtlloysjS Sbk oIAmjWJ4<MP  ~AT L8D.
The OPERABILITY oY one Boron            Injection    System during REFUELING ensures that      ~ )m":~
this  system        is available for    reactivity control while in MOOE 6.                        lJ"
                                                                                                  -r Is.-4.
3/4. l. 3  MOVABLE CONTROL ASSEMBLIES The  specifications of this section ensure that: (1) acceptable power distri-bution limits are maintained, (2) the minimum SHUTDOWN MARGIN is maintained, and (3) the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses are limited. OPERABILITY of the control rod position indicators is required to determine control rod positions and thereby ensure compliance with the control rod alignment and insertion limits.
SHEARON HARRIS          - UNIT 1                B  3/4 1-3
 
CPBc  L Coxnxnenta
~HNPP Pr oof and Rev'iew. Tech.nival SWecitiaatione Record Number:    720                  Comment Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  B 3/4.01,02              Page Number:  B  3/4 1-3 Section Number:    B  3/4.1.2 Comment ADD TO THE EN      OF THE NEXT TO LAST PARAGRAPH OF SECTION B 3      .).2 THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE:
The RWST  temperature was selected to be consistent with analytical assumptions for containment heat load.
Basis THIS CHANGE IS    TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR THE TECH SPEC USERS.
 
S8NPP REACTIVIT't CONTROL SYSTEMS P~i)g fP}K)
N6 istic      fjIIt BASES BORATION SvSTEMS      (Continued condition of the reactor and the additional restrictions prohibiting CORE ALTERATIONS and      positive reactivity changes in the event the single boron injection flow path becomes inoperable.
The  limitation for    a maximum of one charging/safety injection pump (CSIP) to be OPERABLE    and'the Surveillance Requirement to verify all CSIPs except the required OPERABLE pump to be inoperable below 335 F provides assurance that a mass addition pressure transient can be relieved by the operation of a single PORV.
The boron    capability required below 200 F is sufficient to provide a SHUTOOWN MARGIN    of 1000 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown from 200 F to 140'F. This maintained in the RWST.
of~
condition requires either 4900 gallons of 7000 ppm borated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 82,000 gallons 3040 Zgog ppm borated water be The  gallons given above are the amounts that need to be maintained in in the various circumstances. To get the specified value, each value had added
                                                                                      ~  tank to it an allowance for the unusable volume of water in the tank, allowances for other identified needs, and an allowance for possible instrument error. In addition, for human factors purposes, the percent indicated levels were then raised to either the next whole percent or the next even percent and the gallon figures rounded off. This makes the LCO values conservative to the analyzed values. The specified percent level and gallons differ by less than 0. ll.
The  limits on contained water volume and boron concentration of the RWST also ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment .after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.
The BAT minimum temperature        of 65 F ensures that boron solubility is maintained for concentrations of at least the 7750 ppm limit. The RWST minimum temperature is consistent with the STS value and is based upon other considerations since solubility    is not an issue at the specified concentration levels.
ACrCrtb m Bt 4>>>>iSmJT +Cnr  AaAC.rrtCAC. AJOCrAPtlON5 FbR  CkuJTVti4rtMT 7'S7 Mgr LOhD.
                                                                                            <<~~<~~"'pi The OPERABILITY      of one Boron Injection System during REFUELING            ensures that this  system  is available for reactivity control while in MOOE 6.
3/4. l. 3  MOVABLE CONTROL ASSEMBLIES The  specifications of this section ensure that: (1) acceptable power distri-bution limits are maintained, (2) the minimum SHUTOOWN MARGIN is maintained, and (3) the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses 'are limited. OPERABILITY of the control rod position indicators is required to determine control rod positions and thereby ensure compliance with the control rod alignment and insertion limits.
SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1                B 3/4 1-3
 
CPBc.L    Comments HNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:    767                Comment, Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  FIRE PROTECTION        Page  Number:  VARIOUS  ~i Section Number:    fIRE PROTECTION Comment:
DELETE THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER  THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.
Basis                                                              c.-i PER  PREVIOUS CPS(L LETTERS NLS-86-188 DATED  JUNE  4, 1986  AND  NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22, 1986.
 
I'IHAL UIu INSTRUMENTATION                                                      SHNPP REVlStCN BASES                                                                            586 REMOTE SHUTDOWN SYSTEM      Continued This capability is consistent with General Design Criterion        3 and  Appendix  R to 10 CFR Part 50.
3/4. 3. 3. 6  ACCIDENT HONITORING INSTRUMENTATION The OPERABILITY of the accident monitoring instrumentation ensures that suffi-cient information is available on selected plant parameters to monitor and assess these variables following an accident. This capability is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9?, Revision 3, "Instrumentation for Light-Mater-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident," May 1983 and NUREG-0737, "Clarification of THI Action Plan Requirements," November 1980.
3/4. 3. 3. 7  CHLORINE DETECTION SYSTEMS The OPERABILITY      of the Chlorine Detection Systems ensures that suffic%nt capa-bility is    available to promptly  detect and initiate protective action in the event of an accidental chlorine    release. This capability is required to pro- .
tect control room personnel and      is consistent with the recoaeendations of Regu-latory Guide 1.95, Revision 1, "Protection of Nuclear Power Plant Control Room, Operators Against an Accidental Chlorine Release," January 1977.
3/4  3 3 8 war    'apability      is available for prompt detection of fires and that Fire Suppres        Systems, that are actuated by fire detectors, will discharge extin-guishing age        in a timely aanner. Preapt detection and suppression of fires will reduce the p        tial for damage to safety-related equipment and is an integral element in t          erall facility Fire Protection Program.
Fire detectors that are      used to    uate Fire Suppression Systems represent a more    critically important  coaponent        plant's Fire Protection Program than detectors that are installed      solely for        fire warning and notification.
Consequently, the minimum number of        OPERABLE      detectors must  be greater.
loss of detection capability for Fire Suppression            ms, actuated by fire
                                                                                        'he detectors, represents a significant degradation        of  firn pro ion for any area.
As a result, She establisheent of a fire watch patrol must be in              ted at an earlier stage than would be warranted for the loss of detectors that                ide only early fire warning. The establishment of frequent fire patrols in 3/4.3.3.9      HETAL IMPACT MONITORING SYSTEM The OPERABILITY      of the Metal Impact Honitoring System ensures that sufficient capability is available to detect loose metallic parts in the Reactor System SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1            B  3/4 3-5
 
CP RL Coxnxnenta RHNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:    778                    Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  NRC TYPOs                  Page Number:  SEE LIST Section Number:,
Comment:
CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE FOLLOWING PAGES TO CORRECT TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS MADE IN THE TYPING OF THE FINAL DRAFT TECH SPECS.
          ~ z-7 ~W
          ~2-9 ~
6<<
l
          ~  3/4 3-22K O~
(~,
                                  ~
QH 3/4 6-3 >    OPS 3/4 6-20 &    21 6-25            ~
                                                        .8 v'p'/4
                        &  26          6 II,              ~j4+K    &W            ~L) 3/4 8-2 u OP
.            3/4 8-5
                  /4 3-3q q /OH~~
Basis TYPOGRPHICAL ERRORS
 
SHNPr pmillinN INSTRUMENTATION duL    586                  MAf1 BASES ez78c i~PAcY AouimAiAb dt's ~
ontinued an    vo d or mitigate damage to Reactor System components. The allowable out-of-service times and surveillance requirements are consistent with the recom-mendations of Regulatory Guide 1,133, "Loose-Part Detection Program for the Primary System of Light-Water-Cooled Reactors," Hay 1981.
3/4.3.3.10    RADIOACTIVE  LI UID  EFFLUENT MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION The  radioactive liquid effluent instrumentation is provided to monitor and con-trol,  as applicable, the releases of radioactive materials in liquid effluents during actual or potential releases of liquid effluents. The Alarm/Trip Set-points for these instruments shall be calculated and adjusted.in accordance with the methodology and parameters in the ODCH to ensure that the alarm/trip will occur prior to exceeding the limits of 10 CFR Part 20. The OPERABILITY and use of this instrumentation is consistent with the requirements of. General Design Criteria 60, 63, and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.
3/4. 3. 3. 11  RADIOACTIVE GASEOUS EFFLUENT HONITORING INSTRUHENTATION The  radioactive gaseous effluent instrumentation is provided to monitor and control, as applicable, the releases of radioactive materials in gaseous efflu-ents during actual or potential releases of gaseous effluents. The Alarm/Trip Setpoints for these instruments shall be calculated and adjusted in accordance with the methodology and parameters in the ODCM to ensure that the alarm/trip will occur prior to exceeding the limits of 10 CFR Part 20. This instrumenta-tion also includes provisions for monitoring (and controlling) the concentrations of potentially explosive gas mixtures in the GASEOUS RADWASTE TREATHENT SYSTEH.
The OPERABILITY and use of this instrumentation is consistent with the require-ments of General Design Criteria 60, 63, and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.
The sensitivity of any noble gas activity monitors used to show compliance with the gaseous effluent release requirements of Specification 3.11.2.2 shall be such that concentrations as low as 1 x 10-e pCi/ml are measurable.
3/4. 3. 4   TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION This specification     is provided to ensure that the turbine overspeed protection instrumentation and the turbine speed control valves are OPERABLE and will pro-tect the turbine from excessive overspeed. Protection from turbine excessive overspeed is required since excessive overspeed of the turbine could generate potentially damaging missiles which could impact and damage safety-related com-ponents, equipment or structures.
SHEARON HARRIS     - UNIT 1             B 3/4 3-6
 
CPRI Comments
'SHNPP
/
Proof and Review'echnical Specif ication s Record Number':   707                   Comment Type:  ERROR LCO   Number: B 3/4.04.05             Page  Number: B  3/4 4-3 Section Number:,   B 3/4.4.5 Comment:
IN THE LAST PARAGRAPH   OF THE SECTION> CHANGE "SPECIFICATION 6.9.2"   TO "SPECIFICATION 4.4.5.5.c".
Basis THIS CHANGE   IS TO PROVIDE CONSISTENCY WITH THE BODY OF THE   SPECIFICATIONS.
Oi~
Oi~
0 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM SHNPP REV!S!ON JUL 886 BASES STEAM GENERATORS (Continued)
The plant is expected to be operated in a manner such that the secondary cool-ant wi 11 be maintained within those chemistry limits found to result in negli-gible corrosion of the steam generator tubes.If the secondary coolant chemistry is not maintained within these limits, localized corrosion may likely result in stress corrosion cracking.The extent of cracking during plant oper-ation would-be limited by the limitation of steam generator tube leakage between the Reactor Coolant System and the Secondary Coolant System (reactor-to-seconda~y leakage=500 gallons per day per steam generator).
Cracks having a reactor-to-secondary leakage less than this limit during operation will have an adequate margin of safety to withstand the loads imposed during normal operation and by postulated accidents.
Operating plants have demonstrated that reactor-to-secondary leakage of 500 gallons per day per steam generator can readily be detected by radiation monitors of steam generator blowdown.Leakage in excess of this limit will require plant shutdown and an unscheduled inspection, during which the leaking tubes will be located and plugged.Wastage"type defects are unlikely with proper chemistry treatment of t%e second-ary coolant.However, even if a defect should develop in service, it will be found during scheduled inservice steam generator tube examinations.
Plugging will be required for all tubes with imperfections exceeding the plugging limit of 40K of the tube nominal wall thickness.
Steam generator tube inspections of operating plants have demonstrated the capability to reliably detect degra-dation that has penetrated 20K of the original tube wall thickness.
Whenever the results of any stea generator tubing inservice inspection fall into Category C-3, these results will be reported to the Commission in a Special Report pursuant to Specification within 30 days and prior to resumption of plant operation, Such cases will be considered by the Commission on a case-by-case basis and may result in a requirement for analysis, laboratory examina-tions, tests, additional eddy-current inspection, and revision of the Technical Specifications, if necessary.
3/4.4.6 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM LEAKAGE 3/4.4.6.1 LEAKAGE DETECTION SYSTEMS The RCS Leakage Detection Systems required by this specification are provided to monitor and detect leakage from the reactor coo]ant pressure boundary.These Detection Systems are consistent'with the recoaeendations of Regulatory Guide 1.45,"Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," May 1973.3/4.4.6.2 OPERATIONAL LEAKAGE PRESSURE BOUNDARY LEAKAGE of any magnitude is unacceptable since it may be indicative of an impending gross failure of the pressure boundary.Therefore, the presence of any PRESSURE BOUNDARY LEAKAGE requires the unit to be promptly placed in COLD SHUTDOWN.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 8 3/4 4"3 C P8c.L Comxnent'a
""HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specification8 Record Number: 754 LCO Number: B 3/4 4-6 Section Number: B 3/4.4.9 Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: B 3/4 4-6&ll P7 IN THREE PLACES, CHANGE"Figures 3.4-2 and 3.4-3" TO"Figures 3,4-3 and 3.4-2 and Table 4.4-6".Basis THESE CHANGES PROVIDE A MORE COMPLETE REFERENCE TO ALL OF THE PLACES WHICH PROVIDE HEATUP AND COOLDOWN LIMITATION DATA AND MAKE THE REFERENCES TO THE HEATUP AND COOLDOWN CURVES GRAMMATICALLY CORRECT.~4 P g(R,6 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM+~I fPIgh)BASES SPECIFIC ACTIVITY Continued) distinction between the radionuclides above and below a half-life of 15 minutes.For these reasons the radionuclides that are excluded from consideration are expected to decay to very low levels before they could be transported from the reactor coolant to the SITE BOUNQARY under any accident condition.
Based upon the above considerations for excluding certain radionuclides from the sample analysis, the allowable time of 2 hours between sample taking and completing the initial analysis is based upon a typical time necessary to per-form the sampling, transport the sample, and perform the analysis of about 90 minutes.After 90 minutes, the gross count should be made in a reproducible geometry of sample and counter having reproducible beta or gamma self-shielding properties.
The counter should be reset to a reproducible efficiency versus energy.It is not necessary to identify specific nuclides.The radiochemical determination of nuclides should be based on multiple counting of the sample within typical counting basis following sampling of less than 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 1 day, about 1 week, and about 1 month.Reducing T to less than 500'F prevents the release of activity shoul'd a steam generator tube rupture occur, since the saturation pressure of the reactor cool-ant is below the lift pressure of the atmospheric steam relief valves.~The Surveillance Requirements provide adequate assurance that excessive specific activity levels in the reactor coolant will be detected in sufficient time to take corrective action.A reduction in frequency of isotopic analyses following power changes may be permissible if justified by the data obtained.3/4.4.9 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE LIMITS The temperature and pressure changes during heatup and cooldown are limited to be consistent with the requirements given in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Appendix G, and 10 CFR 50 Appendix G.10'CFR 50, Appendix G also addresses the metal temperature of the closure head flange and vessel flange regions.The minimum metal temperature of the closure flange region should be at least 1204F higher than the limiting RT NDT for these regions when the pressure exceeds 20K (621 psig for Westinghouse plants)of~the reservice hydrostatic test pressure.For Shearon Hats&nit-1; the m>nimum temperature of the closure flange and vess~~ge regions is 1204F because the lim'T NOT is 0 F (see Tab-BW/4 4-1).The.Shearon Harris Unit eatu and ol down sh'igures 3.4-and 3.4-a o impact b mit.)ski 0&kvD Tae~g g 1.he reactor coolant tern eratui t heatu and with the exception of the pressurizer) be ed in accordance with Figures 3.4-R and 3.4-$for hewervice-eriod specified thereon:~P'~o i~ac KW-/aa able combinations of pressure and tern specific temperature c ange ra es are e ow and to the right of the limit lines shown.Limit.lines for cooldown rates between those pre-sented may be obtained by interpolation; and SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 4-6 dl(~g REAC/OR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES PRESSURE!TEMPERATURE LIMITS (Continue b.Figures 3.4%and 3.4-X define limits to assure prevention of non-'ductile failure only.For normal operation, other inherent/" plant characteristics, e.g., pump heat addition and pressurizer heater capacity, may limit the heatup and cooldown rates that can be achieved over certain pressure-temperature ranges.2.These limit lines shall be calculated periodically using methods pro-vided below, 3.The secondary side of the steam generator must not be pressurized above 200 psig if the temperature of the steam generator is below 70oF 4.The pressurizer heatup and cooldown rates shall not exceed 100'F/h and 200 F/h, respectively.
The spray shall not be used if the tem-perature difference between the pressurizer and the spray fguid is greater than 625'F, and 5.System preservice hydrotests and inservice leak and hydrotests shall be performed at pressures in accordance with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI.The fracture toughness testing of the ferritic materials in the reactor vessel was performed in accordance with the 1971 Winter Addenda to Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.These properties are then evaluated in accordance with the NRC Standard Review Plan.Heatup and cooldown limit curves are calculated using the most limiting value of the nil-ductility reference temperature, RTN>T, at the end of-4 effective full power years (EFPY}of service life.The 4 EFPY service life period is chosen such that the limiting RTN>T at the 1/4T location in the core region is greater than the RTNDT of the limiting unirradiated material.The selection of such a limiting RTN>T assures that all components in the Reactor Coolant System will be operated conservatively in accordance with applicable Code requirements.
The reactor vessel materials have been tested to determine their initial RTNOT, the results of these tests are shown in Table B 3/4.4-1.Reactor operation and resultant fast neutron (E greater than 1 HeV)irradiation can cause an increase in the RTNOT.Therefore, an adjusted reference temperature, based upon the fluence, copper content, and phosphorus content of the material in question, can be predicted using Figure B 3/4.4-1 and the largest value of LRTNOT computed by either Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 1,"Effects of Residual Elements on Predicted Radiation Oamage to Reactor Vessel Materials," or the Westinghouse SHEARON HARRIS" UNIT 1 B 3/4 4-7 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES FIN L DRAFT, SHNPP 0%/IO I+hl PRESSURE/TE!'PERATURE LIMITS (Continued Copper Trend Curves shown in Figure 8 3/4.4-2.The heatup and cooldown limit curves of Figures 3.4-Z~and 3.4-~include predicted adjustments for this shift in RTNpT at the end of 4 EFPY as well as adjustments for possible errors in piacg t'-c the pressure and temperature sensing instruments.
Values of ORTNpT determined in this manner may be used until the results from the material surveillance program, evaluated according to ASTM E185, are available.
Capsules will be removed and evaluated in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E185-73 and 10 CFR Part 50;Appendix H.The surveillance specimen withdrawal schedule is shown in Table 4.4-5.The lead factor repre-sents the relationship between the fast neutron flux density at the location of the capsule and the inner wall of the reactor vessel.Therefore, the results obtained from the surveillance specimens can be used to predict future radiation damage to the reactor vessel material by using the lead factor and thy with-drawal time of the capsule.The heatup and cooldown curves must be regilculated when the DRTNOT determined from the surveillance capsule exceeds the c8culated GRTNp T for the equi va1 ent caps ul e radi ati on exposure, Allowable pressure-temperature relationships for various heatup and cooldown rates are calculated using methods derived from Appendix G in Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code as required by Appendix G to 10 CFR Part 50, and these methods are discussed in detail in WCAP-7924-A.
The general method for calculating heatup and cooldown limit curves is based upon the principles of the linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM)technology.
In the calculation procedures a semielliptical surface defect with a depth of one-quarter of the wall thickness, T, and a length of 3/2T is assumed to exist at the inside of the vessel wall as well as at the outside of the vessel wall.The dimensions of this postulated crack, referred to in Appendix G of ASME Section III as the reference flaw, amply exceed the current capabilities of inservice inspection techniques.
Therefore, the reactor, operation limit curves developed for this reference crack are conservative and provide sufficient safety margins for protection against nonductile failure.To assure that the radiation embrittlement effects are accounted for in the calculation of the limit curves, the most limiting value of the nil-ductility reference tempera-ture, RTNpT, is used and this includes the radiation-induced shift, hRTNpT, correspondingto the end of the period for which heatup and cooldown curves are generated.
The ASME approach for calculating the allowable limit curves for various heatup and cooldown rates specifies that the total stress intensity factor, KI, for the combined thermal and pressure stresses at any time during heatup or cooldown cannot be greater than the reference stress intensity factor, KIR, for the SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 8 3/4 4-11 Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator:
EP>~<I~<<~by E~lt<+-Comment Date: 8//Comment: Page: 8/t'-0 Values of hRTNDT determined in this manner may be used until the results from the material surveillance pr grXm, evaluated according to ASTH E185, are available.
Capsules will removed and evaluated in accordance with the requirements of ASTH E18 73 and 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix H.The surveillance specimen withdrawal scheduue is shown in Table 4.4-5.The lead factor repre-sents the relationship between the fast neutron flux density at the location of the capsule and the inner wall of the reactor vessel.Therefore, the results obtained from the surveillance specimens can be used to predict future radiation damage to the reactor vessel material by using the lead factor and the with-drawal time of the capsule.The heatup and cooldown curves must be recalculated when the ARTNDT determined from the surveillance capsule exceeds the calculated ARTNDT for the equivalent capsule radiation exposure.Resolution Basis Resolution Acce ted: NRC CPBL Date: Date:
Originator'P Comment Date: g/i/O'P Comment: Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Page: 8/8'f/~3/4.4.10 STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The inservice inspection and testing programs for ASNE Code Class 1, 2, and 3 components ensure that the structural integrity and operational readiness of these components will be maintained at an acceptable level throughout the life of the plant.These programs are in accordance with Section XI of the ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and applicable Addenda as required by 10 CFR 50.55a(g)except where specific written relief has been granted by the Commis-sion pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(6)(i).
Components of the Reactor Coolant System were designed to provide access to permit inservice inspections~
in accordance with Section XI of the ASIDE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1977 Edition and Addenda through Summer 1978.Resolution Basis q,'lo~I Resolution Acce ted:NRC Date: CPSL Date:


CPBc.L Commenta proof an 1 Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 751 LCO Number: B 3/4.06.01.04 Section Number: B 3/4.6.,1.4 I Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: B 3/4 6-1 REWORD THE BEGINING OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: line break event is 40.9 psig using a value of 1.9 psig for initial positive containment pressure.However, since the instrument.....
0 SHNPP REV!S!ON REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM                            JUL    886 BASES STEAM GENERATORS      (Continued)
Basis THIS CHANGE IS MADE TO MAKE THIS DISCUSSION MORE ACCURATE AND TO PROVIDE THE EXACT RESULTS OF THE LIMITING CALCULATION.
The  plant is expected to be operated in a manner such that the secondary cool-ant wi 11 be maintained within those chemistry limits found to result in negli-gible corrosion of the steam generator tubes. If the secondary coolant chemistry is not maintained within these limits, localized corrosion may likely result in stress corrosion cracking. The extent of cracking during plant oper-ation would-be limited by the limitation of steam generator tube leakage between the Reactor Coolant System and the Secondary Coolant System (reactor-to-seconda~y leakage = 500 gallons per day per steam generator). Cracks having a reactor-to-secondary leakage less than this limit during operation will have an adequate margin of safety to withstand the loads imposed during normal operation and by postulated accidents.        Operating plants have demonstrated that reactor-to-secondary leakage of 500 gallons per day per steam generator can readily be detected by radiation monitors of steam generator blowdown. Leakage in excess of this limit will require plant shutdown and an unscheduled inspection, during which the leaking tubes will be located and plugged.
3/4.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES iiii~L SHNPP P~I)Q I~h)3/4.6.1 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT
Wastage"type defects are unlikely with proper chemistry treatment of t%e second-ary coolant. However, even        if a defect should develop in service,  it found during scheduled inservice steam generator tube examinations. Plugging will be will be required for all tubes with imperfections exceeding the plugging limit of 40K of the tube nominal wall thickness. Steam generator tube inspections of operating plants have demonstrated the capability to reliably detect degra-dation that has penetrated 20K of the original tube wall thickness.
'/4.6.1.1 CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY Primary CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY ensures that the release of radioactive materials from the containment atmosphere will be restricted to those leakage paths and associated leak rates assumed in the safety analyses.This restriction, in conjunction with the leakage rate limitation, will limit the SITE BOUNOARY radiation doses to within the dose guideline values of 10 CFR Part 100 during accident conditions 3/4.6.1.2 CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE The limitations on containment leakage rates ensure that the total containment leakage volume will not exceed the value assumed in the safety analyses at the peak accident pressure, P.As an added conservatism, the measured overall integrated leakage rate is further limited to less than or equal to OB5.L , a'uring performance of the periodic test, to account for possible degradation of the containment leakage barriers between leakage tests.The surveillance testing for measuring leakage rates is consistent with the requirements of Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50.3/4.6.1.3 CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS The limitations on closure and leak rate for the containment air locks are required to meet the restrictions on CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY and containment leak rate.Surveillance testing of the air lock seals provides assurance that the overall air lock leakage will not become excessive due to seal damage during the intervals between air lock leakage tests.3/4.6.1.4 INTERNAL PRESSURE The limitations on containment internal pressure ensure that: (1)the contain-ment structure is prevented from exceeding its design negative pressure dif-ferential with respect to the outside atmosphere of-2 psig, and (2)the con-tainment peak pressure does not exceed the design pressure of 45 psig.uPA&<The maximum peak pressure expecte to be obtained from a postulated main steam 5 f(;line break event is psigg value of 1.9 psig woo wed for initial posi"~?Q', tive containment pressure.~4y..However, since the instrenent tolerance for containment pressure is 1.32 psig and the high-one setpoint is 3.0 psig, the pressure limit was reduce from the high-one setpoint by slightly more than the tolerance and was set at 1.6 psig.This value will prevent spurious safety injection signals caused by instrument drift during normal operation.
Whenever the    results of any stea generator tubing inservice inspection fall into Category C-3, these results will be reported to the Commission in a Special Report pursuant to Specification              within 30 days and prior to resumption of plant operation, Such cases will be considered by the Commission on a case-by-case basis and may result in a requirement for analysis, laboratory examina-tions, tests, additional eddy-current inspection, and revision of the Technical Specifications, if necessary.
7~x-/">~~s erosru vn sx comisre~r aATR wE iQITIR c hsdv&PN44V oF Thug Ac+I DLeJ7 44gcyggs bfi SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 6-1  
3/4. 4. 6    REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM LEAKAGE 3/4. 4. 6. 1  LEAKAGE DETECTION SYSTEMS The RCS Leakage      Detection Systems required by this specification are provided to monitor and    detect leakage from the reactor coo]ant pressure boundary.
These Detection Systems are consistent'with the recoaeendations of Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems,"
May 1973.
3/4.4.6.2      OPERATIONAL LEAKAGE PRESSURE    BOUNDARY LEAKAGE  of any magnitude is unacceptable since it may be indicative of    an impending gross  failure of the pressure boundary. Therefore, the presence of any      PRESSURE BOUNDARY LEAKAGE requires the unit to be promptly placed in COLD SHUTDOWN.
SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1             8  3/4 4"3
 
C P8c.L Comxnent'a
""HNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specification8 Record Number:   754                  Comment Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO Number:  B 3/4 4-6                Page Number: B 3/4 4-6 &
P7 ll Section Number:    B  3/4.4.9 Comment:
IN THREE PLACES,    CHANGE "Figures 3.4-2 and 3.4-3" TO  "Figures 3,4-3 and 3.4-2 and Table 4.4-6".
Basis THESE CHANGES PROVIDE A MORE COMPLETE REFERENCE TO ALL OF THE PLACES WHICH PROVIDE HEATUP AND COOLDOWN LIMITATION DATA AND MAKE THE REFERENCES TO THE HEATUP AND COOLDOWN CURVES GRAMMATICALLY CORRECT.
                                                        ~4 P    g(R,6
 
                                                    +~IfPIgh)
REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES SPECIFIC ACTIVITY Continued) distinction      between the radionuclides above and below a half-life of 15 minutes.
For these reasons the radionuclides that are excluded from consideration are expected to decay to very low levels before they could be transported from the reactor coolant to the SITE BOUNQARY under any accident condition.
Based upon the above considerations for excluding certain radionuclides from the sample analysis, the allowable time of 2 hours between sample taking and completing the initial analysis is based upon a typical time necessary to per-form the sampling, transport the sample, and perform the analysis of about 90 minutes.        After 90 minutes, the gross count should be made in a reproducible geometry of sample and counter having reproducible beta or gamma self-shielding properties. The counter should be reset to a reproducible efficiency versus energy.      It  is not necessary to identify specific nuclides. The radiochemical determination of nuclides should be based on multiple counting of the sample within typical counting basis following sampling of less than 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 1 day, about 1 week, and about 1 month.
Reducing T          to less than 500'F prevents the release of activity shoul'd a steam generator tube rupture occur, since the saturation pressure of the reactor cool-ant is below the        lift pressure of the atmospheric steam relief valves. The      ~
Surveillance Requirements provide adequate assurance that excessive specific activity levels in the reactor coolant will be detected in sufficient time to take corrective action. A reduction in frequency of isotopic analyses following power changes may be permissible if justified by the data obtained.
3/4.4.9      PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE    LIMITS The temperature and pressure changes during heatup and cooldown are limited to be consistent with the requirements given in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section       III,  Appendix G, and 10 CFR 50 Appendix G. 10'CFR 50, Appendix G also addresses the metal temperature of the closure head flange and vessel flange regions. The minimum metal temperature of the closure flange region should be at least 1204F higher than the limiting RT NDT for these regions when the pressure exceeds 20K (621 psig for Westinghouse plants) of ~the reservice hydrostatic test pressure.          For Shearon  Hats&nit-1;      the m>nimum temperature of the closure flange and          vess~~ge      regions is 1204F because the  lim'T NOT    is  0 F (see Tab    -BW/4 4-1). The .Shearon Harris Unit        eatu and        ol down
      )ski    0&
sh      'igures    3.4- and 3.4- a        o impact    b                  mit.
kvD Tae~g g
: 1.        he reactor coolant tern eratui                          t heatu and with the exception of the pressurizer)                  be ed in accordance with Figures 3.4-R and 3.4-$ for hewervice-eriod specified thereon:              ~P'                ~o i~ac KW-/
aa          able combinations of pressure and tern                    specific temperature c ange ra es are e ow and to the right of the limit lines shown. Limit. lines for cooldown rates between those pre-sented may be obtained by interpolation; and SHEARON HARRIS        - UNIT 1              B  3/4 4-6                  dl(  ~
g
 
REAC/OR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES PRESSURE!TEMPERATURE    LIMITS (Continue
: b. Figures 3.4 % and 3.4-X define limits to assure prevention of non-'ductile failure only. For normal operation, other inherent /"
plant characteristics, e.g., pump heat addition and pressurizer heater capacity, may limit the heatup and cooldown rates that can be achieved over certain pressure-temperature    ranges.
: 2. These  limit lines shall  be  calculated periodically using methods pro-vided below,
: 3. The secondary side    of the steam generator must not be pressurized above 200 psig    if the temperature of the steam generator is below 70oF
: 4. The pressurizer heatup and cooldown rates shall not exceed      100'F/h and 200 F/h, respectively.      The spray shall not be used  if the tem-perature difference between the pressurizer and the spray fguid is greater than 625'F, and
: 5. System  preservice hydrotests and inservice leak and hydrotests shall be performed at pressures    in accordance with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel    Code, Section XI.
The  fracture toughness testing of the ferritic materials in the reactor vessel was  performed in accordance with the 1971 Winter Addenda to Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.        These properties are then evaluated in accordance with the NRC Standard Review Plan.
Heatup and cooldown      limit curves are calculated using the most limiting value of the    nil-ductility reference temperature, RTN>T, at the end of-4 effective full power years (EFPY} of service life. The 4 EFPY service life period is chosen such    that the limiting RTN>T at the 1/4T location in the core region is greater than the RTNDT of the limiting unirradiated material. The selection of such a limiting RTN>T assures that all components in the Reactor Coolant System will be operated conservatively in accordance with applicable Code requirements.
The  reactor vessel materials have been tested to determine their initial RTNOT, the results of these tests are shown in Table B 3/4.4-1. Reactor operation and resultant fast neutron (E greater than 1 HeV) irradiation can cause an increase in the RTNOT. Therefore, an adjusted reference temperature, based upon the fluence, copper content, and phosphorus content of the material in question, can be predicted using Figure B 3/4.4-1 and the largest value of LRTNOT computed by either Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 1, "Effects of Residual Elements on Predicted Radiation Oamage to Reactor Vessel Materials," or the Westinghouse SHEARON HARRIS    " UNIT  1             B  3/4 4-7
 
REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FIN L      DRAFT, SHNPP 0%/IO I +hl BASES PRESSURE/TE!'PERATURE    LIMITS (Continued Copper Trend Curves shown    in Figure 8 3/4.4-2. The heatup and cooldown limit curves of Figures 3.4-Z~and 3.4- ~include predicted adjustments for this shift in RTNpT at the end of 4 EFPY as well as adjustments for possible errors in piacg  t'-c the pressure and temperature sensing instruments.
Values of  ORTNpT  determined in this manner may be used until the results from the material surveillance program, evaluated according to ASTM E185, are available. Capsules will be removed and evaluated in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E185-73 and 10 CFR Part 50; Appendix H. The surveillance specimen withdrawal schedule is shown in Table 4.4-5. The lead factor repre-sents the relationship between the fast neutron flux density at the location of the capsule and the inner wall of the reactor vessel. Therefore, the results obtained from the surveillance specimens can be used to predict future radiation damage to the reactor vessel material by using the lead factor and thy with-drawal time of the capsule.      The heatup and cooldown curves must be regilculated when the DRTNOT determined from the surveillance capsule exceeds the c8culated GRTNp T for the equi va1 ent caps ul e radi ati on exposure, Allowable pressure-temperature relationships for various heatup and cooldown rates are calculated using methods derived from Appendix G in Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code as required by Appendix G to 10 CFR Part 50, and these methods are discussed in detail in WCAP-7924-A.
The  general method for calculating heatup and cooldown limit curves is based upon the  principles of the linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM) technology.
In the calculation procedures a semielliptical surface defect with a depth of one-quarter of the wall thickness, T, and a length of 3/2T is assumed to exist at the inside of the vessel wall as well as at the outside of the vessel wall.
The dimensions of this postulated crack, referred to in Appendix G of ASME Section III as the reference flaw, amply exceed the current capabilities of inservice inspection techniques. Therefore, the reactor, operation limit curves developed for this reference crack are conservative and provide sufficient safety margins for protection against nonductile failure. To assure that the radiation embrittlement effects are accounted for in the calculation of the limit curves, the most limiting value of the nil-ductility reference tempera-ture, RTNpT, is used and this includes the radiation-induced shift, hRTNpT, correspondingto the end of the period for which heatup and cooldown curves are generated.
The ASME approach    for calculating the allowable limit curves for various heatup and cooldown rates    specifies that the total stress intensity factor, KI, for the combined thermal and pressure stresses at any time during heatup or cooldown cannot be greater than the reference stress intensity factor, KIR, for the SHEARON HARRIS  -  UNIT 1            8  3/4 4-11
 
Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: EP      >
                          ~<I~<<~ by E~lt<+                  Page:  8 /t'    -0 Comment Date:   8//
Comment:
Values of hRTNDT determined    in this  manner may be used until the results  from the material surveillance pr grXm, evaluated according to ASTH E185, are available. Capsules will        removed and evaluated in accordance with the requirements of ASTH E18 73 and 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix H. The surveillance specimen withdrawal scheduue is shown in Table 4.4-5. The lead factor repre-sents the relationship between the fast neutron flux density at the location of the capsule and the inner wall of the reactor vessel. Therefore, the results obtained from the surveillance specimens can be used to predict future radiation damage to the reactor vessel material by using the lead factor and the with-drawal time of the capsule.      The heatup and cooldown curves must be recalculated when the ARTNDT determined from the surveillance capsule exceeds the calculated ARTNDT for the equivalent capsule radiation exposure.
Resolution                                        Basis Resolution Acce ted:
NRC                                          CPBL Date:                                        Date:
 
Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator'P                                                  Page:  8  /8 'f /~
Comment  Date: g /i/O'P Comment:
3/4.4. 10  STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The  inservice inspection and testing programs for ASNE Code Classreadiness 1, 2, and 3 of components ensure that the structural integrity and        operational these components will be maintained at      an  acceptable  level  throughout  the  life of the plant. These programs      are  in accordance  with  Section  XI of the  ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and applicable Addenda as required by            10 CFR 50.55a(g) except where specific written relief has been granted by          the  Commis-sion pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(6)(i).
Components of the Reactor Coolant System were designed to provide access to permit inservice    inspections~                                          in accordance with Section XI of the ASIDE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1977 Edition and Addenda through Summer 1978.
Resolution                                            Basis q,'lo I
                                                                                            ~
Resolution Acce ted:
NRC                                          CPSL Date:                                        Date:
 
CPBc.L    Commenta proof        an 1 Review Technical Specifications Record Number:      751                    Comment Type:   IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  B  3/4.06.01.04            Page Number:   B 3/4 6-1 Section Number:  I B  3/4.6.,1.4 Comment:
REWORD THE BEGINING OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS:
line break event is 40.9 psig using a value of 1.9 psig for     initial positive containment pressure.     However, since the instrument.....
Basis THIS CHANGE IS MADE       TO MAKE THIS DISCUSSION MORE ACCURATE AND TO PROVIDE THE EXACT RESULTS OF THE LIMITING CALCULATION.
 
iiii~L 3/4. 6     CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SHNPP P ~ I )Q I ~h)
BASES 3/4.6. 1   PRIMARY CONTAINMENT
'/4. 6. 1. 1     CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY Primary CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY ensures that the release of radioactive materials from the containment atmosphere will be restricted to those leakage paths and associated leak rates assumed in the safety analyses.           This restriction, in conjunction with the leakage rate limitation, will limit the SITE BOUNOARY radiation doses to within the dose guideline values of 10 CFR Part 100 during accident conditions 3/4.6. 1.2       CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE The   limitations     on containment leakage rates ensure that the total containment leakage volume       will not exceed the value assumed in the safety analyses at the peak accident pressure, P . As an added conservatism, the measured overall integrated leakage rate is further limited to less than or equal to OB5. L ,
performance of the periodic test, to account for possible degradation of   a'uring the containment leakage barriers between leakage tests.
The   surveillance testing for measuring leakage rates is consistent with the requirements of Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50.
3/4.6. 1.3       CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS The   limitations on closure and leak rate for the containment air locks are required to meet the restrictions on CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY and containment leak rate. Surveillance testing of the air lock seals provides assurance that the overall air lock leakage will not become excessive due to seal damage during the intervals between air lock leakage tests.
3/4.6. 1.4       INTERNAL PRESSURE The   limitations     on containment internal pressure ensure that:     (1) the contain-ment   structure is prevented from exceeding its design negative pressure dif-ferential with respect to the outside atmosphere of -2 psig, and (2) the con-tainment peak pressure does not exceed the design pressure of 45 psig.
uPA& <
The maximum peak       pressure expecte to be obtained from a postulated main steam 5 f(;
line break event is             psigg     value of 1.9 psig woo wed for initial posi" ~?Q',
tive containment pressure.
    ~ 4y.     . However, since the   instrenent tolerance for containment pressure is 1.32 psig and the high-one setpoint is 3.0 psig, the pressure limit was reduce from the high-one setpoint by slightly more than the tolerance and was set at 1.6 psig. This value will prevent spurious safety injection signals caused by instrument drift during normal operation. 7~x -/" > ~~s erosru vn sx comisre~r aATR wE iQITIRc hsdv&PN44V oF       Thug Ac +I DLeJ7 44gcyggs bfi SHEARON HARRIS       - UNIT 1               B 3/4 6-1


Jjt HNPP CP LL Commenta Proof and Reviewer Technical Specif icationa Record Number: 721 LCO Number: B 3l4.06'.01.04 Section Number: B 3/4.6.1.4 Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: B 3/4 6-1 ADD TO THE END OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: The-1" wg was chosen to be consistent with the initial assumptions of accident analyses.Basis THIS CHANGE IS TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR TECH SPEC USERS.
CP LL Commenta Jjt HNPP    Proof and           Reviewer       Technical Specif icationa Record Number:   721                       Comment Type:    IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: B 3l4. 06'. 01. 04           Page Number:   B 3/4 6-1 Section Number:   B 3/4.6.1.4 Comment:
3/4.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES IiiI~L L.t I SHNPP g&,')Q!A<)3/4.6.1 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT 3/4.6.1.1 CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY Primary CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY ensures that the release of radioactive materials from the containment atmosphere will be restricted to those leakage paths and associated leak rates assumed in the safety analyses.This restriction, in conjunction with the leakage rate limitation, will limit the SITE BOUNOARY radiation doses to within the dose guideline values of 10 CFR Part 100 during accident conditions.
ADD TO THE END OF THE SECOND       PARAGRAPH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE:
3/4.6.1.2 CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE The limitations on containment leakage.rates ensure that the total containment leakage volume will not exceed the~alue assumed in the safety analyses at the peak accident pressure, P.As an added conservatism, the measured overall a'ntegrated leakage rate is further limited to less than or equal to OB5.L,'a'uring performance of the periodic test, to account for possible degradation of the containment leakage barriers between leakage tests.The surveillance testing for measuring leakage rates is consistent with the requirements of Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50.3/4.6.1.3 CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS The limitations on closure and leak rate for the containment air locks are required to meet the restrictions on CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY and containment leak rate.Surveillance testing of the air lock seals provides assurance that the overall air lock leakage will not become excessive due to seal damage during the intervals between air lock leakage tests.3/4.6.1.4 INTERNAL PRESSURE The limitations on containment internal pressure ensure that: (1)the contain-ment structure is prevented from exceeding its design negative pressure dif-ferential with respect to the outside atmosphere of-2 psig, and (2)the con-tainment peak pressure does not exceed the design pressure of 45 psig.uPA6 4 The maximua peak pressure expecte to be obtained from a postulated main steam line break event is psigg value of 1.9 psig wed for initial posi-tive containment pressure.However, since the instreaent tolerance for containment pressure is 1.32 psig and the high-one setpoint is 3.0 psig, the pressure limit was reduced from the high-one setpoint by slightly more than the tolerance, and was set at 1.6 psig.This value will prevent spurious safety injection signals caused by.instrument drift during normal operation.
The -1" wg was     chosen to be consistent with the initial assumptions     of accident analyses.
lax-/~g uA cpofEN 75 Bl~o~ive~r IrATPhC h$8u~P7l~OF@AC AC+ID~44hlyg+5 SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 8 3/4 6-1 Originator:
Basis THIS CHANGE IS   TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR TECH SPEC   USERS.
fg 5-Comment Date:$(+/g C, Comment: Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Page:</S Section B 3/4.6.2, Item B 3/4.6.2.3 Containment Cooling System.Item (I)Page B 3/4 6-3: should be deleted from the bases since operability of the containment fan coolers does not ensure the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during normal operation.
 
The non-nuclear safety fan coil units are required for normal operation.
IiiI~L L.t I 3/4.6     CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SHNPP g&,')Q!A<)
I Resolution C~~~F'g c Q4.qi)E;5%4~P JgD Basis (Port C~~~A~8)Resolution Acce ted: NRC cpaL Date: Date:
BASES 3/4.6. 1   PRIMARY CONTAINMENT 3/4. 6. 1. 1   CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY Primary CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY ensures that the release of radioactive materials from the containment atmosphere will be restricted to those leakage paths and associated leak rates assumed in the safety analyses.               This restriction, in conjunction with the leakage rate limitation, will limit the SITE BOUNOARY radiation doses to within the dose guideline values of 10 CFR Part 100 during accident conditions.
CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS fiiNL UISI I BASES CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM Continued g/c4 gross leakage failures could develop.The 0.60 L leakage limit of Specifica-
3/4. 6. 1. 2   CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE The   limitations     on containment leakage. rates ensure that the total containment leakage volume     will not exceed the ~alue assumed in the safety analyses at the peak accident pressure, P . As an added conservatism, the measured overall leakage rate is further limited to less than or equal to OB5. L, a'ntegrated performance of the periodic test, to account for possible degradation of   'a'uring the containment leakage barriers between leakage tests.
~a tion 3.6.1.2b.shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined total for all valves and penetrations subject to Type 8 and C tests..3/4.6.2 DEPRESSURIZATION AND COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4.6.2.1 CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability will be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break.The pressure reduction and resultant lower containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.The Containment Spray System and the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each othe~in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
The   surveillance testing for measuring leakage rates is consistent with the requirements of Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50.
However, the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing.iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment.
3/4. 6. 1. 3   CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS The   limitations on closure and leak rate for the containment air locks are required to meet the restrictions on CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY and containment leak rate. Surveillance testing of the air lock seals provides assurance that the overall air lock leakage will not become excessive due to seal damage during the intervals between air lock leakage tests.
3/4.6.2.2 SPRAY ADDITIVE SYSTEM/The OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient NaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA.The limits on NaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA.This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.
3/4.6. 1.4     INTERNAL PRESSURE The   limitations     on containment       internal pressure ensure that:   (1) the contain-ment   structure is prevented from exceeding             its design negative pressure dif-ferential with respect to the outside               atmosphere of -2 psig, and (2) the con-tainment peak pressure does not exceed the design pressure of 45 psig.
The contained solution volume limit includes an allowance for solution not usable because of tank discharge line location or other physical characteristics.
uPA6 4 The maximua peak pressure expecte               to be obtained from a postulated main steam line break event is             psigg         value of 1.9 psig       wed for initial posi-tive containment pressure.
These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses.With 100,000 gallons of water in the iNST, sufficient head pressure, approximately 70 feet of water, is available at the eductor.s/c<3/4.6.2.3 CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM.4/(i l The OPERABILITY of the Containment Fan Coolers ensures that: the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during no a operation, and (2)adequate heat removal capacity is available when opera ed in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post-LOCA condi ions.The Containment Fan Coolers and the Containment'Spra ystem are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling o containment atmosphere.
However, since the instreaent tolerance for containment pressure is 1.32 psig and the high-one setpoint is 3.0 psig, the pressure limit was reduced from the high-one setpoint by slightly more than the tolerance, and was set at 1.6 psig. This value will prevent spurious safety injection signals caused by                   .
SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS HiQL PIN BASES CONTAINMEN, VENTILATION SYSTEM Continued gross leakage failures could develop.The 0.60 L leakage limit of Specifica-a tion 3.6.1.2b.shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined total for all valves and penetrations subject to Type B and C tests.3/4.6.2 DEPRESSURIZATION AND COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4.6.2.I CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures'that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability will be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break.The pressure reduction and resultant lower containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.The Containment Spray System and the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
instrument drift during normal operation. lax               -/ ~g uA cpofEN 75 Bl ~o~ive~r IrATPhC h$ 8u~P7l~ OF @AC AC+ID~ 44hlyg+5 SHEARON HARRIS     - UNIT 1                   8 3/4 6-1
 
Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator:    fg 5                                      Page:   <   /S Comment  Date:    (+/g  C, Comment:
Section  B  3/4.6.2, Item B 3/4.6.2.3 Containment Cooling     System. Item (I)
Page B   3/4 6-3:                     should be deleted from the bases since operability of the containment fan coolers does not ensure the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during normal operation. The non-nuclear safety fan coil units are required for normal operation.
I   C~~
Resolution                                          Basis
          ~F'g
                                                                        ~~8A c
Q4. qi) E;5%4                                 ( Port   C~~
                          ~P      JgD                                                  )
Resolution Acce ted:
NRC                                           cpaL Date:                                         Date:
 
fiiNL UISI I CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM     Continued                                       g/c4 gross leakage   failures could develop. The 0.60 L leakage limit of Specifica- ~
a tion 3.6.1.2b. shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined total for all valves and penetrations subject to Type 8 and C tests.
3/4.6.2   DEPRESSURIZATION AND COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4.6.2.1   CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM                                                 s/c  <
The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability   will be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break. The pressure reduction and resultant lower containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions     used   in the safety analyses.
The Containment Spray System and the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each othe~ in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
However, the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing.
iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable     ESF equipment.
3/4.6.2.2
. /
SPRAY ADDITIVE SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient NaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA. The limits on NaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components. The contained solution volume limit includes an allowance for solution not usable because of tank discharge line location or other physical characteristics. These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses. With 100,000 gallons of water in the iNST, sufficient head pressure, approximately 70 feet of water, is available at the eductor.
3/4.6.2. 3   CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM                                             . 4/(i l The OPERABILITY   of the Containment Fan Coolers ensures that:       the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during no a operation, and (2) adequate heat removal capacity is available when opera ed in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post-LOCA condi ions.
The Containment Fan Coolers and   the Containment'Spra     ystem are redundant to each other   in providing post-accident cooling o       containment atmosphere.
SHEARON HARRIS   - UNIT 1
 
CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS HiQL     PIN BASES CONTAINMEN, VENTILATION SYSTEM       Continued gross leakage failures could develop. The 0. 60 L leakage limit of Specifica-a tion 3.6. 1.2b. shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined total for all valves     and penetrations subject to Type   B and C tests.
3/4. 6. 2   DEPRESSURIZATION AND COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4. 6. 2. I CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of     the Containment Spray System ensures 'that containment de-pressurization and     cooling capability will be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break.       The pressure reduction and resultant lower containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.
The Containment Spray System and       the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
However, the Containment Spr'ay System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment.
However, the Containment Spr'ay System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment.
3/4.6.2.2 SPRAY ADDITIVE SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient NaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA.The limits on NaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA.This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.
3/4.6.2.2     SPRAY ADDITIVE SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient NaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA. The limits on NaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components. The contained solution volume limit includes an allowance for solution not usable because of tank discharge line location or other physical characteristics. These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses. With 100,000 gallons of water in the RWST, sufficient head pressure, approximately 70 feet of water, is available at the eductor.
The contained solution volume limit includes an allowance for solution not usable because of tank discharge line location or other physical characteristics.
3/4. 6.2. 3 CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM The OPERABILITY     of the Containment   Fan Coolers ensures that)(
These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses.With 100,000 gallons of water in the RWST, sufficient head pressure, approximately 70 feet of water, is available at the eductor.3/4.6.2.3 CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Fan Coolers ensures that)(~adequate heat removal capacity is available when operated in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post-LOCA conditions.
~     adequate heat removal capacity is available when operated in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post-LOCA conditions.
The Containment Fan Coolers and the Containment Spray System are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
The Containment Fan Coolers and       the Containment Spray System are redundant to each other     in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
SHEARON HARRIS" UNIT 1 8 3/4 6-3 C:PScL, Dnmmen<m SHNPP Final Draft Technical Speci+ications Re..a.d t!u:;iber".
SHEARON HARRIS     " UNIT 1               8 3/4 6-3
7'~i L CO t lurrrber":
8~/4.r)6.0"='.0='amment Tyae: FRRCR Pao~=Number: 8 3/4 Bea t i ar'i Nurr.ber':
8.>/4.6..'2 Caiiiiiief i t: D.'-'TE THE LAST BENTEtilCE QF THF BASES PARAGRAPH 2/t~o~.";~2 Qt'J THE SPRAY ADDITIVE BYBT t'!Al'JD REPLACE I T l~JI Tr!: "".he RtJBT 1 eval o4 r!i6.000 aal lans pr-avides~adequate test aandi tians ta demonstrate thai the<?ar~i"='.t e i s w ii.!iin the max imum arid minimuiA assuoratians a-.the analyses." S~si s.HIS CHAtlHE IS NECESSr"-rRY TO BE COr!BISTENT KrITH Tf!E CURREt!T VJORDIr'JB QF THE SPECIFICATION.
THE SPEC IF I CAT I ON l JAB-CHAt ISED IN JULY r-.ND THE CHAt~BE i:AB BEE/!AGREED TQ ErY THE NRR STAFF.gti/
CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS HiNL lll5 BASES CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM (Continued gross leakage failures could develop.The 0.60 L leakage limit of Specifica-a tion 3.6.1.2b.shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined
'otal for all valves and penetrations subject to Type B and C tests.3/4.6.2 OEPRESSURIZATION ANO COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4.6.2.I CQNTAINMEHT SPRAY SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability wi ll be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break.The pressure reduction and resultant lour containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.The Containment Spray System and the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
However,'.
the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment.
3/4.&.2.2 SPRAY AOOITIVE SYSTEM The, OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient HaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA.The limits on HaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 1l.O for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA.This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.
The contained solution volume limit includes an allo~ance for solution not usable because~f tank discharge line location or other physical char acter istics.These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses.Yhc Ras 7 I eve I'Pico@>dt's
~g~>>I c++sf coral>k>>>wg
~Vcms>>shostc wet+gg 3/4.6.2.3 COHTAIHMEHT COOLIHG SYSTEM'"~~ss p~"'+4>yscs.The OPERABILITY of the Containment Fan Coolers ensures that: (1)the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during normal operation, and (2)adequate heat removal capacity is available when operated in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post"LOCA conditions.
The Containment Fan Coolers and the Containment Spray System are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
SHEARON HARRIS-.UNIT 1 B 3/4 6-3 CP&,L Comxnenta BHNPP Proof and Review.Technical Specifications I Record Number: 766 LCO Number: B 3/4.06.05 Section Number: B 2/4.6.5 P Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: B 3/4 6 4 CHANGE THE TITLE OF THE SECTION TO"VACUUM RELIEF SYSTEM".Basis THIS CHANGE IS MADE TO PROVIDE CONSISTENCY WITH THE BODY OF THE'PECIFICATIONS.
CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES FLi~AL DRAFF I SHNF P~Ri!S)~N JUL 8%As a result of this redundancy in cooling capability, the allowable out-of-service time requirements for the Containment Fan Coolers have been appropri-ately adjusted.However, the allowable out-of-service time requirements for the Containment.
Spray System have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment since the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere.
3/4.6.3 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES The OPERABILITY of the containment isolation valves ensures that the containment atmosphere will be isolated from the outside environment in the event of a release of radioactive material to the containment atmosphere or pressurization of the containment and is consistent with the requirements of General Design Criteria 54 through 57 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.Containment isolation within the time limits specified for those isolation valves designed to close automatically ensures that the release of radioactive material to the environ-ment will be consistent with the assumptions used in the analyses for a LOCA.3/4.6.4 COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONTROL The OPERABILITY of the equipment and systems required for the detection and control of hydrogen gas ensures that this equipment will be available to main-tain the hydrogen concentration within containment below its flaaeable limit during post-LOCA conditions."'ither recombiner unit is capable of controlling the expected hydrogen generation associated with: (1)zirconium-water reactions, (2)radiolytic decomposition of water, and (3)corrosion of metals within con-tainment, This hydrogen control system is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.7,'l of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Contain-ment Following a LOCA,'e.2, ovember 1978.SP'/4.6.6 VACUUI4 RELIE The OPERABILITY of the primary containment to atmosphere vacuum relief valves ensures that the containment internal pressure does not become more negative than-1.93 psig.This condition is necessary to prevent exceeding the con-tainment design limit for internal vacuum of-2 psig.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 6-4 Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator:
EP Su/li"a>>>g Elllon Q.harm.ej)
~page:$-a/q 7-f Comment Date: g/jP t, Comment: The visual inspection frequency is based upon maintaining a constant level of snubber protection to each safety-related system during an earthquake or severe transient.
Therefore, the required ins ection interval varies inversely with the observed snubber failures n a sven and is determined by the number of inoperable snubbers found during an snspec son eac s s e In order to establish the-inspection frequency for each type of snubber n a safety-re a e e it was assumed that the frequency of snubber failures and>n>ia sng f b could cause the system to be unprotected and to result in failure during an assumed initiating event.Inspections performed before that interval has SHEARON HARRIS-VNIT 1 B 3/4 7"4 Resolution Basis Resolution Acce ted: iigc R.M CPSL Date: Date:
0 CP Bc.L Coxnxnenta gK HNPP Proof and Bevierv'ech nical S Pecif ication 8 Record Number: 767 LCO Number: FIRE PROTECTION Section Number: FIRE PROTECTION Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: VAR IOUS-, yv'/q 7-~7-e~.~'!'/q Q-'13 fl>i~7~): i~DELETE-THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.Basis PER PREVIOUS CP&L LETTERS NLS-86-188 DATED JUNE 4>1986 AND NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22, 1986.C-/
PLANT SYSTEHS BASES SHNPP'EVISIO<gg 186 rII<II,LO F SEALEO SOURCE CQNTAHINATION Continued limitation will ensure that leakage from Byproduct, Source, and Special Nuclear Haterial sources will not exceed allowable intake values.Sealed sources are classified into three groups according to their use, with Surveillance, Requirements commensurate with the probability of damage to a source in that group.Those sources that are frequently handled are required to be tested more often than those that are not.Sealed sources that are con-tinuously enclosed within a shielded mechanism (i.e., sealed-sources within radiation monitoring or boron measuring devices)are considered to be stored and need not be tested unless they are removed from the shielded mechanism.
3/4.7.1O sup ssion capability is available to confine and extinguish fires o~arring.in any tion of the facility where safety-related equipment is locate, The Fire Suppr ion System consists of the fire protection water supply ariiK dis-tribution sys preaction and multicycle sprinkler systems, fire hose stations, and yard fire hy ts.The collective capability of the Fire Suppression Sys-tems is adequate to m'mize potential damage to safety-related equipment and is a major element in th cility Fire Protection Program.In the event that portions of t ire Suppression Systems are inoperable, alternate backup fire-fighting equi t is required to be made available in the affected areas until the inoperable uipment is restored to service.When the inoperable fire-fighting equipment is nded for use as a backup means of fire suppression, a longer period of time is a d to provide an alternate means of fire fighting than if the inoperable equ nt is the primary means of fire suppression.
The Surveillance Requirements provide assurance that the a)n OPERABILITY requirements of the Fire Suppression Systems are met.In the event the Fire Suppression Water System becomes inoperable, imme'e 3/4.7.11 ensures t a e confined or adequately retarded from spreading to adjacent po~tions of the'design features minimize the possi-bility of a single fire rapidly involving of the, facility prior to detection and extinguishing of the fire.The fire a tions are SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 7-6 PLANT SYSTEMS BASES dampe considered functional when the visually observed condition is the same as the a ned condition.
For those fire barrier penetrations that are not in the as"des ondition, an evaluation shall be performed to show that the modification has no , ed the fire rating of the fire barrier penetration.
Ourfng periods of time when a barrier is not functio ther: (1)a contin-uous fire watch is required to be maintained in the vicinity affected barrier, or (2}the fire detectors on at least one side of the affe rier 3/4.7.12 AREA TEMPERATURE MONITORING The area temperature limitations ensure that safety-related equipmen~ll not be subjected to temperatures in excess of their environmental qualifiC&ion temperatures.
Exposure to excessive temperatures may degrade equipment and can cause a loss of its OPERABILITY.
The temperature limits do not include an allowance for instrument errors.3.4.7.13 ESSENTIAL SERVICES CHILLEO WATER SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Emergency Service Chilled Water System ensures that sufficient cooling capacity is available for continued operation of safety related equipment during normal and accident conditions.
The redundant cooling capacity of this system, assuming a single failure, is consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3!4 7-7 CPS',L Coxnmenta S~pp px-oof and Review Technical Specifications I 1 Record Number: 771 LCO Number: B 3/4.08.01 Section Number: B 3/4.8.1 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: B 3/4 8-1 IN THE SECOND LINE OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH>
CHANGE"five" TO"six".Basis ANOTHER TRANSMISSION LINE HAS RECENTLY BEEN PLACED INTO SERVICE.
3/4.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS i(iNL AR~lS)C"~BASES 3/4.8.1, 3/4.8.2 AND 3/4.8.3 A.C.SOURCES D.C.SOURCES AND ONSITE POWER ISTRIBU ION The OPERABILITY of the A.C.and D.C power sources and associated distribution systems during operation ensures that sufficient power will be available to supply the safety-related equipment required for: (1)the safe shutdown of the facility, and (2)the mitigation and control of accident conditions within the facility.Th'e minimum specified independent and redundant A.C.and D.C.power sources and distribution systems satisfy the requirements of General Design Criterion 17 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.~5/)(The switchyard is)designed using a breaker-and-a-half scheme.The switchyard currently has~connections with the CPAL transmission network;each of these transmission lines is physically independent.
The switchyard has one connection with each of the two Startup Auxiliary Transformers and each SAT can be fed directly from an associated offsite transmission line.The Startup Auxiliary Transformers are the preferred power source for the Class lE ESF buseg,.The minimum alignment of offsite power sources will be maintained such thA..at least two physically independent offsite circuits are available.
The~physi-cally independent circuits may consist of any two of the incoming transmission lines to the SATs (either through the switchyard or directly)and into the Class 1E system.As long as there are at least two transmission lines in ser-vice and two circuits through the SATs to the Class lE buses, the LCO is met.During MODES 5 and 6, the Class 1E buses can be energized from the offsite transmission net work via a combination of the main transformers, and unit auxiliary transformers.
This arrangement may be used to satisfy the require-ment of one physically independent circuit.The ACTION requirements specified for the levels of degradation of the power sources provide restriction upon continued facility operation commensurate with the level of degradation.
The OPERABILITY of the power sources are consistent with the initial condition assumptions of the safety analyses and are based upon maintaining at least one redundant set of onsite A.C.and D.C.power sources and associated distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions coin-cident with an assumed loss-of-offsite power and single failure of the other onsite A.C.source.The A.C.and D.C.source allowable out-of-service times.are based on Regulatory Guide 1.93,"Availability of Electrical Power Sources," December 1974.When one diesel generator is inoperable, there is an additional ACTION requirement to verify that all required systems, subsystems, trains, components and devices, that depend on the remaining OPERABLE dieseT generato~as a source of emergency power, are also OPERABLE, This requirement is intended to provide assurance that a loss-of-offsite power event will not result in a complete loss of safety function of critical systems during the period one of the diesel generators is inoperable.
The term, verify, as used in this context means to administratively check by examining logs or other information to determine if certain components are out-of-service for maintenance or other reasons.It does not mean to perform the Surveillance Requirements needed to demonstrate the OPERABILITY of the component.
SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-1
.."".".'CPRL-:
Coxnxne nt s oui'NPP Proof and.Review Technical Syecif ication s Record Number: '740 LCO Number: ,B 3/4.08;Ol.
.Section Number:~B 3/4 8.1 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR'.Page Number: B 3/4 8-1 IN THE IAST'PARAGRAPH OF THE PAGE)DELETE THE PHRASE"AND THAT THE STEAM DRI'VEN AUXILIARY':FEEDWATER'PUMP IS OZPRABLE." Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED F R CONSIS CY WITH THE ACTION SThTEMENT OF'3.8.1 l.IRECTED BY MR.J.T.BEARD OF THE NRC)THE REQUIREMENT THAT THE STEAM DRIVEN AUXII IARY FZEDWATER.
PUMP BE OPERABLE WAS CHANGED TO PROVIDE DIRECTION ONLY IF ALL THREE FEEDWATER PUMPS ARE INOPERABLE.
3/4.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS s~iu~~t'((NL BASES 3/4.8.1, 3/4.8.2 AND 3/4.8.3 A.C.SOURCES D.C.SOURCES AND ONSITE POWER Dl 5 RI 0 10N The OPERABILITY of the A.C.and D.C power sources and associated distribution systems during operation ensures that sufficient power will be available to supply the safety-related equipment required for: (1)the safe shutdown of the facility, and (2)the mitigation and control of accident conditions within the facility.The minimum specified independent and redundant A.C.and D.CD power sources and distribution systems satisfy the requirements of General Design Criterion 17 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.5/P'he switchyard is)designed using a breaker-and-a-half scheme.The switchyard currently has~connections with the CPEL transmission network;each of these transmission lines is physically independent, The switchyard has one connection with each of the two Startup Auxiliary Transformers and each SAT can be fed directly from an associated offsite transmission line.The Startup Auxiliary Transformers are the preferred power source for the Class lE ESF buseg..The minimum alignment of offsite power sources will be maintained such thR,.at least two physically independent offsite circuits are available.
The@go physi-cally independent circuits may consist of any two of the incoming transmission lines to the SATs (either through the switchyard or directly)and into the Class 1E system.As long as there are at least two transmission lines in ser-vice and two circuits through the SATs to the Class 1E buses, the LCO is met.During MODES 5 and 6, the Class lE buses can be energized from the offsite transmission net work via a combination of the main transformers, and unit auxiliary transformers.
This arrangement may be used to satisfy the require-ment of one physically independent circuit.The ACTION requirements specified for the levels of degradation of the power sources provide restriction upon continued facility operation commensurate with the level of degradation.
The OPERABILITY of the po~er sources are consistent with the initial condition assumptions of the safety analyses and are based upon maintaining at least one redundant set of onsite A.C.and D.C.power sources and associated distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions coin-cident with an assumed loss-of-offsite power and single failure of the other onsite A.C.source.The A.C.and D.C.source allowable out-of-service times.are based on Regulatory Guide 1.93,"Availability of Electrical Power Sources," December 1974.When one diesel generator is inoperable, there is an additional ACTION requirement to verify that all required systemssystems.
~rains, components and devices, that depend on the rem'i.ag OPERABLE dieseT generato as a source of emergency power, are also OPE BLE This req provide assurance that a loss-of-offsite power event will not result in a complete loss of safety function of critical systems during the period one of the diesel generators is inoperable.
The term, verify, as used in this context means to administratively check by examining logs or other information to determine if certain components are out-of-service for maintenance or other reasons.It does not mean to perform the Surveillance Requirements needed to demonstrate the OPERABILITY of the component.
SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-1 CI)CP Bc.L Comment a~HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 736 LCO Number: B 3/4.08.01.01 Section Number: B 3/4.8.1.1 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: B 3/4 8-2 IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH OF THE PAGE, CHANGE"IN ACCORDANCE WITH" TO BASED UPON".BasisTHE LATEST NRC STAFF GUIDANCE WAS PROVIDED FOR THE SHNPP DIESEL SPECIFICATION.
THIS GUIDANCE DIFFERS IN SOME DETAILS FROM THAT PROVIDED IN REG GUIDE 1,108.gIi (ql ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS p~g~~iWh'I 586 IM BASES A.C.SOURCES.D.C.SOURCES AMD ONSITE POWER DISTRIBUTION Continued The OPERABILITY of the minimum specified A.C.and D.C.power sources and asso-ciated distribution systems during shutdown and refueling ensures that: (1)the facility can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended time periods, and (2)sufficient in entation and control capability is available for moni~g~~aining tte unit s4Wus.usmc&)~~~F(C The Surveill nce Requirements for demonstr ting the OP RABILI Y f the diesel generators a e'he r ommendations of Regulatory Guides l.9,"Selection o iesel Generator pacity for Standby Power Supplies," December 1979;.,">c Testing.of Diesel Generator Units Used as Onsite Electric Power Systems at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, August 1977 as modified in accordance with the guidance of IE Notice 85-32, April 22, 1985;and 1.137,"Fuel-Oil Systems for Standby Diesel Generators," Revision 1, October 1979.The Surveillance Requirement for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the Station batteries are based on the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.129, Mainte-nance Testing,and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants," February 1978, and IEEE Std 450-1980,"IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations." Verifying average electrolyte temperature above the minimum for which the battery was sized, total battery terminal voltage on float charge, connection resistance values, and the performance of battery service and discharge tests ensures the effectiveness of the charging system, the ability to handle high discharge rates, and compares the battery capacity at that time with the rated capacity.Table 4.8-2 specifies the normal limits for each designated'pilot cell and each connected cell for electrolyte level, float voltage, and specific gravity.The limits for the designated pilot cells float voltage and specific gravity, greater than 2.13 volts and 0.015 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity or a battery charger current that had stabilized at a low value, is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity.The normal limits for each connected cell for float voltage and specific gravity, greater than 2.13 volts and not more than 0.020 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity with an average specific gravity of all the connected cells not more than 0.010 belo~the manufacturer's ful'1 charge specific gravity, ensures the OPERABILITY and'capability of the battery.Operation with a battery cell's parameter outside the normal limit but within the allowable value specified in Table 4.8-2 is permitted for up to 7 days.During this 7-day period: (1)the allowable values for electrolyte level ensures no physical damage to the plates with an adequate electron transfer capability; (2)the allowable value for the average specific gravity of all the cells, not more than 0.020 below the manufacturer's recommended full charge specific gravity, ensures that the decrease in rating will be less than the safety SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-2 4 I lh CP8c L Coxnxnenta
'HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 741 LCO Number: B 3/4.08.04 Section Number: B 3/4.8.4 Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: B 3/4 8-3 IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH)
DELETE ALL REFERENCES TO FUSES PER THE ATTACHED MARKUP.Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY DUE TO THE CHANGE PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY THE NRC WHICH DELETED SURVEILLANCE TESTING OF FUSES.WHEN THE CHANGE WAS MADE TO THE SURVEILLANCESI THE BASES CHANGES WERE INADVERTANTLY MISSED.
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS BASES:","-.',:FINAL D FT 85".A.C.SOURCES, D.C.SOURCES AND ONSITE POWER DISTRIBUTION Continued margin provided in sizing;(3)the allowable value for an individual cell's specific gravity, ensures that an individual cell's specific gravity will not be more than 0.040 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity and that the overall capability of the battery will be maintained within an accept-able limit;and (4)the allowable value for an individual cell's float voltage, greater than 2.07 volts, ensures the battery's capability to perform its design function.3/4.8.4 ELECTRICAL E UIPMENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Containment electrical penetrations and penetration conductors are protected by either deenergizing circuits not required during reactor operation or by demon-strating the OPERABILITY of primary and backup overcurrent protection circuit breakers during periodic surveillance.
The Surveillance Requirements applicable to lower voltage circuit breakers~4wea provide assurance of breaker ea4akeee reliability by testing at gast one representative sample of each manufacturer's brand of circuit breaker aa44er feee Each manufacturer's molded case and metal case circuit breakers end~%wee are grouped into representative samples which are then tested on a rotat-and treat each group as a separate type of breaker~~for surveil'lance purposes.The bypassing of the motor-operated valves thermal overload protection during accident conditions by integral bypass devices ensures that safety-related valves will not be prevented from performing their function.The Surveillance Require-ments for demonstrating'the bypassing of the thermal overload protection during accident conditions are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.106,"Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor Operated Valves," Revision 1, March 1977.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-3 CF'ScL Cnmmmnt a I RHNF'F" F'in',l De-aa+4 Teec=Ani.c=ml R~eemk+ic=eat'.inn Re~or d WumL>er: 737 LCO Number: 5.07.01 Sec t.i on Number: TABLE 5.7-l Comment: Comment Type-ERROR Page Number: 5-8 IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE",625 F" TO"Greater than 320 F but 1ess than 625 F." Bdsl s THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS MORE A(:CURATE.
THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE RANGE>320 F TO<625 F.ACTUATION BELOW 320 F DOES HOT APPLY TO TH1S CYCLIC LIMIT.6Q p/1 7 CP8c,L Comxnents RHNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 737 LCO Number: 5.07.01 Section Number: TABLE 5.7-1 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 5-8 IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE",625 F" TO"Greater than 320 F but less than 625 F." BasisTHIS CHANGE 1S REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS MORE~~~CCURATE~THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE RANGE 20 F T)0 F.ACTUATION BELOW 320 F DOES NOT APPLY TO IS CYCLIC LIMIT.lg yN(~
tll m CD COMPONENT Reactor Coolant System CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT LIMIT DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT 200 heatup cycles at<100'F/h and 200 cooldown cycles at<100 F/h.Heatup cycle-"T from<200"f to>550'F.Cooldown cycle-T from>550'F to<200 F TABLE 5.7-1 COMPONENT CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT LIMITS 200 pressurizer cooldown cycles at<200 F/h.200 loss of load cycles, without iaeediate Turbine or Reactor trip.40 cycles of loss-of-offsite A.C.electrical power.80 cycles of loss of flow in one reactor coolant loop.400 Reactor trip cycles.Pressurizer cooldown cycle temperatures from>650'F to<200'F.>15K of RATED THERMAL POWER to OX of RATED THERMAL POWER.Loss-of-of f s i te A.C.el ectri ca 1 ESF Electrical System.Loss of only one reactor coolant pump.10'o OX of RATED THERMAL POWER.c 3)Q)r gX~n~.5D I~~10 auxiliary spray actuation cycles.200 leak tests.10 hydrostatic pressure tests.Spray water temperature differential
~4egjQQQ.Cea<g nable~F e~r CZARS ma~C'Z+g Pressurized to>2485 psig.d~Pressurized to>3107 psig.Secondary Coolant System 1 steam line break.10 hydrostatic pressure tests."i'" Break in a>6-inch steam line.Pressurized to>1481 psig.
CPScL Comments SHNPP Final Dra f t Technical Specif ication R~~cor d Number: 737 LCO Number: 5.07.01 Section Number: TABLE 5.7-1 Comment Type-EPROR Page Number: 5-8 Comment: IN THE DESIGN CYCLEOR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE RFACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE".625 F" TO"Greater than''20 F but less than 625 F." Basl s THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS NORE ACCURATE.THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE PANGE:-~20 F TO<625 F.ACTUATION BELOlj 20 F DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS CYCLIC LIMIT~
TABLE 5.7-1 COMPONENT CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT LIMITS~M 0)+COMPONENT Reactor Coolant Sp'stem Secondary Coolant System CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT LIMIT 200 heatup cycles at<1004F/h and 200 conldown cycles at 100"F/h 200 pressurizer cooldown cycles at<200'F/h.200 loss of load cycles, without immediate Turbine or Reactor trip.40 cycles of loss-of-offsite A.C.electrical power.80 cycles of loss of flow in one reactor coolant loop.400 Reactor trip cycles.10 auxiliary spray actuation cycles.200 leak tests.lO hydrostatic pressure tests.1 steam line break.10 hydrostatic pressure tests.DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT Heatup cycle-T from.200"T to>550'F.Cooldown cycle-T from>550 F to<200 F.g Pressurizer cooldown cycle temperatures from>650 F to<200'F.>15K of RATED THERMAL POWER to OX of RATED lHERMAL POWER.Loss-of-offsite A.C.electrical ESF Electrical System.Loss of only one reactor coolant pump.100'o (C of RATED THERMAL POWER.Spray water temperature differential
~~pKc<4cn+h*~32o4F'~t less+><4~~Pressurized to>2485 psig.Pressurized to>3107 psig.Break in a>6-inch steam line.Pressurized to>1481 psig.
8 C',P8c.L Comxnents NPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 767 LCO Number: FIRE PROTECTION Section Number: FIRE PROTECTION Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: VARIOUS~v~DELETE THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.Basis PER PREVIOUS CPE L LETTERS NLS-86-188 DATED JUNE 4, 1986 AND NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22, 1986.
6.0 AOMINI STRAT I VE CONTROLS SHNPP REV)SlON I'Il&L UN i 6.1 RESPONSIBILITY 6.1.1 The Plant General Manager shall be responsible for overall unit opera-tion and shall delegate in writing the succession to this responsibility dur-ing his absence.6.1.2 The Shift Foreman (or, during his absence from the control room, a'designated individual) shall be responsible for the control room command func-tion.A management directive to this effect, signed by the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project shall be reissued to all station personnel on an annual basis.6.2 ORGANIZATION OFF SITE 6.2.1 The offsite organization for'nit management and technical support shall be as shown in Figure 6.2-1.UNIT STAFF 6.2.2 The unit organization shall be as shown in Figure 6.2-2 and: b.C.d.Each on-duty shift shall be composed of at least the minimum shift crew composition shown in Table 6.2-1;At least one licensed Operator shall be in the control room when fuel is in the reactor.In addition, while the unit is in MOOE 1, 2, 3, or 4, at least one licensed Senior Operator shall be in the control room;An individual qualified as a Radiation Control Technician" shall be~on site when fuel is in the reactor;All CORE ALTERATIONS shall be observed and directly supervised by either a licensed Senior Operator or licensed Senior Operator Limited to Fuel Handling who has no other concurrent responsibilities during this operation; 4yld T*the minimum requirements for a period of time not to exceed 2 hours, in order to accommodate unexpected absence, provided immediate action is taken to fill the required positions.
SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 6-1 CP Bc.L Coxnmenta-HNPP Px-oog and Review Technical S pecif ication Record Number: 772 LCO Number: 6.02.01 Section Number: FIGURE 6.2-1 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 6-3 DELETE THE BLOCK FOR"MANAGER ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION SERVICES".
ALSO, REMOVE THE"s" FOR THE TITLE OF THE MANAGER FUEL"S" DEPARTMENT, Basis THESE CHANGES ARE TO CORRECT AND TO DELETE A POSITION WHICH NO WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION
(~,r.<W J PHICAL ERR LONGER STS i~'~"'
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CIIAWRIAWPR(5 tel ND IMF f IKOIIIVC<If KfR f(IROP (IKCIII Irf VKf PRf SRKNI SCCA YK(IR(SlaNf I%%RAIIOIIS SIP@M f S(IAal VKf PRI SKCNf IRK(CAR It(ICRAIIOI ISANAaR Car(SIAI(QIAI I I r ASSIAt AtK C IIAIIAI&#xc3;R IRK((AR SAI fir I f IhMOPKWf AL%RYKC 5 IIANAaR IICI/PIPARII5511 I~IIANAaR OA SIRVK t S W(t PR(SKI NI CP(RAf CXIS IRAROKt IIANAC(R IA Cl I AR IRAINPfS SI(IKPI IIAIIAQ R IRK(CAR~I AN I CONS IRUC IIDW VICC PRCSICCNT IAKI(AR tl404(RPKt AIKI LKIHSRKt IIANAaa Iultaw aIAlnr t IIANAa R CPCR A IKPII OAt0(OFFSIT E~O~O~O~O~O~OO~O~O~O~OOO~OHQTE aolf 5 ICKLCAR 5Alf fr 1 IIANArCR ICX(f AR 5 IAII SaP(51 f RPICC I(%IWSIIS IPAPINILPRf VKC PR(SCKN1 NMRIS IRK(CAR PROXCf~O~O~O~~O~OO~OO~OO~O~OO~O~OOO~O~O~O~~OO~O~O OO((IS OA4C IIARRIS ILANf PL ANI aIK5%ISAIIAaR alKR AL ISAIIAaR CIKt0%(Rf Mle~"~~~"-LRCSa CCPPCPNCAIKPI AaPNrf IPAI IV/aH'tAIR(AIPW IWIAaR A(POOSIRA 1 KPI IIANAaR PLAN%+5 CIWIRIR alKPAL Ituslaa IO t 5laK cow(f IKw tt~f ,c$'IGURE 6.2"1 OFF SITE ORGANIZATION CPScL Camment.a RHNP'P'fnN3.g}t~44 VREHRX.&&X 5pBG+4+gQQ+g p~Recur d Number: 791 LCQ hlu>>~L er: 6.02.0 i Cr}m%~e>>t.
Tyoe: ERRQR Paae Number: 6-3 Ser l i c>>'i hfu(Aber: F i GUPE 6.2-1 Cei>>r>>eu L: Cl<<:ANB'HE F:BUR~PER THE ATTACHED.&a.,6l.5: Hi S f1AR!'UP REFLLCTS RECENTLY AhlNQUflCED CHA!lBES i h!THE CORPORATE SfRUCTUfiE QF CP~L.Jg, t dh'4"~P'"~..', 3C VP ir~k 9(
CORPORATE ORGAN1 ZAT ION OQ OIIAIStttf CCIII Ate ISICS I VICLIIIVCOIKIA
'.KIOCO l ICCltf IVC VICf ttCSCKIII 5tlC%VKf Itt SCS III IVCN AI KWS SIPVVIA I SIIACO VKI AAI SCXNf~AtttAA UIOAAICN~IAVACI A CIOIIOAIt OIAAIII ASIAti A~I IMIIACCAILKLCAA SAtttVS f IIVNOtt ldAL SISVICC 5 IIAIIA4C~OA Sl AVK I 5 IIIAiiAfSA Q&ALLAIL-L Se~ft>>IWQN 5 CIIIS VKC ttt ftllIIMSAICWS IAAMN'A f CWW A IIAIIACCO IS tl I M IAAMICi tlC IIOI IIAIIAQ 0 IAKLC AO~I All I COCII AIK I CW VKC ttf SCC III IAKII AO CMAE CAVC'i AICI It I Nltti IIAAIACtatulfaim OAAIIIV)IMAIACI 1 OCTA I ttlf OAAX CFF SIN IIAIIAI4%ISKLCAO SI Aft SOVOII~11~10~tttt~Ott~0~~0000~011~0~~0~000140~ttttt~04~10~1~~WC'ttlff IeflfAA SAff ff IIAIA IS I AAIQQ LSOf VICC ttl SKKIIf ILAKSIS ISKL t AA IOOKC I SLAHI QIKSAL IIAIIAStt SCION AL tIUCACCO C INC tt t%IIAILASI 0 Aft%0%IO 5 I IOI rtmALIINIaua IIL I 5IOK COSTI IKII~"-~-LOOSOI CO+LAOCAIIOI AOttSIAAIIVC COOAISIAISVI I IAIIASC0 tLAN CKi g CIVII Alt FIGURE 6.2-1 OFF SITE ORGANI EATIOH Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Re<olution of Staff Comments crt gt astor: tcL$-&c IIc m Comment Cate: g/g/tti Comment: 1g'e find the Qh-related material in Section 6.0 acceptable except, that.the organizational positions for the positions of the blanager gA Services and Manager Quality Check in Technical Specifications figure 6.2-1 are not.shown in FSAR Figures 17.2, 1-1 or 17.2.1-2.Also, these positions are not described in FSAR Section 17.2,"Quality Assurance During The Operations Phase." Consequently, in order to assure compatability between the technical specifications and FSAR Section D.2, the posit,ion descriptions should be indicated in the appropriate figures and accurately described in t,he FSAR..Resolution Figure G.2-1 of Tcc'h Spec should be revised to delete the Manager'uality Check, Resolution cce e: 2.The Manager QA Services is shown dn PSAR Figures 17.2.1-1.and 17.2.1-2 and is described on page 17.2.1-6, first paragraph, Me, assume your comment mean't.to address the Manager Material Quality.Chapter 17.2 wi11 be re-vised after lfcense issue'o reflect the Manager Material Quality.(Note: The Hanager Material Quality is currently functioning as the Manager.QP,/QC Harris Plant as described.in FSAR Chapter 17.2.)Basis 1.The Manager ttnatecy Check does noc perform any functions or have re-sponsibilities requfrsd by the QA Program.2.The Tech Spec Figure 6,2-1 shows the QA organfaatfon at license,fssue (Tach Spec affective date)which depicts the shift of the Manager QA/QC Harris Plant to Yunager Materfel Quality.Chaprer 1?.2 describes the QA organfaatfon at present with the Manager QA/QC Barris Plant functions (these functions will contfnue until license i.ssue).The'er Manager Material Qual"'ty's functions wQ.1 start Bt licanse issue and Chapter 17.2 will be revised at that time to reflect these new functions.
/CP!t Date: Gate:
CPBc.L Coxnxnenta Ol(~SHNPP Proof and Review Technical S pecifications Record Number: 759 LCO Number: 6.02.02 Section Number: FIGURE 6.2-2 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 6-4 DELETE THE BLOCK FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE SUPERVISOR WHICH REPORTS TO THE DIRECTOR PROGRAMS PROCEDURES.
Basis THIS POSITION NO LONGER EXISTS WITHIN THE SHNPP ORGANIZATION.
PLANT OAGANlZATION h AMI It'll t AR'~SutlfreSSIIIC
~SR4SAAIO A MOCf HJtf S ASSIS IAHI ft Attt Cl IC 1 AL ttAIIAfA R Of SIR A I Otf EEHA t~f IMIIMil%ETOf%00%liflt A NAWAIIOI GWNN ttttlCCR 0%R A TIOIS SIVS ISARACCR TEOSRCAI.QATAR f EIOIOO0%IIIAL 4 CKIRSNT SISCRvISOI ttlWIE~SLW RYl%%Et EC lit KAL QKRAIIOIS%PCS VISOR ClCOftRRO QPCRYIXR ENACT KCCIALIST EIIVOORCIIIAL L OCISSNV$&f CMttlltl~%0%Cf&CCIALIST RAOA NW COIN%RAOAT CHICOIN0.SIPERVISOI LEGS'OMWS NATIVE OIGAIRIA I IOI~"""" LOKSOf COSSMCATIOI
~SEIROI%AE t Ot EICRAT OIS UCEIISE W.SEAEIOIOCRAIOtSLICE~
AJE IAAY OfCRAIOIS FIGURE 6.2-2 UNIT ORGANIEATIOH SHNPP Final C:PSci Cummen<m Dr a f 0 Technical Speci f icat j.one I.:r;r'r<f t lumber: 8'.>1 Comrnr-;n t,'T yf r o: EtiROf': LL:O Nurrrhvr:.b.<)'.r.r2 Sec, t.]err r tdurrrbr r: F I GURE 6-Paqr'lubber".
6-0 CQrlmN'l r l ON THE F 1 BURE FOR THE PLAllT QRBAt lI ZAT I ON-"DD Tl-lE TI1LF"f-''LANS AND f'RQBfiANS" TO THE TABLE.Bc.ES1 5THIS CHANGE IS PURELY AN ADt f I NI STRATI VE CHANGF.IN THAl'ftE 1 I TLE OF THE POSITION OF"PLAN" AND PRUBRAl'fS" I S A NEW POSI TION CREATED WITHIN THE PLANT Of"BANI ZAT ION.THE f.SAR IS CURRENTLY BEING REV I SEl;;ANi)WlLL SllOlf THI S NEW POSITION.~Vj c s>t~ggp
~0~~~'~~~Sl~1'~1 I~~I'~'O''1 1~~I 1~''~5~"~~I.~~1'C I~~'~0'~'1'~~~I~~'I'~''''C C I~~~'it~~I 1~~'~''
SHNPP FShR 27 Physics and Nuclear Safety policiesi He is responsible forthe personal revisv of the training<<nd qualification requirements of the following managers who report directly to himp'anager
" Operations, Hinager-Haintsnanca, Hanager-Environmental and Radiation Control, and Hansgar Technical Support.ri ns, thr A~ent-~responsrbi'li~s".
The hssiatant Plant Ginaril Hanager reports directly to the Plant General Hanager.13,1,2.2,3 Plant Programs and Proceduraa Unit The Plant Programs ind Procaduzea Unit provides support functions such as security, procedure control, and emergency preparednessi The Director Plant Programs and Procedurea provides direct support to the Plant Cenera Hanagar in the ireas of security, emergency preparedness, procedure development and control~personnel administration and plant administrative coordination) directs plant security planning and activities) directs emergency praparadnasa planning and activt,tiaa at the plant staff 1avdl>aupervi pea the preparation, review, approvil and dist ribut ion of plan't procadurea and directives.
He is assisted in thpae ggjep--~Pn~~s u~~~Wecurity Buperviaor~4%8 a HRn or pat(i%1st~Emergency Preparedness, The Director~plant Programs and Procedures reports to the Plant General Hanagar-Harris Fiant~M<r~Ad-Ffa.~W P~ru,m5~'+>The the administrative functions of the plant including incoming correspondence screening and action assignmant; action item/response development and fol o up)outgoing~op ogd nce preparation, screening and coordination) pzocadure preparation, review, and approve+io~7 27 The Security Supervisor develops>implements, and maintains a sacuri.ty program which ensures that the security of the plant i~maintained in accordance with NRC requirements<
He maintains a close working relationship with Local law enforcement agencies to ensure coaplianca with MRC regulitions.
He provides input to the Training Unit so that employees requiring access to tha plant are proparly trained and hedged.He ansuraa that equipment and guards are availsbla and in a state of readinesa.
The Senior Specialist
-Security is assisted by Technical Aidaa and a contract security'guard forca.The Security Suparvisor reports to the Director Plant Programs and Procedures The Senior Specialist
-Emergency Preparedness ia responsible for the continuing refine>ant of tha plant Emergency Pieparedness Program which ensures that a"state of raadineas" ia maintained at the plant to copa with any classification of emergancy, He incorporates the provisions of the plant Emergency Plan in ths program and revises the program and related procedures as chsngas are made in the plant Emergency Plan.Be coordinates the training of Technical Support Center participants and the annual Emergency Drilli The Sanior Specialist
-Emergency Preparedness reports to tha Director Plant Programs and Procedures.
~RNPP Proof and (CP RL Coxnments Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 744 LCO Number: 6.02'.03.01 Section Number: 6.2.3.1 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 6-6 INSERT IN THE SECOND LINE AFTER"industry advisories" THE FOLLOWING'WORDING
~'(including information forwarded from INFO from their ev'aluation of all industry LER's), BasisSEE ITEM 743 THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED TO ACCURATELY REFLECT THE EXACT ORGANIZATION THAT PERFORMS THE VARIOUS REVIEWS'LL ITEMS MENTIONED IN THE FINAL DRAFT ARE STILL COVERED, BUT HAVE BEEN MOVED TO THEIR PROPER PLACE.
AOMINISTPATIVE CONTROLS",;., FINAL DRAI 6.2.3 ONSITE NUCLEAR SAFETY ONS UNIT FUNCTION (lduubi4D W~~g~41'DRuaRDE'D iW~~~rRa~P'u4 SNRuar y oS AC DSRfnay gag'C 6.2.3.1 The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristics, NRC issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety.The OHS Unit shall make detailed recom-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ-ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to appro-priate levels of management, up to and including the Senior Vice President-Operations Support, if necessary.
COMPOSITION 6.2.3.2 The ONS Unit shall be composed'of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site.Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer-ing or related science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.RESPONSIBILITIES 6.2.3.3 The ONS Unit shall be responsible for maintaining surveillance"of unit activities to provide independent verification" that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.
RECORDS 6.2.3.4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services, 6.2.4 SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR 6.2.4.1 The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, reactor engineering, and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit.The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien-tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in the response and analysis of the unit for transients and accidents, and in unit design and,layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.6.3 UNIT STAFF UALIF ICATIONS 6.3.1 Each member of the unit staff shall meet or exceed the minimum qualifica-tions of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the exceptions and alter-natives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.17), 1.8-10 (Am.22),"Not responsible for sign-off function.SHEARON HARRIS-UN'IT 1 6-6 CP8cL Cummen<~SHNPP Final Draft Technical Bpeci+icatians t.r~~r V f'l (5 i~~1 A)L Q t!r.rrrh r.rr: ""r: "5 i csr!tl~~<<tL"-'r: Zc I!'JDE X Cornrnerrl:
Typr".P=rqe t lumber: 6-E 8r;vii i'.>nrlnQ'r DE'T".TH" SEC: IQtl a..~.I AND t'!ARK THE SECTIQt!AB"DE!.ETED".ALBQ QW PAGE.", vi i.i CH~Nt IBE"UNIT STAFF'nUAr IFIC'ATIQtlS" TV"D=LE'"'E IHFQR?!ATION I tl THI S PARABRA." H IS COVERED I tl t'1!,rC', t'1QRE DETAIL IN'r+.FSAR.AS t;!JS ii!.-r'z r:EgLrIRt.-EQLEtlr TECH S=rEC r'r'-".t'JBrE)FQR Pt'lPrrt v ADt r a>~H VE RE SQ.';...~.-ICATIQ!~i IS HEI!!B DELETED Itd TH" FQR:HCQt'!..hB
""..F&>.QUK TECHNICAL BF'E" IFI CA"r'IQ!JB.
THIS CHAI'!BE HAB:-RE'i>IQJSLY DISCUSSED!~JITH tlRR STAFF.pg~tt t The applicant proposes to delete Specification 6.3, Staff gualification.
The staff finds this proposal acceptable because the staff's Safety Evaluation includes finding of acceptable criteria to be used by the applicant and because changes to these criteria~under the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59>will afford an adequate opportunity for review by the staff.
ADNINJSTPATIVE CONTROLS 6.2.3 ONSI NUCLEAR SAFETY (ON5 UNIT FUNCTION (IAICLU Es/AJ4/Al~gjf)rp~+
pgg~pgE9E ES p g~pg>CIR Fyitcug+g Og AS.r>RDucmr ZeW'6.2.3.1 The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristics, NRC issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety.The ONS Unit shall make detailed recon-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ-ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to appro-priate levels of management, up to and including the 5enior Vice President,-
Operations 5upport, if necessary.
COHPOS I 7 ION 6.2.3.2 The ONS Unit shall be composed of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site.Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer-ing or related science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.RESPONSIBILITIES 6.2.3.3 The ONS Unit shall be responsible for maintaining surveillance of unit activities to provide independent verification" that.these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.
RECORDS 6.2.3.4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.6.2.4 SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR'.2.4.1 The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical'support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, re-ctor engineering, and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit.The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien-tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in the response and analysis of the unit for transients and accidents, and in unit design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.DELGTEp 6.3 6..1 E member f themhi staff s+11 et or exceed the minimal qual~i<<t'ons o the'ep aher f979 astro Rhs.1, with the gaeeptsoris Rrio astgr-ative oted o SAR pages.8 4 (Am.2Q ,$..8"9 (Am.lQ-1;8-10 (A'm.22)."Not respons ib1 e for s i gn-of f function.SHEARON HARRIS-UN'IT 1 6-6


ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS SHNPP RFViS~OM A 06 t986 FINAL IjRi UNIT/STAFF
C:PScL,      Dnmmen<m SHNPP           Final Draft Technical Speci+ ications Re..a. d t!u:;iber".               7'~i 0='amment            Tyae:    FRRCR L CO t lurrrber":          8     ~/4. r)6. 0"='.             Pao~= Number:   8 3/4 Bea  t i ar'i  Nurr.ber':           8 .>/4. 6 ..'2 Caiiiiiiefi t:
'." IFICATIONS ICnnninn U 1.11 (Am.20), 1.8-12 (Am.17), a'nd 1.8-13 (m.17), for mparable p sitio s, except fo tne Manager-Environme'ntal and Radiation Contr 1 who shal meet or e ceed t e qualifications of Regulatory Gujde 1.8, Sep ember 1975.g The censed perato s and Senior Operators shall also/meet or exc ed the miniybm qu ifica-tions of the supplemental requirements specified in ections A a d C o Enclo-, sure 1 of the March 28, 1980, NRC letter to all licpsees.6.4 TRAINING 6.4.1 A retraining and replacement training program for the unit staff shall be maintained under the direction of the Director"Harris Training Unit and shall meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the exceptions and alternatives noted on FSAR pages l.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.17), 1.8-10 (Am.22), 1.8-11 (Am.20), 1.8-12 (Am.17), and 1.8-13 (Am.17), and Appendix A of 10 CFR Part 55 and the supplemental require-ments speci fied in Sections A and C of Enclosure 1 of the March 28, 1980 NRC letter to all licensees, and shall include familiarization with relevant industry operational experience.
D. '-'TE          THE LAST BENTEtilCE QF THF BASES PARAGRAPH 2/   t ~ ~ ."; ~ 2 Qt'J THE SPRAY ADDITIVE BYBT t'! Al'JD REPLACE IT    l~JI Tr!:
6.5 REVIEW AND AUDIT 6.5.1 SAFETY AND TECHNICAL REVIEWS 6.5.1.1 General Pro ram Control 6.5.1.1.1 A safety and a technical evaluation shall be.prepared for each of the following:
                  "".he      RtJBT      1 eval  o4  r!i6.000 aal lans pr-avides
a.All procedures and programs required by Specification 6.8, other procedures that affect nuclear safety, and changes thereto;b.All proposed tests and experiments that are not described in the Final Safety Analysis Report;and c.All proposed changes or modifications to plant systems or equipment that affect nuclear safety.6.5.1.2 Technical Evaluations 6.5.1.2.1 Technical evaluations will be performed by personnel qualified in the subject matter and will determine the technical adequacy and accuracy of the proposed activity.If interdiscipl'inary evaluations are required to cover the technical-scope of an activity, they will be'erformed.
                  ~adequate            test aandi tians ta demonstrate thai the
6.5~1.2.2 Technical review personnel will be identified by the responsible Manager or his designee for a specific activity when the review process begins.6.5.1.3 uglified Safet Reviewers 6.5.1, 3.1 The Plant General Manager shall designate those individuals who will be responsible for performing safety reviews described in Specification 6.5.1.4.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 6-7 C.Pal C:nmrne.num SHNPP Final Da-a+%.Taahnic=al Sp c=,i+irat Reco(d Numbe(': 806 LCO Nu(nber: '.4 Comment Tvoe: ERROR Paoe Number: 6-3 5~7 Section Number: 6.4 5 FIG 6-2.1 Co(ament: IN&0TH THE FIGUPE AND IN SECTION 6.4 CHANGE THE TITLE"DIRECTOR HARRIS TRAINING UNIT" TO"MANAGER HARRIS TRAINING UNIT" ON PAGES 6-6 AND 6-7 CHANGE THE REFERENCE FSAR AMENDMENTS TO THE FOLLOWING:
                  <? ar~      i" ='.t e i s w ii.!iin the max imum arid minimuiA assuoratians              a-. the analyses."
PAGE 1.8-9 (AM.26)PAGES 1.8-lo.1 1, 12.AND 1: (AM.27)E(gal s CORPORATE MANAGEMENT HAS CHANGED THE TITLE OF THIS POSITION~NEITHER THE'ERSON HOLDING THE POSITION OR THE DUTIES OF THE POSITION HAVE CHANGED.THE CHANGES TO THE FSAR AMENDMENT NUME(ERS IS TO MAKE THE TECH SPECS CONSISTENT WITH THE LATEST FSAR CHANGES.
S~si s
CORPORATE ORGANI 2AT ION OIAIRtIAH/PAESICEM At4 CHIEF G(ECLITIYE Of FICER SEMOR EXECUTIVE ViCE PRESIOENT SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT OPERATIONS SUPPORT~G SEHICR YICE PAESIOENT tAlCLEAR GENERATION t1ANAGER CORPORATE QUALITY ASSLAAIiCE CA 0 00 tTT C l hl O I1ANAGER NUCLEAR SAFETV L EHYI~HTAL SER YI CES VICE PRESIDENT OPERATIONS TRAIHIW T TECH SUPPOR't t1AHAGER HJCLEAR PLANt CONST RUCT ION~~e t1AHAGER NUCLEAR FLED SECTION t1AHAGER M/LEAR TRAIHII4Il SECTIM VICE PRESICENT NUCLEAR EMISEERIt4i AND LICENSIHG tlAHAGER NUCLEAR STAFF SUPPORT OFF SITE~~1~~~~11111~~1 ONSITE~~11~1~0~111~1~OIRECTOR ONSITE HUCLEAR SAFETY WRE8%0t.HARRIS TRAINIHG ellr VICE PRESIOENT HARRIS QKLEAR PROJECT~1~~~~11~111~111111''~/AF88Zg'1ANAGER OA SERYiCES tlANAGER GAIA lERI AL OJALI'I V~111~1~11~~~~11~~DIRECTOR OAlOC-HARRIS PLANT t1AHAGER CPERATKt6 O<1OC~A~~~~~~~~A~~~S~~~AO PLANT GEHERK tlANAGER GEHERALtlAHAGER ENGINEER@6 LEGEND-.~-~~-~-~~LlhKS OF Ef5t1PICAT IOH AGIIIIIITTAATTIT OIGAIIITATATI tlAHAGER ADI1IHISTRAT ION tIANAG ER PLANNING 4 CONT ACL GEHERKt1AHAGER t1lLESTCfK COtPLETIOH I'~'~I'~~~7~~~I~)~')'~i I~I~I'I I C'1'I'~~I I' 0
                  . HIS CHAtlHE IS NECESSr"-rRY              TO BE COr!BISTENT KrITH Tf!E CURREt!T VJORDIr'JB QF THE SPECIFICATION. THE SPEC IF I CAT I ON l JAB- CHAt ISED IN JULY r-.ND THE CHAt~BE i:AB BEE/! AGREED TQ ErY THE NRR STAFF.
ADtlINISTPATIVE CONTROLSl.INAL Utgt 6.2.3 ONS17E NUCLEAR SAFETY (OHS UNIT FOIICTIOR 6.2.3.1 The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristic, HRC issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety.The ONS Unit shall make detailed recom-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to atIpro priate levels of management, up to and including the Senior Vice President..
gti
Operations Support, if necessary.
                                                                                          /
CONPOSITIOH 6.2.3.2 The OHS Unit shall be composed of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site.Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer" ing or related science and at least 2 years professioaal level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.RESPOHSIBI LITIES 6.2.3.3 The ONS Unit shall be responsible for maintaining surveillance nf unit.activities to provide independent verification" that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.
RfCOROS 6.2.3.4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager"Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.6.2.4 SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR 6.2.4.1 The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, reactor engine<<ing and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit.The Sh>ft Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien" tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in the response and analysis of the unit for.transients and accidents, and in unit design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.6.3 UNIT STAFF UALIF ICATIONS 6.3.1 Each member of the unit staff shall meet or" exceed the minimum qu>>ifica tions of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the exceptions and alter natives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.H), 1.8-10 (Am.+)R 4/"Hot responsible for s i gn-of f function.SHEARON HARRIS UNIT 1 6-6 ADLAI NI STRATI VE CONTROLS UNIT STAFF UALIFICATIONS (Continued
-'7 47 p7 1.8-11{Am.N), 1.8-12 (Am.X), and 1.8-13 (Am.M), for comparable positions, except for the Hanager-Environmental and Radiation Control who shall meet or exceed the qualifications of Regulatory Guide 1.8, September 1975.The licensed Operators and Senior Operators shall also meet or exceed the minimum qualifica-tions of the supplemental requirements specified in Sections A and C of Enclo.sure 1 of the March 28, 1980, NRC letter to all licensees.
6.4 TRAINING rrgggcE'4 6.4.1 A retraining and replacement training program for the unit staff shall be maintained under the direction of the-Harris Training Unit and shall meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the yxceptions and alternatives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (AmQ@, 1.8-10 (Am.~, 1.8-11 (Am), 1.8-12 (Am.X(, and 1.8-13 (Am4$), and Appendix A of 10 CFR Part 55 and the supplemental require-ments specified in Sections A and C of Enclosure 1 of the March 28, 1980 NRC letter to all licensees, and shall includ familiarization with relevant industry operational experience.
a7 6.5 REYIEM AND AUDIT 6.5.1 SAFETY AND TECHNICAL REYIEMS 6.5.1.1 General Pro ram Control 6.5.1.1.1 A safety and a technical evaluation shall be prepared for each of the fol lo~ing: a.All procedures and programs required by Specification 6.8, other procedures that affect nuclear safety, and changes thereto;b.All proposed tests and experiments that are not described in the Final Safety Analysis Report;and c.All proposed changes or modifications to plant systems or equipment that affect nuclear safety.6.5.1.2 Technical Evaluations 6.5.1.2.1 Technical evaluations will be performed by personnel qualified in the subject matter and will determine the technical adequacy and accuracy of the proposed activity.If interdiscipl'inary evaluations are required to cove~the technical'scope of an activity, they will be performed.
6.5.1.2.2 Technical review personnel will be identified by the responsible Hanager or his designee for a specific activity when the review process begins.6.5.1.3 uglified Safet Reviewers 6.5.1.3.1 The Plant General Hanager shall designate those individuals who will be responsible for performing safety reviews described in Specification 6.5.1.4 SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 6-7 SHhPP FSAR Regulatory Guide 1.8 PERSONNEL SELECTION AND TRAINING (REVISION 2, FEBRUARY 1979 DRAFT)SHNPP will comply with the requirements of ANSI/ANS 3.1;September 1979 Draft, with the alternatives listed herein.It is understood that the NRC has not endorsed this Standard, but when the SHNPP applied for its operating license, the September 1979 Draft was current.Because this standard was the existing guidance at the time of our operating license application, CP6L believes it is acceptable to use the draft Standard as the basis for selecting and training SHNPP personnel.
The Company has received approval from NRC to follow the September 1979 Draft without further revisions.
(20 20 a)Paragraph 2 defines the terms of the Standard.As stated in SHNPP FSAR Section 1.8, paragraph 1.74, CP&L has combined'he definitions given in various ANSI standards, in order to provide an available reference source.The definitions in Section 1.8, paragraph 1.74 agree with ANSI/ANS 3.1, September 1979 Draft with the following exception:
When the phrase"Bachelor's Degree or Equivalent" is used, the qualifications considered as minimal acceptable substitutes for a Bachelor's Degree are a high school diploma or its equivalent and one of the following:
1)Four years of formal schooling in science or engineering; 2)Four years applied experience at a nuclear facility in the area for which qualification is sought;3)Four years of operational or technical experience or education or training in nuclear power;or 4)li Any combination of the above totaling four years.b)Table 1.8-1 cross references the"Functional Level and Assignment of Responsibility" definitions found in Section 3 of the Standard with the positions/titles of the SHNPP organisation and the"Qualifications" found in Section 4 of the Standard.The numbers enclosed in parentheses denote the specific exceptions or proposed alternatives to the Standard's requirements which are described in paragraph (c)below.')Exceptions or proposed alternatives:
1)Paragraph 4.3.1 describes the qualifications for supervisors requiring NRC licenses.This paragraph requires that one year of nuclear power plant experience shall be at the plant where the supervisor is licensed, unless such experience is acquired on a similar (same NSSS)unit.CPM shall alternatively provide the qualifications prescribed by 10CFR55 and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, which is titled"Qualifications of Reactor Operators".
The qualifications cited in these two references shall be applicable to individuals employed as Operating Supervisor and Shift Foreman.1.8-8 Amendment No.20


SHNPP FSAR 2)P)aragraph 4.3.2 describes the qualifications for supervisors who are not required to hold an NRC license, but who are associated with"systems, equipment, or procedures involved in meeting the Limitin g Conditions for Operation, which are identified in Technical Specifications".
HiNL lll5 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM          (Continued gross leakage failures could develop. The 0. 60 L leakage limit of Specifica-a tion 3.6. 1.2b. shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined
CP&L does not feel plant safety will be enhanced b r equiring these supervisors to perform their duties under direct on-site y supervision for a minimum of six months.Instead CP&L propose t s 1 s 0 se ect qualified individuals for these positions based upon past performance and experience.
'otal      for all valves      and  penetrations subject to Type      B  and C  tests.
3)Paragraph 4.5.1.1 describes the requirements for non-licensed operators.
3/4.6.2     OEPRESSURIZATION ANO COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4. 6. 2. I  CQNTAINMEHT SPRAY SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability wi ll be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break. The pressure reduction and resultant lour containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.
CP&L does not feel plant safety will be enhanced b requiring non-licensed operators to have one year power plant experience.
The Containment Spray System and           the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
CP&L shall alternatively provide a training/qualification program commensurate to the functions and responsibilities these employees will perform.4))Paragraph 4.5.1.2 describes the requirements for licensed operators.
However,'. the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable              ESF  equipment.
CP&L takes exception to these requirements.
3/4. &. 2. 2   SPRAY AOOITIVE SYSTEM The, OPERABILITY      of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient HaOH is added to the containment spray            in the event of a LOCA. The limits on HaOH volume and concentration ensure            a pH value of between 8.5 and 1l.O for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components. The contained solution volume limit includes an allo~ance for solution not usable because ~f tank discharge line location or other physical char acter istics. These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses.
Prior to operating the facility, licensed operators shall be qualified in accordance to IOCFR55 and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980,"Qualification of Reactor Operators".
Yhc Ras    7  I eve I
5)Paragraphs technicians and and maintenance as described in requirements as 4.5.2 and 4.5.3 describe the maintenance personnel.
'Pico@>dt's  ~g~>> I c ++sf  coral>k>>>wg ~ Vcms>>shostc  wet +gg 3/4.6.2.3     COHTAIHMEHT COOLIHG SYSTEM              '  "  ~~ss p~"'              +4 >yscs.
CP&L employees to be"in training paragraph 3.2.4.Therefore, stated in paragraph 3.2.4.qualifications for considers these technicians or apprentice positions", CP&L shall comply with the 26 6)Members of the QA staff wi ll be trained and qualified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.58, which endorses ANSI 45.2.6.The SHNPP position on Regulatory Guide 1.58 addresses the SHNPP position.:
The OPERABILITY        of the Containment      Fan Coolers ensures that: (1) the containment air    temperature will be maintained          within limits during normal operation, and (2) adequate heat removal capacity              is available when operated in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems              during post"LOCA conditions.
relative to ANSI N45.2.6.7)Various CP&L positions are not addressed in the Standard.Therefoxe, CP&L lists these, positions in Table 1.8-1 for reference, and CP&L will prescribe the training, responsibilities, and qualifications commensurate to the job requirements.
The Containment Fan Coolers and              the Containment Spray System are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.
8)The ALARA Specialist shall have a BS Degree or the equivalent and two years experience, one of which shall be nuclear power plant experience, or the employee shall have an advanced degree and one year nuclear power plant experience.
SHEARON HARRIS        -. UNIT 1                 B 3/4 6-3
9)The Project Engineer-On-Site Nuclear Safety shal.l have a BS Degree in Engineering or the equivalent and shall have a minimum of four years experience.
These qualifications are required prior to preoperational testing or at position appointment, whichever is later.n n S!L'HAPP FSAR 10)The positions specified in Table 1.8-1.shall have a BS Degree in Engineering or the equivalent and two years experience, one of which shall be nuclear power plant experience, or the employees shall have an advanced degree and one year nuclear power plant experience.
These qualifications are required at initial core loading or at position appointment, whichever is later.11)The Training Specialist shall have at least four years power plant experience, two of which shall be nuclear power plant experience.
Individuals in this position shall demonstrate their competence by having held an SRO license or by having trained at the SRO level prior to teaching NSSS, integrated response, transient analysis, or simulator courses.These qualifications are required at initial core loading or at position appointment, whichever is later.12)The Director-On-Site Nuclear Safety and the Principal Engineer-On-Site Nuclear Safety shall have a BS degree in Engineering or the equivalent and shall have a minimum of six years experience.
These qualifications are required prior to preoperational testing or at position appointment, whichever is later.27 d)Paragraphs 4.7.1 and 4.7.2 describe the qualifications for independent review personnel.
Standard Technical Specifications also address the personnel requirements for individuals functioning in this capacity, and alternatively, CP&L shall comply with STS requirements for independent review personnel.
e)Paragraph 5.2 outlines an acceptable training program for personnel to be licensed by the NRC.However, CP&L feels this portion of the Standard is unnecessarily prescriptive.
CP&L will provide a training program as described in FSAR Section 13.2 for licensed operators and senior operators, which will comply with the intent of the standard, requirements in 10CFR55, and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980,"Qualifications of Reactor Operators".
Paragraph 5.5.1 outlines the retraining program for licensed personnel.
10CFR55 requires a requalification program to be submitted and approved to meet Appendix A, 10CFR55.CP&L proposes to requalify licensed personnel in accordance to the NRC approved requalification program outlined in Appendix A, 10CFR55.In addition, CP&L will comply to the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980,"Qualifications of Reactor Operators" and the intent of paragraph 5.5.1.f)Paragraph 5.5.2.3 describes requirements to maintain certain documents.
In order to provide consistency in the Document Control program, CP&L shall retain and maintain documents as required by ANSI N45.2.9-1974.
g)Paragraph 1, Scope, states in part,"this standard is further limited to personnel within the owner organization." However, paragraph 5.4 refers to temporary maintenance and service personnel.
CP&L will apply the requirements of ANS 3.1, September 1979 to only those personnel directly employed by CP&L>and only the training of paragraph 5.4 will be required to be given to temporary maintenance and service personnel.
h)Positions shown on the SHNPP organization chart that have not been described herein shall be filled by individuals, who by virtue of training and experience, have been deemed qualified to fill these positions.
1.8-10 Amendment No.27 III SlL'HAPP FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 FUNCTIONAL LEVEL,'ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY~
AND QUALIFICATIONS CROSS REFERENCE FOR SHNPP ANS 3el Seccian SHNPP Title~Mene ece 4.2.1 4.2,1 4.3.2 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.3 4.2.2 4.4.4 4.3.2 Plant General Manager 1 Assistant Plant General Hanager Director Plant Programs and Procedures, Manager-Technical Support Manager-Start Up Manager-Maintenance e Hanager-Operations Hanager-Environmental and Radiation Control Director-Regulatory Compliance 27 Technical Su ort 4.6.1 4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (8)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4'.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (10)4.6.2 (9)4.6.2 4'.2 4'.2 (12)Professional Technical Manager-Harris Plant Engineering Section (Refer to FSAR Section 13.1.1.2)Shift Technical Advisor ALARA Specialist Engineer Supervisor
-Nuclear Operations Support Supexvisor Principal Engineer-(Support)Project Engineer-NSSS Project Engineer-Equipment Evaluation Project Engineer-BOP Project Engineer-Engr.Specs.Project Engineer-ISI Project Engineer-Performance/Reliability Project Engineer" Maintenance Pxoject Specialist
<<RadMaste Project Specialist
-Radiation Control Project Specialist
-Environmental and Chemistry Project Engineer-On-Site Nuclear Safety Engineering Subunit Specialist Subunit Principal Engineer-On-Site Nuclear Safety 27 4.4.1 4.4.4 4.4.3 4.4.2 4.4.6 Senior Engineer-Reactor Radiation Contxol Supervisor Chemistry and Environmental Supervisor Maintenance Supervisor
-Electrical Start-Up Supervisor
()denotes.number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.1.8"11 Amendment No.27


SlL'HAPP FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (cont'd)Professional 4.4.6'.4.7 4.4.5 4.6.2 (12)Start-Up Engineers Director-Training Director QA/QC Director-On-Site Nuclear Safety Foremen 4.3.1 (1)4.3.1 (1)4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 (2)4.3.2 4.3.2 Operations Supervisor Shift Foreman Administrative Supervisor Security Supervisor Senior Specialist
CP &,L Comxnenta BHNPP    Proof and Review. Technical Specifications I
-Fire Protection Maintenance Supervisor
Record Number:    766                  Comment Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  B 3/4.06.05              Page Number:  B  3/4 6 4 Section Number:
-Mechanical 16C Foreman Electrical Foreman Mechanical Foreman Painter and Pipe Coverer Foreman Radwaste Supervisor Radvaste Shift Foreman Environmental and Chemistry Foreman Radiation Control Foreman Traveling Radiation Control Foreman Project Engineer-Computer Senior Specialist
P B  2/4.6.5 Comment:
-Emergency Preparedness 4.3.2 (6)4.3.2 (11)Specialist
CHANGE THE    TITLE  OF THE SECTION TO "VACUUM  RELIEF SYSTEM".
-QA Specialist
Basis THIS CHANGE    IS MADE TO PROVIDE CONSISTENCY WITH THE BODY OF    THE'PECIFICATIONS.
-Training Operators Technicians-Maintenance Personnel 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 (5)4.5.2 4.5.2 (5)4.5.2 4.5.2 (5)4.5.2 4.5'(6)4.5.2 (>)4.5.2 (1)Technician I-Engineering Technician I-Radiation Control Technician II-Radiation Control Technician I-Environmental and Chemistry Technician II-Environmental and Chemistry Technician I-Traveling Radiation Technician,II
-Traveling Radiation Technician I-Regulatory Compliance Technician
-gA Technical Aide-Security Technical Aide" Fire Protection
()denotes number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.1.8-12


SlQIPP FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (cont'd)Operators, Technicians-Maintenance 4'.2 (7)4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 (5)4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 (5)4.5.3 4.5'.2 (4)4.F 1.2 (4)4.5.1.1 (4)4.5.1~1 (3)4.5.1.1 (3)4.5.2 (7)Technical Aide-Training Technician I-Maintenance Technician I-I&C Technician II-I&C Electrician I Planner Analyst Senior Mechanic Mechanic I Mechanic II Painter and Pipe Coverer Senior Control Operator Control Operator Auxiliary Operator Control Operator-Radvaste Auxiliary Operator-Radwaste Draftsmen ()denotes number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.1.8-13
FLi~AL DRAFF I CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS                                                        SHNF P
                                                                            ~Ri!S)~N BASES                                                                      JUL    8%
As a  result of this redundancy in cooling capability, the allowable out-of-service time requirements for the Containment Fan Coolers have been appropri-ately adjusted. However, the allowable out-of-service time requirements for the Containment. Spray System have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment since the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere.
3/4. 6. 3 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES The OPERABILITY  of the containment isolation valves ensures that the containment atmosphere  will be isolated          from the outside environment in the event of a release of radioactive material to the containment atmosphere or pressurization of the containment and is consistent with the requirements of General Design Criteria 54 through 57 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50. Containment isolation within the time limits specified for those isolation valves designed to close automatically ensures that the release of radioactive material to the environ-ment will be consistent with the assumptions used in the analyses for a LOCA.
3/4.6.4   COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONTROL The OPERABILITY    of the equipment and systems required for the detection and control of hydrogen gas ensures that this equipment will be available to main-ment Following a    LOCA,'e VACUUI4 RELIE  SP'/4.6.6
                                    'l tain the hydrogen concentration within containment below its flaaeable limit during post-LOCA conditions."'ither recombiner unit is capable of controlling the expected hydrogen generation associated with: (1) zirconium-water reactions, (2) radiolytic decomposition of water, and (3) corrosion of metals within con-tainment, This hydrogen control system is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.7,
                                      . 2, of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Contain-ovember 1978.
The OPERABILITY    of the primary containment to atmosphere vacuum relief valves ensures that the containment internal pressure does not become more negative than -1.93 psig. This condition is necessary to prevent exceeding the con-tainment design    limit for internal          vacuum of -2 psig.
SHEARON HARRIS  - UNIT 1                     B 3/4 6-4


CPBc.L Coxnxnents 8NPP Proof and Review Technical 8 pecif ication s Record Number: 743 LCO Number: 6.05.03.01 Section Number: 6.5.3.1 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 6-11 CHANGE THE LAST SENTENCE OF THE PARAGRAPH TO READ AS FOLLOWS: They shall also evaluate all CP&L LER's for their potential applicability to other CP&L units.Basis SEE ITEM 744 THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED TO ACCURATELY REFLECT THE EXACT ORGANIZATION THAT PERFORMS THE VARIOUS REVIEWS.ALL ITEMS MENTIONED IN THE FINAL DRAFT ARE STILL COVERED%BUT HAVE BEEN MOVED TO, THEIR PROPER PLACE.
Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: EP        Su/li"a>> >g Elllon    Q.harm.ej)    ~
ADMI NI STRATI VE CONTROLS SHNP t'ESPONSIBILITIES Continued b.Provide written notification within 24 hours to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services of disagreement between the PNSC and the Plant General Manager.However, the Plant General Manager shall have responsibility for resolution of such disagreements pursuant to Specification 6.1.1.RECORDS 6.5.2.8 The PNSC shall maintain written minutes of each PNSC meeting that, at a minimum, document the results of all PNSC activities performed under the responsibility provisions of these Technical Specifications.
page: $  -a/q 7- f Comment   Date:   g/jP t, Comment:
Copies shall be provided to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.6.5.3 CORPORATE NUCLEAR SAFETY SECTION FUNCTION 6.5.3.1 The Corporate Nuclear Safety Section (CNSS}of the Nu'clear Suety and Environmental Services Oepartment shall function to provide independen~eview of plant changes, tests, and procedures; verify that REPORTABLE EVENTS ice in-vestigated in a timely manner and corrected in a manner that reduces the proba-bility of recurrence of such events;and detect trends that may not be apparent 1 I I I Pl II AR+htcw pafcarf(gil Appllaabfll@
The  visual inspection frequency is based upon maintaining a constant level of snubber  protection to each safety-related system during an earthquake or severe transient. Therefore, the required ins ection interval varies inversely with the observed snubber failures n a sven                and is determined by the number of inoperable snubbers found during an snspec son            eac s s e      In order to establish the-inspection frequency for each type of snubber n a safety-re a e e    it  was assumed that the frequency of snubber failures and >n> ia sng f            b could cause the system to be unprotected and to result in failure during an assumed initiating event.     Inspections performed before that interval has SHEARON HARRIS   - VNIT 1             B 3/4 7"4 Resolution                                            Basis Resolution Acce ted:
~++OIL CP~Quefg, ORGANIZATION 6.5.3.2 The individuals assigned respons'ibility for independent reviews shall be technically qualified in a specified technical discipline or disciplines.
iigc    R.M                                  CPSL Date:                                        Date:
These individuals shall collectively have the experience and competence required to review activities in the following areas: ah b.C.d.e, g.h.l.Jo k.Nuclear power plant operations, Nuclear engineering, Chemistry and radiochemistry, Metallurgy, Instrumentation and control, Radiological safety, Hechanical and electrical engineering, Adiinistrative controls, guaHty assurance practices, Nondestructive testing, and Other appropriate fields associated with the unique characteristics.
SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 6-11


CPRL Coznxnents c(~.'NPP Proof and Review Technical 8 pecif>catstone Re<.ord Number: 745 LCO Number: 6.05.03.09 Sect ion Number: 6.5.3.9.e Comment: Comment Type.'MPROVEMENT Page Number: 6-13 IN THE SECOND LINF.DELETE THE WORD"AND".REWORD THE LAST LINE TO THE FOLLOWING:
0 CP Bc.L Coxnxnenta                                          gK HNPP Proof and Bevierv'ech nical S Pecif ication 8 Record Number:    767                  Comment  Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  FIRE PROTECTION          Page Number:  VAR IOUS ,
...plant safety-related structures, systems, or components which require written notification to the commission.
Section Number:    FIRE PROTECTION Comment:                                                                  yv'/q 7-~7-e~ .~'!
Basis THE DELETION OF THE WORD"AND" IS A GRAMMATICAL CORRECTION.
DELETE-THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER  THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.                                  '/q Q-'13 fl>i~ 7 ~
THE ADDITION OF THE WORDS"SAFETY"RELATED" IS TO PROVIDE GREATER SPECIFICITY TO THE REQUIREMENT.
                                                                    ):  i~
AND, THE CHANGE TO THE END OF THE SENTENCE IS FOR CONSISTENCY WITH THE WORDING OF ANSI N18."I AND WITH THE WORDING OF BOTH THE ROBINSON AND BRUNSWICK TECH SPECS.CPS L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM IN THIS AREA AND IT 1S NECESSARY THAT THERE BE CONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE VARIOUS PLANTS.THIS CHANGE PROVIDES THAT INTERNAL CONSISTENCY AS WELL AS BEING IN CONFORMANCE TO THE APPLICABLE STANDARD.  
Basis                                                                  C-/
PER  PREVIOUS CP&L LETTERS  NLS-86-188  DATED JUNE 4>
1986  AND  NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22,  1986.
 
SHNPP PLANT SYSTEHS
                                                                'EVISIO<
rII<II,LO          F gg        186 BASES SEALEO SOURCE CQNTAHINATION      Continued limitation will    ensure  that leakage from Byproduct, Source,              and Special Nuclear Haterial sources will not exceed allowable intake values.
Sealed sources    are classified into three groups according to their use, with Surveillance, Requirements commensurate with the probability of damage to a source in that group. Those sources that are frequently handled are required to be tested more often than those that are not. Sealed sources that are con-tinuously enclosed within a shielded mechanism (i.e., sealed-sources within radiation monitoring or boron measuring devices) are considered to be stored and need not be tested unless they are removed from the shielded mechanism.
3/4.7.1O sup    ssion capability is available to confine and extinguish fires o~arring .
in any      tion of the facility where safety-related equipment is locate, The Fire Suppr      ion System consists of the fire protection water supply ariiK dis-tribution sys          preaction and multicycle sprinkler systems, fire hose stations, and yard fire hy        ts. The collective capability of the Fire Suppression Sys-tems is adequate to m 'mize potential damage to safety-related equipment and is a major element in th        cility Fire Protection Program.
In the event that portions of t          ire Suppression Systems are inoperable, alternate backup fire-fighting equi            t is required to be made available in the affected areas until the inoperable          uipment is restored to service. When the inoperable fire-fighting equipment is              nded for use as a backup means of fire suppression, a longer period of time is a              d to provide an alternate means of fire fighting than if the inoperable equ              nt is the primary means of fire  suppression.
The  Surveillance Requirements provide assurance that the a)n                        OPERABILITY requirements of the Fire Suppression Systems are met.
In the event the Fire Suppression Water System becomes inoperable,                    imme  'e 3/4. 7. 11 ensures    t a                e confined
                                    '      or adequately retarded from spreading to adjacent po~tions of the                          design features minimize the possi-bility of    a single fire rapidly involving                              of the, facility prior to detection    and extinguishing of the fire.      The  fire          a              tions are SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1              B  3/4 7-6
 
PLANT SYSTEMS BASES dampe          considered functional when the visually observed condition is the same as    the  a          ned condition. For those fire barrier penetrations that are  not  in  the  as"des        ondition, an evaluation shall be performed to show that the modification has no ,              ed the fire rating of the fire barrier penetration.
Ourfng periods of time when a barrier is not functio                ther:  (1) a contin-uous fire watch is required to be maintained in the vicinity                    affected barrier, or (2} the fire detectors        on  at least one  side of the affe            rier 3/4. 7. 12  AREA TEMPERATURE MONITORING The area temperature limitations ensure          that safety-related equipmen~ll not be subjected to temperatures in excess          of their environmental qualifiC&ion temperatures.        Exposure to excessive temperatures    may degrade  equipment and can cause a loss of its OPERABILITY. The temperature            limits do not  include an allowance for instrument errors.
3.4.7.13      ESSENTIAL SERVICES CHILLEO WATER SYSTEM The OPERABILITY        of the Emergency Service Chilled Water System ensures that sufficient cooling capacity is available for continued operation of safety related equipment during normal and accident conditions. The redundant cooling capacity of this system, assuming a single failure, is consistent with the assumptions      used  in the safety analyses.
SHEARON HARRIS      -  UNIT 1            B  3!4 7-7
 
CPS',L Coxnmenta S~pp      px-oof and Review Technical Specifications I
1 Record Number:    771                  Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  B 3/4.08.01              Page Number:  B  3/4 8-1 Section Number:      B  3/4.8.1 Comment:
IN  THE SECOND  LINE OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH> CHANGE "five"  TO  "six".
Basis ANOTHER TRANSMISSION    LINE HAS RECENTLY BEEN PLACED INTO SERVICE.
 
3/4.8    ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS                      AR~lS)C "~
i(iNL BASES 3/4.8.1, 3/4.8.2      AND  3/4.8.3    A.C. SOURCES  D.C. SOURCES  AND ONSITE POWER ISTRIBU ION The OPERABILITY      of the A.C. and D.C power sources and associated distribution systems  during operation ensures that sufficient power will be available to supply the safety-related equipment required for: (1) the safe shutdown of the facility, and (2) the mitigation and control of accident conditions within the facility.      Th'e minimum    specified independent      and redundant A.C. and D.C. power sources and      distribution    systems  satisfy the requirements of    General Design Criterion    17  of Appendix    A to  10 CFR    Part 50.
                        ~ 5/)(
The currently has      ~
switchyard is)designed using a breaker-and-a-half scheme. The switchyard connections with the CPAL transmission network; each of these transmission lines is physically independent. The switchyard has one connection with each of the two Startup Auxiliary Transformers and each SAT can be fed directly from an associated offsite transmission line. The Startup Auxiliary Transformers are the preferred power source for the Class lE ESF buseg, . The minimum alignment of offsite power sources will be maintained such thA ..at least two physically independent offsite circuits are available. The cally independent circuits may consist of any two of the incoming transmission
                                                                                    ~    physi-lines to the SATs (either through the switchyard or directly) and into the Class 1E system.        As long as there are at least two transmission lines in ser-vice and two circuits through the SATs to the Class lE buses, the LCO is met.
During    MODES 5 and 6, the Class 1E buses can be energized from the offsite transmission net work via a combination of the main transformers, and unit auxiliary transformers. This arrangement may be used to satisfy the require-ment    of  one  physically independent circuit.
The ACTION      requirements    specified for the levels of degradation of the      power sources provide      restriction    upon continued    facility operation  commensurate with the level of degradation.          The OPERABILITY      of the power sources are consistent with the initial condition assumptions of the safety analyses and are based upon maintaining at least one redundant set of onsite A.C. and D.C. power sources and associated distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions coin-cident with an assumed loss-of-offsite power and single failure of the other onsite A.C. source. The A.C. and D.C. source allowable out-of-service times .
are based on Regulatory Guide 1.93, "Availability of Electrical Power Sources,"
December 1974. When one diesel generator is inoperable, there is an additional ACTION requirement to verify that all required systems, subsystems, trains, components and devices, that depend on the remaining OPERABLE dieseT generato~
as a source of emergency power, are also OPERABLE, This requirement is intended to provide assurance that a loss-of-offsite power event will not result in a complete loss of safety function of critical systems during the period one of the diesel generators is inoperable. The term, verify, as used in this context means to administratively check by examining logs or other information to determine if certain components are out-of-service for maintenance or other reasons. It does not mean to perform the Surveillance Requirements needed to demonstrate the OPERABILITY of the component.
SHEARON HARRIS      -  UNIT 1                B  3/4 8-1
 
oui
                          .." ".".'CPRL-: Coxnxne nt s
'NPP Proof and. Review Technical Syecif ication s Record Number:    '740                        Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  ,B 3/4.08;Ol.                '.Page Number:  B  3/4 8-1
  . Section Number:  ~ B  3/4 8.1 Comment:
IN THE IAST'PARAGRAPH OF THE PAGE)        DELETE THE PHRASE "AND THAT THE STEAM DRI'VEN        AUXILIARY
            ':FEEDWATER'PUMP      IS OZPRABLE."
Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED        F R CONSIS    CY WITH THE ACTION SThTEMENT OF      '3.8.1  l.      IRECTED BY MR.
J.T. BEARD OF THE NRC) THE REQUIREMENT THAT THE STEAM DRIVEN AUXIIIARY FZEDWATER. PUMP BE OPERABLE WAS CHANGED TO PROVIDE DIRECTION ONLY IF ALL THREE FEEDWATER PUMPS ARE INOPERABLE.
 
s~  iu ~ ~    t'((NL 3/4.8    ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS BASES 3/4.8.1, 3/4.8.2      AND      3/4.8.3  A.C. SOURCES  D.C. SOURCES AND ONSITE POWER Dl 5 RI 0 10N The OPERABILITY      of the A.C. and D.C power sources and associated distribution systems  during operation ensures that sufficient power will be available to supply the safety-related equipment required for: (1) the safe shutdown of the facility, and (2) the mitigation and control of accident conditions within the facility.      The minimum        specified independent    and redundant A.C. and D.CD power sources and      distribution        systems  satisfy the requirements of    General Design Criterion    17  of Appendix        A to  10 CFR  Part 50.
currently has      ~      5/P'he switchyard is)designed using a breaker-and-a-half scheme. The switchyard connections with the CPEL transmission network; each of these transmission lines is physically independent, The switchyard has one connection with each of the two Startup Auxiliary Transformers and each SAT can be fed directly from an associated offsite transmission line. The Startup Auxiliary Transformers are the preferred power source for the Class lE ESF buseg.. The minimum alignment of offsite power sources will be maintained such thR,.at least two physically independent offsite circuits are available. The @go physi-cally independent circuits may consist of any two of the incoming transmission lines to the SATs (either through the switchyard or directly) and into the Class 1E system.        As long as there are at least two transmission lines in ser-vice and two circuits through the SATs to the Class 1E buses, the LCO is met.
During    MODES 5 and 6, the Class lE buses can be energized from the offsite transmission net work via a combination of the main transformers, and unit auxiliary transformers. This arrangement may be used to satisfy the require-ment    of  one  physically independent circuit.
The ACTION      requirements specified for the levels of degradation of the power sources provide restriction upon continued facility operation commensurate with the level of degradation.              The OPERABILITY of the po~er sources are consistent with the initial condition assumptions of the safety analyses and are based upon maintaining at least one redundant set of onsite A.C. and D.C. power sources and associated distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions coin-cident with an assumed loss-of-offsite power and single failure of the other onsite A.C. source. The A.C. and D.C. source allowable out-of-service times .
are based on Regulatory Guide 1.93, "Availability of Electrical Power Sources,"
December 1974.        When one diesel generator is inoperable, there is an additional ACTION    requirement to verify that all required systemssystems.                  ~rains, components and devices, that depend on the rem 'i.ag OPERABLE dieseT generato as a source of emergency power, are also OPE BLE This req                        provide assurance that a loss-of-offsite power event will not result in a complete loss of safety function of critical systems during the period one of the diesel generators is inoperable. The term, verify, as used in this context means to administratively check by examining logs or other information to determine                  if certain components are out-of-service for maintenance or other reasons. It does not mean to perform the Surveillance Requirements needed to demonstrate the OPERABILITY of the component.
SHEARON HARRIS      -  UNIT 1                    B  3/4 8-1
 
CI )
CP Bc.L Comment a
~HNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:    736                  Comment  Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:    B 3/4.08.01.01          Page  Number:  B  3/4 8-2 Section Number:    B  3/4.8.1.1 Comment:
IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH OF THE PAGE,    CHANGE  "IN ACCORDANCE WITH" TO    BASED UPON".
Basis THE LATEST NRC STAFF GUIDANCE WAS PROVIDED FOR THE SHNPP DIESEL SPECIFICATION. THIS GUIDANCE DIFFERS IN SOME DETAILS FROM THAT PROVIDED IN REG GUIDE 1,108.
gIi
( ql
 
ELECTRICAL  POWER    SYSTEMS p~g~~iWh'I 586 IM BASES A.C. SOURCES. D.C. SOURCES  AMD ONSITE POWER DISTRIBUTION    Continued The OPERABILITY      of the minimum specified A.C. and D.C. power sources and asso-ciated distribution systems during shutdown and refueling ensures that: (1) the
                      'he facility can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended time periods, and (2) sufficient in            entation and control capability is available for moni          ~g~~usmc&  aining tte unit s4Wus.
                                                          ~~~          F( C
                                                    )
The  Surveill  nce Requirements    for demonstr ting the OP RABILI Y f the diesel generators    a e                            r ommendations of Regulatory Guides l. 9, "Selection    o      iesel Generator        pacity for Standby Power Supplies,"
December 1979;        .
                              "    >c Testing. of Diesel Generator Units Used as Onsite Electric Power Systems at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, August 1977 as modified in accordance with the guidance of IE Notice 85-32, April 22, 1985; and 1. 137, "Fuel-Oil Systems for Standby Diesel Generators," Revision 1, October 1979.
The  Surveillance Requirement for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the Station batteries are    based on the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1. 129, Mainte-nance Testing,and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants," February 1978, and IEEE Std 450-1980, "IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations."
Verifying average electrolyte temperature        above the minimum for which the battery was sized, total battery terminal        voltage on float charge, connection resistance values, and the performance of        battery service and discharge tests ensures the effectiveness of the charging        system, the ability to handle high discharge rates, and compares the battery          capacity at that time with the rated capacity.
Table 4.8-2 specifies the normal limits for          each designated'pilot cell and each connected cell for electrolyte level, float          voltage, and specific gravity. The limits for the designated pilot cells float          voltage and specific gravity, greater than 2. 13 volts and 0.015 below the          manufacturer's full charge specific gravity or a battery charger current that had stabilized at a low value, is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. The normal limits for each connected cell for float voltage and specific gravity, greater than 2. 13 volts and not more than 0.020 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity with an average specific gravity of all the connected cells not more than 0.010 belo~ the manufacturer's ful'1 charge specific gravity, ensures the OPERABILITY and 'capability of the battery.
Operation with a battery cell's parameter outside the normal limit but within the allowable value specified in Table 4.8-2 is permitted for up to 7 days.
During this 7-day period: (1) the allowable values for electrolyte level ensures no physical damage to the plates with an adequate electron transfer capability; (2) the allowable value for the average specific gravity of all the cells, not more than 0.020 below the manufacturer's recommended full charge specific gravity, ensures that the decrease in rating will be less than the safety SHEARON HARRIS      -  UNIT 1            B 3/4 8-2
 
4 I
lh
 
CP8c L Coxnxnenta HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:    741                Comment  Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  B 3/4.08.04            Page  Number:  B  3/4 8-3 Section Number:    B  3/4 .8.4 Comment:
IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH) DELETE ALL REFERENCES    TO FUSES PER THE ATTACHED MARKUP.
Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY DUE  TO THE CHANGE PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY THE NRC WHICH DELETED SURVEILLANCE TESTING OF FUSES. WHEN THE CHANGE WAS MADE TO THE SURVEILLANCESI THE BASES CHANGES WERE INADVERTANTLY MISSED.
 
ELECTRICAL  POWER  SYSTEMS
:","-.',:FINAL D                FT 85"  .
BASES A.C. SOURCES, D.C. SOURCES  AND ONSITE POWER DISTRIBUTION Continued margin provided in sizing; (3) the allowable value for an individual cell's specific gravity, ensures that an individual cell's specific gravity will not be more than 0.040 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity and that the overall capability of the battery will be maintained within an accept-able limit; and (4) the allowable value for an individual cell's float voltage, greater than 2.07 volts, ensures the battery's capability to perform its design function.
3/4.8.4    ELECTRICAL  E UIPMENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Containment    electrical penetrations and penetration conductors are protected by either deenergizing circuits not required during reactor operation or by demon-strating the OPERABILITY of primary and backup overcurrent protection circuit breakers during periodic surveillance.
The Surveillance Requirements applicable to lower voltage circuit breakers 4wea provide assurance of breaker ea4akeee reliability by testing at gast one representative sample of each manufacturer's brand of circuit breaker aa44er
                                                                                ~
feee    Each manufacturer's molded case and metal case circuit breakers end~
%wee are grouped into representative samples which are then tested on a rotat-and  treat purposes.
each group as a separate  type of breaker ~~      for surveil'lance The bypassing    of the motor-operated valves thermal overload protection during accident conditions by integral bypass devices ensures that safety-related valves will not be prevented from performing their function. The Surveillance Require-ments for demonstrating'the bypassing of the thermal overload protection during accident conditions are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.106, "Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor Operated Valves," Revision 1, March 1977.
SHEARON HARRIS    - UNIT 1            B 3/4 8-3
 
CF'ScL Cnmmmnt a F'in',l I
RHNF'F"                    De-aa+4 Teec=Ani.c=ml R~eemk+ic=eat'.inn Re~or d WumL>er:      737                  Comment Type-  ERROR LCO    Number:    5. 07. 01                Page Number:  5-8 Sec t. i on Number:    TABLE 5. 7- l Comment:
IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE ",625 F" TO "Greater than 320 F but 1ess than 625 F."
Bdsl s THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS    MORE A(:CURATE. THE CYCLE  IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE RANGE
                >320 F TO <625 F. ACTUATION BELOW 320 F DOES HOT APPLY TO TH1S CYCLIC    LIMIT.
6Q p/1 7
 
CP8c,L    Comxnents RHNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:    737                  Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  5.07.01                  Page Number:  5-8 Section Number:    TABLE  5.7-1 Comment:
IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE ",625 F" TO "Greater than 320 F  but less than 625 F."
Basis THIS CHANGE    1S REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS MORE CCURATE ~   THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE RANGE 20 F T    )  0 F.
                              ~  ACTUATION BELOW 320 F DOES NOT APPLY TO      IS CYCLIC LIMIT.
                                        ~
lg yN(~
 
TABLE 5.7-1 tll m                                    COMPONENT CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT  LIMITS CD CYCLIC OR                            DESIGN CYCLE COMPONENT                  TRANSIENT LIMIT                          OR TRANSIENT Reactor Coolant System  200 heatup cycles    at < 100'F/h          Heatup cycle -    "T      from  <  200"f and 200 cooldown    cycles at                to  >  550'F.
                            < 100 F/h.                                   Cooldown  cycle -    T      from
                                                                          >  550'F to  <  200  F 200  pressurizer cooldown cycles            Pressurizer cooldown cycle at  <  200 F/h.                              temperatures    from    > 650'F to
                                                                          <  200'F.
200 loss  of load cycles, without          > 15K    of RATED THERMAL POWER          to iaeediate Turbine or Reactor trip.          OX of RATED THERMAL POWER.
c  3) Q) 40 cycles of loss-of-offsite                Loss-of-of fs i te A.C. el ectri ca A.C. electrical power.                      ESF    Electrical    System.
1      r  gX
                                                                                                                                ~n~.
80  cycles of loss of flow in reactor coolant loop.
400 Reactor    trip cycles.
one        Loss coolant 10'o of only pump.
OX  of one  reactor RATED THERMAL POWER.
I  5D
                                                                                                                                ~~
10  auxiliary spray                        Spray water temperature          differential actuation cycles.                          ~ 4egjQQQ. Cea<g  nable ~F      e~r CZARS  ma~ C'Z+g 200 leak  tests.                          Pressurized to      >  2485  psig.
d~
10  hydrostatic pressure tests.            Pressurized to      > 3107    psig.
Secondary Coolant System 1 steam  line break.                      Break in a    > 6-inch steam line.
10  hydrostatic pressure tests.    "i '"    Pressurized to      >  1481  psig.
 
CPScL    Comments SHNPP      Final Dra ft Technical Specif ication R~~cor d Number:  737                  Comment Type-  EPROR LCO  Number:    5.07.01                  Page Number:  5-8 Section Number:      TABLE 5.7-1 Comment:
IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE RFACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE ".625 F" TO "Greater than
            ''20 F but less than 625 F."
Basl s THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED TO    MAKE THE SPECS NORE ACCURATE. THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE PANGE
:-~20 F TO <625 F. ACTUATION BELOlj 20 F DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS CYCLIC  LIMIT~
 
                                                                                                                  ~M TABLE 5.7-1                                                  0)+
COMPONENT CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT  LIMITS CYCLIC OR                            DESIGN CYCLE COMPONENT                    TRANSIENT LIMIT                          OR TRANSIENT Reactor Coolant Sp'stem  200 heatup cycles      at  < 1004F/h        Heatup cycle -T          from    . 200"T and 200 conldown      cycles at              to  >  550'F.
100"F/h                                  Cooldown cycle - T          from
                                                                      > 550 F to < 200 F. g 200    pressurizer cooldown cycles          Pressurizer cooldown cycle at  <  200'F/h.                            temperatures      from  > 650  F  to
                                                                      <  200'F.
200 loss    of load cycles, without        >  15K  of  RATED THERMAL POWER        to immediate Turbine or Reactor        trip. OX  of  RATED lHERMAL POWER.
40 cycles of loss-of-offsite                Loss-of-offsite A.C. electrical A. C. electrical power.                      ESF Electrical System.
80  cycles of loss of flow in      one      Loss  of only    one  reactor reactor coolant loop.                        coolant    pump.
400 Reactor      trip cycles.                100'o      (C  of  RATED THERMAL POWER.
10  auxiliary spray actuation cycles.                            ~~
Spray water temperature differential pKc<4cn +h*~ 32o4F'~t less        +>< 4~~
200    leak tests.                          Pressurized to      > 2485  psig.
lO  hydrostatic pressure tests.            Pressurized to      > 3107  psig.
Secondary Coolant System  1  steam  line break.                      Break in    a >  6-inch steam line.
10  hydrostatic pressure tests.            Pressurized      to  > 1481  psig.
 
C',P8c.L  Comxnents                          8 NPP     Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:
LCO  Number:
767 FIRE PROTECTION Comment Page Type:
Number:  VARIOUS  ~
IMPROVEMENT v~
Section Number:    FIRE PROTECTION Comment:
DELETE THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER  THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.
Basis PER  PREVIOUS CPE L LETTERS  NLS-86-188 DATED  JUNE  4, 1986  AND  NLS-86-230  DATED JULY  22, 1986.
 
SHNPP REV)SlON I'Il&L UN          i
: 6. 0    AOMINISTRAT I VE CONTROLS
: 6. 1  RESPONSIBILITY 6.1.1      The Plant General    Manager shall be responsible for overall unit opera-tion    and shall delegate      in writing the succession to this responsibility dur-ing his absence.
: 6. 1.2 The Shift Foreman (or, during his absence from the control room, a
'designated individual) shall be responsible for the control room command func-tion. A management directive to this effect, signed by the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project shall be reissued to all station personnel on an annual basis.
: 6. 2    ORGANIZATION OFF SITE 6.2. 1    The offsite organization    for'nit management  and technical support shall    be as shown in Figure 6.2-1.
UNIT STAFF 6.2.2      The  unit organization shall    be as shown  in Figure 6.2-2 and:
Each  on-duty  shift shall  be composed of at least the  minimum shift crew composition shown    in Table 6.2-1;
: b. At least one licensed Operator shall be in the control room when fuel is in the reactor. In addition, while the unit is in MOOE 1, 2, 3, or 4, at least one licensed Senior Operator shall be in the control room; C. An  individual qualified as a Radiation Control Technician" shall    be ~
on  site when fuel is in the reactor;
: d. All  CORE ALTERATIONS shall be observed and directly supervised by either a licensed Senior Operator or licensed Senior Operator Limited to Fuel Handling who has no other concurrent responsibilities during this operation; 4yld T
* the minimum requirements for a period of time not to exceed 2 hours, in order to accommodate unexpected absence, provided immediate action is taken to        fill the required positions.
SHEARON HARRIS      - UNIT 1                6-1
 
CP Bc.L Coxnmenta HNPP    Px-oog    and Review Technical                  S pecif ication Record Number:    772                  Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  6.02.01                  Page Number:  6-3 Section Number:    FIGURE 6.2-1 Comment:
DELETE THE BLOCK FOR "MANAGER ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION SERVICES". ALSO, REMOVE THE "s" FOR THE TITLE OF THE MANAGER FUEL"S" DEPARTMENT, Basis THESE CHANGES ARE TO CORRECT            PHICAL ERR AND TO DELETE A POSITION WHICH NO LONGER      STS WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION i~'~"'
(~, r.<W J
 
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CIIAWRIAWPR(5  tel ND IMFf IKOIIIVC<If KfR f(IROP (IKCIIIIrf VKfPRf SRKNI SCCA YK( IR( SlaNf                    S(IAal VKfPRI SKCNf              ISANAaR Car(SIAI(
I%%RAIIOIISSIP@M f                    IRK(CAR It(ICRAIIOI              QIAII I r ASSIAt AtKC IIAIIAI&#xc3;RIRK( (AR SAI firI      IIANAaRIICI/PIPARII5511                                        I  ~      IIANAaROA SIRVKt S fIhMOPKWfAL %RYKC5 W(t PR(SKI NI CP(RAf CXIS                                            IIANAaa Iultaw aIAlnr IRAROKt                          IIAIIAQR IRK(CAR                                      t
                                                                                                ~ I ANI CONS IRUC IIDW IIANAC(RIACl I AR                                                IIANAaR CPCR A IKPIIOAt0(
IRAINPfS SI( IKPI VICC PRCSICCNT        IAKI(AR tl404(RPKt AIKILKIHSRKt IIANArCR ICX(fAR 5 IAII SaP(51        f OFFSIT E
    ~O~O~O~O~O            ~ OO ~ O    ~ O ~ O ~ OOO ~ ~ O ~ O ~ O      ~ ~ O ~ OO ~ OO ~ OO ~ O ~ OO ~ O ~ OOO ~ O ~ O ~ O ~ ~ OO ~ O ~ O OHQTE                                                                                                                          OO((IS OA4C RPICC I(%                            VKC PR(SCKN1 aolf 5 ICKLCAR 5Alffr    1      IWSIIS IPAPINILPRf                  NMRIS IRK(CAR PROXCf                  IIARRIS ILANf PL ANI aIK5 % ISAIIAaR                    alKR AL ISAIIAaR CIKt0%      (R IWIAaR A(POOSIRA 1 KPI                    alKPAL Ituslaa IO t 5laK cow(f IKw f Mle
  ~ " ~~ ~ "- LRCSa CCPPCPNCAIKPI                          IIANAaRPLAN%+ 5 AaPNrf IPAIIV/ aH'tAIR(AIPW                        CIWIRIR
                                                                                                        ~
tt
                                                                                                    ,c $
f 6.2"1              'IGURE OFF SITE ORGANIZATION
 
CPScL      Camment.a RHNP'P'            fnN3. g}t ~44 VREHRX.&&X 5pBG+4+gQQ+g                          p~
Recur d Number:          791                    Cr}m%~e>>t. Tyoe:    ERRQR LCQ hlu>>~L    er:    6. 02. 0 i                Paae Number:      6-3 Ser l  i c>>'i hfu(Aber:    i F GUPE  6. 2-1 Cei>>r>>eu L:
Cl<<:ANB'HE F:BUR~      PER THE ATTACHED.
  &a.,6l. 5
: Hi S f1AR!'UP REFLLCTS RECENTLY AhlNQUflCED CHA! lBES    i h!
THE CORPORATE SfRUCTUfiE QF CP~L.
Jg, t
                                "~P  '"    ~..',      dh'4 3C VP 9(
ir  ~k
 
CORPORATE ORGAN1 ZAT ION OQ OIIAIStttfCCIII Ate ISICS I VICLIIIVCOIKIA
                                                                                        '.KIOCO  lICCltfIVC VICf ttCSCKIII Itt 5tlC% VKf SCS III                        SIIACO VKI AAISCXNf            ~ IAVACIA CIOIIOAIt IVCNAIKWS SIPVVIAI                        ~ AtttAAUIOAAICN                OIAAIIIASIAtiA~I IMIIACCAILKLCAA    SAtttVS                                                                                  IIAIIA4C~ OA Sl AVKI 5 fIIVNOttldAL SISVICC 5 IWQN5 CIIIS              VKC    ttt ftllIIMSAICWS                                                  IIAAIACtatulfaimOAAIIIV
                                                                                                                                                                  )
IAAMN'Af    CWW      A            IIAIIAQ0 IAKLCAO
                                                                                                            ~ I AllI COCII AIKI CW IIAIIACCOIS  tlI M                                                  IMAIACI1 OCTA I  ttlfOAAX IAAMICitlC IIOI IIIAiiAfSA Q&ALLAIL                                                                                      VKC  ttfSCC IIIIAKIIAO
  - L Se~ft>>                                                                                        CMAECAVC'iAICI ItINltti IIAIIAI4%
ISKLCAO SI Aft SOVOII CFF SIN
              ~ 11 ~ 10 ~ tttt    ~ Ott        ~ 0 ~ ~ 0000 ~ 011 ~ 0 ~        ~ 0 ~ 000140 ~            ttttt          ~ 04 ~  10 ~ 1                            ~~
VICC  ttlSKKIIf IeflfAASAffff WC'ttlff IIAIAIS IAAIQQLSOf                      ILAKSISISKLt AA IOOKC    I SLAHI QIKSALIIAIIAStt                        SCION AL tIUCACCO C  INC tt t%
IIAILASI0 Aft%0% IO 5 IIOI                    rtmALIINIaua IILI 5IOK COSTI IKII
            ~  "- -
                  ~  LOOSOI CO+LAOCAIIOI                        I IAIIASC0tLANCKig AOttSIAAIIVCCOOAISIAISVI                            CIVIIAlt FIGURE        6.2-1 OFF SITE        ORGANI EATIOH
 
Shearon  Harris Technical Specifications Re<olution of Staff Comments crt gt astor: tcL$  &c IIc m Comment Cate:      g/g/tti Comment:
1g'e find the Qh-related material              in Section 6.0 acceptable except, that.
the organizational positions for the positions of the blanager gA Services and Manager Quality Check in Technical Specifications figure 6.2-1 are not. shown in FSAR Figures 17. 2, 1-1 or 17. 2. 1-2.                Also, these positions are not described in FSAR Section 17.2, "Quality Assurance During The Operations Phase."                      Consequently, in order to assure compatability between the technical specifications and FSAR Section D.2, the posit,ion descriptions should be indicated in the appropriate figures and accurately described in t,he FSAR.
.                    Resolution Figure G.2-1 of Tcc'h Spec should be revised to delete the 1.
Basis The Manager ttnatecy Check does noc perform any functions or have re-sponsibilities requfrsd by the QA Manager'uality Check, Program.
: 2. The Manager QA Services is shown dn PSAR Figures 17.2.1-1 .and                            2. The Tech Spec Figure  6,2-1 shows the 17.2.1-2 and is described on page                            QA organfaatfon at license,fssue 17.2.1-6,    first paragraph, Me,                            (Tach Spec affective date) which assume  your comment mean't.to                              depicts the shift of the Manager address the Manager Material                                  QA/QC Harris Plant to Yunager Quality. Chapter 17.2 wi11 be re-                            Materfel Quality. Chaprer 1?.2 vised after lfcense issue'o                                  describes the QA organfaatfon at reflect the Manager Material                                  present with the Manager QA/QC Barris Quality. (Note: The Hanager Material Quality is currently functioning as the Manager .QP,/QC contfnue until license i.ssue). The'er Plant functions (these functions will Manager Material Qual"'ty's functions Harris Plant as described .in FSAR                            wQ.1 start Bt licanse issue and Chapter Chapter 17.2.)                                                17.2 will be revised at that time to reflect these  new functions.
                                                                                                            /
Resolution      cce  e:
CP!t Date:                                                    Gate:
 
SHNPP CPBc.L Proof and Review Technical Coxnxnenta S
Ol( ~
pecifications Record Number:  759                  Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:  6.02.02                Page Number:  6-4 Section Number:    FIGURE 6.2-2 Comment:
DELETE THE BLOCK FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE SUPERVISOR WHICH REPORTS TO THE DIRECTOR PROGRAMS PROCEDURES.
Basis THIS POSITION  NO LONGER EXISTS WITHIN THE SHNPP ORGANIZATION.
 
PLANT OAGANlZATION                              It'll
                                                                                          '      h AMI t AR
                                                                                            ~SutlfreSSIIIC
~    SR4SAAIO A MOCfHJtf S ASSIS IAHI  ftAttt Cl IC 1 AL ttAIIAfAR Of SIR A I Otf EEHA  t~f IMIIMil%
ETOf%00%liflt A ttttlCCR                  ISARACCR NAWAIIOIGWNN 0%R ATIOIS            TEOSRCAI. QATAR f SIVS EIOIOO0%IIIAL4    ttlWIE~                            QKRAIIOIS                ClCOftRRO CKIRSNT        SLW RYl%%                        %PCS VISOR                QPCRYIXR SISCRvISOI      Et EC litKAL ENACT KCCIALIST
                                                                                    $ &fCMttlltl EIIVOORCIIIAL L OCISSNV
                              ~ %0%Cf &CCIALIST RAOANW COIN%
RAOATCHICOIN0.
SIPERVISOI AJE IAAYOfCRAIOIS LEGS'OMWS NATIVEOIGAIRIAIIOI
~ """"    LOKSOf COSSMCATIOI
        ~ SEIROI % AE t Ot EICRAT OIS UCEIISE W. SEAEIOIOCRAIOtSLICE~
FIGURE        6.2-2 UNIT ORGANIEATIOH
 
C:PSci  Cummen<m SHNPP            Final Dr a f0 Technical Speci ficat j.one I.:r;r'r <f t lumber:          8'.> 1              Comrnr-; n t, 'T yf r o:    EtiROf':
LL:O    Nurrrhvr:      . b. <)  '. r.r2            Paqr'lubber".              6- 0 Sec, t. ] err r tdurrrbr r:      F I GURE 6-CQrlmN 'l r l lI ON THE F 1 BURE FOR THE PLAllT QRBAt ZAT I ON                -  "DD Tl-lE TI1LF "f-''LANS AND f'RQBfiANS" TO THE TABLE.
Bc.ES1  5 THIS CHANGE IS PURELY AN ADt f I NI STRATI VE CHANGF. IN THAl'ftE 1 I TLE OF THE POSITION OF "PLAN" AND PRUBRAl'fS" I S A NEW POSI TION CREATED WITHIN THE PLANT Of"BANIZAT ION. THE f. SAR IS CURRENTLY BEING REV I SEl;; ANi) WlLL SllOlf THI S NEW POSITION.
                                                ~Vj                              c  s>t~
ggp
 
                                                                ~ 0
~  ~      ~ '
      ~
  ~ ~ Sl
  ~ 1'                                ~    1                                  '
                                                                        ~
I      ~  ~I      '
O''1 1~
                                                            ~ I 1
          ~  '
                                                                                              "~
                                    '                    ~ 5~
                                                                            ~      I    .~
                                                                        ~    1' C
I      ~    ~    '
                                                                    ~0  '      ~  '1'    ~
                                        ~  ~I      ~
                                                      ~
                                        'I'    ~
C C I    ~~
    ~      'it ~
                    ~
                          ~ I 1
                            ~
                                  ~
 
SHNPP FShR Physics and Nuclear Safety      policiesi He is responsible forthe personal revisv of the training <<nd      qualification requirements of the following managers  who  report directly to himp'anager " Operations, Hinager-Haintsnanca, Hanager      -  Environmental and Radiation Control, and Hansgar 27 Technical Support.                                          ri    ns,    thr A~ent-
  ~ responsrbi'li~s".      The  hssiatant Plant Ginaril Hanager reports directly to the Plant General Hanager.
13,1,2.2,3        Plant Programs and Proceduraa      Unit The  Plant Programs ind Procaduzea      Unit provides support functions such  as security, procedure control,      and emergency  preparednessi The  Director Plant Programs and Procedurea provides direct support to the Plant Cenera Hanagar in the ireas of security, emergency preparedness, procedure development and control~ personnel administration and plant administrative coordination) directs plant security planning and activities) directs emergency praparadnasa planning and activt,tiaa at the plant staff 1avdl aupervi pea the preparation, review, approvil and dist ribut ion of plan't procadurea and directives. He is assisted in thpae ggjep u~~~Wecurity Buperviaor~4%8 a HRn or pat(i%1st ~ ~~s
                                                                                --~Pn Emergency Preparedness,        The Director~plant Programs and Procedures reports to the  Plant General    Hanagar  - Harris Fiant The
          ~M<r  ~Ad        -  Ffa.~ W P~ ru,m5      ~'+>
the administrative functions of the plant including incoming correspondence screening and action assignmant; action item/response development and fol o up) outgoing ~op            ogd nce preparation, screening and coordination) pzocadure preparation, review, and approve+
io
~7  The Security Supervisor develops> implements, and maintains a sacuri.ty program which ensures that the security of the plant i ~ maintained in accordance with NRC requirements<      He maintains a close working relationship with Local law enforcement agencies to ensure coaplianca with MRC regulitions. He provides input to the Training Unit so that employees requiring access to tha plant are proparly trained and hedged. He ansuraa that equipment and guards are availsbla and in a state of readinesa. The Senior Specialist - Security is assisted by Technical Aidaa and a contract security 'guard forca. The Security Suparvisor reports to the Director Plant Programs and Procedures The Senior  Specialist - Emergency Preparedness ia responsible for the continuing refine>ant of tha plant Emergency Pieparedness Program which ensures that a "state of raadineas" ia maintained at the plant to copa with any classification of emergancy,        He incorporates the provisions of the plant Emergency Plan in ths program      and  revises the program and related procedures as chsngas  are  made  in  the plant  Emergency  Plan. Be coordinates the training of Technical Support Center participants and the annual Emergency Drilli The Sanior Specialist - Emergency Preparedness reports to tha Director Plant 27  Programs  and Procedures.
 
CP RL Coxnments
  ~ RNPP    Proof and Review Technical Specifications
(
Record Number:     744                Comment Type:  ERROR LCO Number:   6. 02'. 03. 01        Page Number:  6-6 Section Number:      6.2.3.1 Comment:
INSERT IN THE SECOND LINE AFTER "industry advisories" THE FOLLOWING'WORDING ~'(including information forwarded from INFO from their ev'aluation of all industry LER's),
Basis SEE  ITEM 743 THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED TO ACCURATELY REFLECT THE EXACT ORGANIZATION THAT PERFORMS THE VARIOUS REVIEWS'LL ITEMS MENTIONED IN THE FINAL DRAFT ARE STILL COVERED, BUT HAVE BEEN MOVED TO THEIR PROPER PLACE.
 
                                                    ",;.,        FINAL DRAI AOMINISTPATIVE CONTROLS
: 6. 2. 3    ONSITE NUCLEAR SAFETY    ONS  UNIT FUNCTION              (lduubi4D W~~g~41'DRuaRDE'D iW~  ~~    rRa~ P'u4 SNRuar y oS AC DSRfnay gag'C 6.2.3. 1  The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristics, NRC  issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety. The OHS Unit shall make detailed recom-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ-ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to appro-priate levels of management, up to and including the Senior Vice President-Operations Support,      if  necessary.
COMPOSITION 6.2.3.2      The ONS Unit shall be composed'of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site. Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer-ing or related science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.
RESPONSIBILITIES 6.2.3.3      The ONS Unit shall  be  responsible for maintaining surveillance"of unit activities to provide      independent  verification" that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.
RECORDS 6.2.3.4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services, 6.2.4      SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR 6.2.4. 1 The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, reactor engineering, and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit. The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien-tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in the response and analysis of the unit for transients and accidents, and in unit design and,layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.
: 6. 3    UNIT STAFF  UALIFICATIONS 6.3.1 Each member of the unit staff shall meet or exceed the minimum qualifica-tions of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the exceptions and alter-natives noted on    FSAR  pages  1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.17), 1.8-10 (Am.22),
"Not responsible    for sign-off function.
SHEARON HARRIS    - UN'IT 1                  6-6
 
CP8cL Cummen<~
SHNPP              Final Draft Technical Bpeci+icatians
: t. r ~ ~ r V f 'l (5 i ~ ~    1 A)                              Cornrnerrl: Typr".
L    Q t !r. rrrh r.rr      :                                                  P=rqe t lumber:      6-E 8r ;vii
  ""r: "5 i csr! tl~~<<tL" -'r:                          Zc  I!'JDE X i '.>nrlnQ'r DE'T". TH"                    SEC: IQtl a..~. I AND t'!ARK THE SECTIQt! AB "DE!. ETED" .
ALBQ
                      'nUAr QW  PAGE      .",
IFIC'ATIQtlS" TV "D=LE vi i. i CH~Nt IBE "UNIT STAFF
                        'E            IHFQR?!ATION I tl THI S PARABRA."H IS COVERED I tl DETAIL IN 'r+ . FSAR. AS t'1!,rC', t'1QRE t;!JS ii!.-r'z r:EgLrIRt .-
                          'r'- ".t'JBrE ) FQR Pt 'lPrrt v ADt r a EQLEtlr TECH    S=rEC            pg r                                                          ~H  VE RE SQ
                                        ~
                                          .-ICATIQ!i IS HEI!!B DELETED Itd TH" FQR:HCQt'!..hB
                                                        ~
                      ""..F        &>.QUK TECHNICAL BF'E" IFI CA"r'IQ!JB. THIS CHAI'!BE HAB
:-RE'i>IQJSLY DISCUSSED !~JITH tlRR STAFF.
                                                                                                      ~tt t The      applicant proposes to delete Specification 6.3,                                        Staff gualification. The staff finds this proposal acceptable because the staff's Safety Evaluation includes                                    finding of acceptable criteria to be used by the applicant and because changes to these criteria~under the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59>will afford an adequate opportunity for review by the staff.
 
ADNINJSTPATIVE CONTROLS 6.2.3      ONSI      NUCLEAR SAFETY (ON5            UNIT FUNCTION                  (IAICLUEs/AJ4 /Al~gjf)rp~+ pgg~pgE9E  ES pg  ~pg        >CIR Fyitcug+g r>RDucmr ZeW' Og AS.
6.2.3.1        The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristics, NRC  issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety. The ONS Unit shall make detailed recon-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ-ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to appro-priate levels of management, up to and including the 5enior Vice President,-
Operations 5upport,          if  necessary.
COHPOS    I 7 ION
: 6. 2. 3. 2    The ONS  Unit shall be composed of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers        located on site. Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer-ing or related science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.
RESPONSIBILITIES 6.2.3.3        The ONS  Unit shall be responsible for maintaining surveillance of unit activities to provide              independent verification" that .these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.
RECORDS
: 6. 2. 3. 4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.
: 6. 2.4    SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR
'.2.4.1          The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical 'support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, re-ctor engineering, and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit. The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien-tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in in the response and analysis of the unit for transients and accidents, and unit design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.
DELGTEp 6.3 6..1        E      member    f  themhi      staff s+11            et or exceed the minimal qual~i<<
t'ons o the'ep            aher f979          astro Rhs          .1, with the gaeeptsoris Rrio astgr-ative oted o            SAR    pages    .8 4 (Am.2Q      , $ ..8"9 (Am.lQ -1;8-10 (A'm.22).
  "Not respons ib1 e for          s i gn-of f  function.
SHEARON HARRIS        - UN'IT 1                          6-6
 
SHNPP RFViS~OM A06      t986          FINAL        IjRi ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS UNIT/STAFF          '." IFICATIONS ICnnninn    U
: 1.      11  (Am.20), 1.8-12 (Am.17), a'nd 1.8-13 ( m.17), for          mparable p sitio s, except      fo  tne  Manager-Environme'ntal  and  Radiation  Contr 1  who shal  meet or e ceed t e qualifications of Regulatory Gujde 1. 8, Sep ember 1975. g The                  censed perato s and Senior Operators shall also/meet or exc ed the miniybm qu ifica-tions of the supplemental requirements specified in ections A a d C o Enclo-
,  sure 1 of the March 28, 1980, NRC letter to all licpsees.
: 6. 4    TRAINING 6.4.1 A retraining and replacement training program for the unit staff shall be maintained under the direction of the Director"Harris Training Unit and shall meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3. 1, with the exceptions and alternatives noted on FSAR pages              l. 8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.17), 1.8-10 (Am.22), 1.8-11 (Am.20), 1.8-12 (Am.17), and
: 1. 8-13 (Am. 17), and Appendix A of 10 CFR Part 55 and the supplemental require-ments speci fied in Sections A and C of Enclosure 1 of the March 28, 1980 NRC letter to all licensees, and shall include familiarization with relevant industry operational experience.
: 6. 5    REVIEW AND AUDIT
: 6. 5.1      SAFETY AND TECHNICAL REVIEWS 6.5. 1. 1 General Pro          ram  Control 6.5. 1. 1. 1 A safety and          a  technical evaluation shall be. prepared for each of the following:
: a. All procedures and programs required by Specification 6. 8, other procedures that affect nuclear safety, and changes thereto;
: b.      All  proposed tests and experiments      that are not described in the Final Safety Analysis Report; and
: c.      All proposed changes or modifications to plant        systems or equipment that affect nuclear safety.
6.5. 1.2        Technical Evaluations 6.5. 1.2. 1 Technical evaluations will be performed by personnel qualified in the    subject matter and will determine the technical adequacy and accuracy of the    proposed activity. If interdiscipl'inary evaluations are required to cover the    technical-scope of an activity, they will be'erformed.
: 6. 5 1. 2. 2 Technical review personnel will be identified by the responsible
        ~
Manager or his designee for a specific activity when the review process begins.
6.5. 1.3        uglified Safet      Reviewers
: 6. 5. 1, 3. 1    The Plant General Manager shall designate those individuals who will be  responsible for performing safety reviews described in Specification 6.5. 1.4.
SHEARON HARRIS          -  UNIT 1                  6-7
 
C.Pal        C:nmrne.num SHNPP      Final        Da-a+%.      Taahnic=al Sp c=,i+irat Reco( d Numbe(':    806                    Comment Tvoe:  ERROR LCO Nu(nber:  '.4                          Paoe Number:  6-3 5~7 Section Number:       6. 4 5   FIG 6-2. 1 Co(ament:
IN &0TH THE FIGUPE AND IN SECTION 6.4      CHANGE THE TITLE "DIRECTOR HARRIS TRAINING UNIT"        TO "MANAGER HARRIS TRAINING UNIT" ON PAGES 6-6 AND 6-7 CHANGE THE REFERENCE FSAR AMENDMENTS TO THE FOLLOWING:
PAGE 1.8-9 (AM. 26)
PAGES  1.8-lo. 1 1, 12. AND 1: (AM. 27)
E(gal s CORPORATE MANAGEMENT HAS CHANGED THE        TITLE OF THIS POSITION NEITHER THE'ERSON HOLDING THE POSITION
                      ~
OR THE DUTIES OF THE POSITION HAVE CHANGED.
THE CHANGES TO THE FSAR AMENDMENT NUME(ERS IS TO MAKE THE TECH SPECS CONSISTENT WITH THE LATEST FSAR CHANGES.
 
CORPORATE ORGANI 2AT ION OIAIRtIAH/PAESICEMAt4 CHIEF G(ECLITIYE Of FICER SEMOR EXECUTIVE ViCE PRESIOENT SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT                    SEHICR YICE PAESIOENT        t1ANAGER CORPORATE OPERATIONS SUPPORT                      tAlCLEAR GENERATION          QUALITY ASSLAAIiCE G
                                                                                      ~
CA                                    I1ANAGER NUCLEAR SAFETV  L                                                            t1AHAGER HJCLEAR                    OA SERYiCES VICE PRESIDENT OPERATIONS EHYI~HTALSER YICES                    TRAIHIWT TECH SUPPOR't                      PLANt CONST RUCT ION 0
                                                                        ~~e            t1AHAGER NUCLEAR                                              tlANAGER GAIA lERI AL OJALI'IV FLED SECTION                      VICE PRESICENT NUCLEAR 00                                                                                                                  EMISEERIt4i ANDLICENSIHG tTT  C l                                                                                                  ~/AF88Zg'1ANAGER t1AHAGER M/LEAR TRAIHII4IlSECTIM tlAHAGER t1AHAGER CPERATKt6 O<1OC hl                                                                                                                    NUCLEAR STAFF SUPPORT OFF SITE
            ~ ~ 1 ~ ~~~
ONSITE 11111      ~~1      ~ ~  11 ~ 1 ~ 0 ~ 111            ~1~      ~ 1~ ~ ~~      11 ~ 111 ~ 111111            ' ' ~ 111    ~  1~    11    ~ ~ ~ ~ 11 ~ ~
O                                                OIRECTOR                                WRE8%0t.                              VICE PRESIOENT              DIRECTOR OAlOC-ONSITE HUCLEAR SAFETY                    HARRIS TRAINIHG    ellr                HARRIS QKLEAR PROJECT              HARRIS PLANT
                                                                            ~ A~
PLANT GEHERK tlANAGER                        GEHERALtlAHAGER
                                                      ~~~~~ ~  ~A~~ ~S ~ ~ ~ AO ENGINEER@6 tlAHAGER ADI1IHISTRATION                      GEHERKt1AHAGER t1lLESTCfK COtPLETIOH LEGEND
          -. ~ - ~ ~ - ~ - ~ ~ LlhKS OF Ef5t1PICAT IOH                              tIANAGER PLANNING 4 AGIIIIIITTAATTIT OIGAIIITATATI                                CONT ACL
 
I'
                    ~ '                              I'  ~
                                          ~              ~    ~
7 ~
~ ~                                I  ~)
                                                ~ ')'    ~  iI ~
I ~                        I '      I    I 1'
I  '
C'
      ~ ~ I I '
 
0 l.INAL        Utgt ADtlINISTPATIVE CONTROLS 6.2.3    ONS17E NUCLEAR SAFETY (OHS        UNIT FOIICTIOR 6.2.3. 1  The ONS  Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristic, HRC  issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety. The ONS Unit shall make detailed recom-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to atIpro priate levels of management, up to and including the Senior Vice President..
Operations Support,      if  necessary.
CONPOSITIOH 6.2.3.2    The  OHS  Unit shall    be composed  of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site. Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer" ing or related science and at least 2 years professioaal level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.
RESPOHSIBI LITIES 6.2.3.3     The  ONS  Unit shall    be responsible for maintaining surveillance nf unit.
activities to provide        independent    verification" that  these activities  are performed    correctly  and    that  human  errors are reduced  as much as  practical.
RfCOROS 6.2.3.4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager"Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.
: 6. 2.4    SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR 6.2.4.1      The  Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical support to the    Shift  Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, reactor engine<<ing and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit. The Sh>ft Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien" tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in the response and analysis of the unit for. transients and accidents, and in unit design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control        room.
: 6. 3    UNIT STAFF    UALIFICATIONS 6.3.1 Each member of the unit staff shall meet or exceed the minimum qu>>ifica tions of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the exceptions and alter natives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.H), 1.8-10 (Am.+)R 4/
"Hot responsible      for s i gn-of f function.
SHEARON HARRIS        UNIT 1                    6-6
 
ADLAI NI STRATI VE CONTROLS UNIT STAFF      UALIFICATIONS (Continued
                  -'7                47                    p7 1.8-11 {Am.N), 1.8-12 (Am.X), and 1.8-13 (Am.M), for comparable positions, except for the Hanager-Environmental and Radiation Control who shall meet or exceed the qualifications of Regulatory Guide 1.8, September 1975. The licensed Operators and Senior Operators shall also meet or exceed the minimum qualifica-tions of the supplemental requirements specified in Sections A and C of Enclo.
sure 1 of the March 28, 1980, NRC letter to all licensees.
: 6. 4    TRAINING                                      rrgggcE'4 6.4.1      A retraining and replacement training program for the unit staff shall be  maintained under the direction of the                  -Harris Training Unit and shall meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the yxceptions and alternatives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (AmQ@, 1.8-10 (Am.~, 1.8-11 (Am                  ), 1.8-12 (Am.X(, and 1.8-13 (Am4$ ), and Appendix A of 10 CFR Part 55 and the supplemental require-ments specified in Sections A and C of Enclosure 1 of the March 28, 1980 NRC letter to all licensees, and shall includ familiarization with relevant industry operational experience.
a7 6.5      REYIEM AND AUDIT 6.5.1      SAFETY AND TECHNICAL REYIEMS 6.5.1.1      General Pro ram Control 6.5.1.1.1      A  safety  and a  technical evaluation shall    be prepared for each  of the    fol lo~ing:
: a. All procedures and programs required by Specification 6.8, other procedures that affect nuclear safety, and changes thereto;
: b. All  proposed  tests  and experiments  that are not described in the Final Safety Analysis Report; and
: c. All proposed changes or modifications to plant        systems or equipment that affect nuclear safety.
6.5. 1.2      Technical Evaluations 6.5. 1.2. 1 Technical evaluations will be performed by personnel qualified in the subject matter and will determine the technical adequacy and accuracy of the proposed activity. If interdiscipl'inary evaluations are required to cove~
the technical 'scope of an activity, they will be performed.
6.5. 1.2.2      Technical review personnel      will be identified  by the responsible Hanager      or his designee for      a  specific activity when the  review process begins.
6.5.1.3        uglified Safet      Reviewers 6.5.1.3.1        The  Plant General Hanager shall designate those individuals who will be    responsible for performing safety reviews described in Specification 6.5.1.4 SHEARON HARRIS
                      - UNIT 1                  6-7
 
SHhPP FSAR Regulatory Guide 1.8        PERSONNEL SELECTION AND TRAINING (REVISION 2, FEBRUARY 1979 DRAFT)
SHNPP will comply with the requirements of ANSI/ANS 3.1; September 1979 Draft, with the alternatives listed herein. It is understood that the NRC has not endorsed this Standard, but when the SHNPP applied for its operating license, the September 1979 Draft was current. Because this standard was the existing            20 guidance at the time of our operating license application, CP6L believes it is        (
acceptable to use the draft Standard as the basis for selecting and training SHNPP personnel. The Company has received approval from NRC to follow the September 1979 Draft without further revisions.                                        20 a)    Paragraph 2 defines the terms of the Standard.      As stated in SHNPP FSAR Section 1.8, paragraph 1.74, CP&L has combined'he definitions given in various ANSI standards, in order to provide an available reference source.
The definitions in Section 1.8, paragraph 1.74 agree with ANSI/ANS 3.1, September 1979 Draft with the following exception:
When  the phrase "Bachelor's Degree or Equivalent" is used, the qualifications considered as minimal acceptable substitutes for a Bachelor's Degree are a high school diploma or its equivalent and one of the following:
: 1)    Four years of formal schooling in science or engineering;
: 2)    Four years applied experience at a nuclear    facility  in the area for which qualification is sought;
: 3)    Four years of operational or technical experience or education or training in nuclear    power; or li
: 4)    Any combination  of the above totaling four years.
b)    Table 1.8-1 cross references the "Functional Level and Assignment of Responsibility" definitions found in Section 3 of the Standard with the positions/titles of the SHNPP organisation and the "Qualifications" found in Section 4 of the Standard. The numbers enclosed in parentheses denote the specific exceptions or proposed alternatives to the Standard's requirements which are described in paragraph (c)      below.')
Exceptions or proposed alternatives:
: 1)    Paragraph 4.3.1 describes    the qualifications for supervisors requiring  NRC licenses. This  paragraph requires that one year of nuclear power plant experience    shall be at the plant where the supervisor is licensed, unless    such experience is acquired on a similar (same NSSS) unit. CPM shall alternatively provide the qualifications prescribed by 10CFR55 and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, which is titled "Qualifications of Reactor Operators". The qualifications cited in these two references shall be applicable to individuals employed as Operating Supervisor and Shift Foreman.
1.8-8            Amendment No. 20
 
SHNPP FSAR 2))    P aragraph  4.3.2 describes the qualifications for supervisors who are not required to hold an NRC license, but who are associated with "systems, equipment, or procedures involved in meeting the Limiting Conditions for Operation, which are identified in Technical Specifications". CP&L does not feel plant safety will be enhanced b y r equiring these supervisors to perform their duties under direct on-site supervision for a minimum of six months. Instead CP&L propose s t 0 s 1 ect qualified individuals for these positions based upon past se performance and experience.
: 3)    Paragraph  4.5.1.1 describes the requirements for non-licensed operators.      CP&L does  not feel plant safety will be enhanced b requiring non-licensed operators to have one year power plant experience. CP&L shall alternatively provide a training/qualification program commensurate to the functions and responsibilities these employees    will perform.
4))    Paragraph 4.5.1.2 describes the requirements for licensed operators. CP&L takes exception to these requirements. Prior to operating the facility, licensed operators shall be qualified in accordance to IOCFR55 and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, "Qualification of Reactor Operators".
: 5)    Paragraphs  4.5.2 and 4.5.3 describe the qualifications for technicians    and maintenance personnel. CP&L considers these technicians and maintenance employees to be "in training or apprentice positions",
as described in paragraph 3.2.4.        Therefore, CP&L shall comply with the requirements as stated in paragraph 3.2.4.
: 6)    Members of the QA staff wi    ll be trained and qualified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.58, which endorses ANSI 45.2.6. The SHNPP position on Regulatory Guide 1.58 addresses the SHNPP position.: relative 26 to  ANSI  N45.2.6.
: 7)    Various CP&L positions are not addressed in the Standard.
Therefoxe, CP&L lists these, positions in Table 1.8-1 for reference, and CP&L will prescribe the training, responsibilities, and qualifications commensurate to the job requirements.
: 8)    The ALARA Specialist    shall have a BS Degree or the equivalent and two years experience, one      of which shall be nuclear power plant experience, or the employee shall have an advanced degree and one year nuclear power plant experience.
: 9)    The  Project Engineer - On-Site Nuclear Safety shal.l have a BS Degree    in Engineering or the equivalent and shall have a minimum of four years experience.      These qualifications are required prior to preoperational testing or at position appointment, whichever is later.
n n
 
S! L'HAPP FSAR
: 10) The positions specified in Table 1.8-1. shall have a BS Degree in Engineering or the equivalent and two years experience, one of which shall be nuclear power plant experience, or the employees shall have an advanced degree and one year nuclear power plant experience.          These qualifications are required at initial core loading or at position appointment, whichever is later.
: 11) The Training Specialist shall have at least four years power plant experience, two of which shall be nuclear power plant experience.
Individuals in this position shall demonstrate their competence by having held an SRO license or by having trained at the SRO level prior to teaching NSSS, integrated response, transient analysis, or simulator courses. These qualifications are required at initial core loading or at position appointment, whichever is later.
: 12)  The Director  On-Site  Nuclear Safety and the Principal Engineer-On-Site Nuclear Safety shall have a BS degree in Engineering or the equivalent and shall have a minimum of six years experience. These            27 qualifications are required prior to preoperational testing or at position appointment, whichever is later.
d)      Paragraphs 4.7.1 and 4.7.2 describe the qualifications for independent review personnel. Standard Technical Specifications also address the personnel requirements for individuals functioning in this capacity, and alternatively, CP&L shall comply with STS requirements for independent review personnel.
e)      Paragraph 5.2 outlines an acceptable training program for personnel to be  licensed by the NRC. However, CP&L feels this portion of the Standard is unnecessarily prescriptive. CP&L will provide a training program as described in FSAR Section 13.2 for licensed operators and senior operators, which will comply with the intent of the standard, requirements in 10CFR55, and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, "Qualifications of Reactor Operators".
Paragraph    5.5.1 outlines the retraining program for licensed personnel.
10CFR55  requires a requalification program to be submitted and approved to meet Appendix A, 10CFR55.      CP&L proposes to requalify licensed personnel in accordance to the NRC approved requalification program outlined in Appendix A, 10CFR55. In addition, CP&L will comply to the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, "Qualifications of Reactor Operators" and the intent of paragraph 5.5.1.
f) Paragraph 5.5.2.3 describes requirements to maintain certain documents.      In order to provide consistency in the Document Control program, CP&L shall retain and maintain documents as required by ANSI N45.2.9-1974.
g)      Paragraph 1, Scope, states in part, "this standard is further limited to personnel within the owner organization." However, paragraph 5.4 refers to temporary maintenance and service personnel.          CP&L will apply the requirements of ANS 3.1, September 1979 to only those personnel directly employed by CP&L>
and only the training of paragraph 5.4 will be required to be given to temporary maintenance and service personnel.
h)      Positions shown on the SHNPP organization chart that have not been described herein shall be filled by individuals, who by virtue of training and experience, have been deemed qualified to          fill  these positions.
1.8-10                          Amendment No. 27
 
SlL'HAPP FSAR III                                      TABLE    1.8-1 FUNCTIONAL LEVEL,'ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY~
AND QUALIFICATIONS CROSS      REFERENCE FOR SHNPP ANS  3el              SHNPP  Title Seccian
    ~Mene  ece 4.2.1                Plant General Manager            1 4.2,1                Assistant Plant General Hanager                                  27 4.3.2                  Director Plant Programs and Procedures, 4.2.4                  Manager  Technical Support 4.2.4                  Manager - Start Up 4.2.3                  Manager  Maintenance                    e 4.2.2                  Hanager  Operations 4.4.4                  Hanager  Environmental and      Radiation Control 4.3.2                  Director  Regulatory Compliance Technical    Su ort 4.6.1                  Manager  - Harris Plant    Engineering Section                  27 (Refer to FSAR Section 13.1.1.2) 4.6.2  (10)          Shift Technical Advisor 4.6.2  (8)            ALARA  Specialist 4.6.2  (10)          Engineer Supervisor - Nuclear 4.6.2  (10)          Operations Support Supexvisor 4.6.2  (10)          Principal Engineer  (Support) 4.6.2  (10)          Project Engineer  NSSS 4.6.2  (10)          Project Engineer  Equipment Evaluation 4.6.2  (10)          Project Engineer  BOP 4.6.2  (10)          Project Engineer  Engr. Specs.
4 '.2  (10)          Project Engineer - ISI 4.6.2  (10)          Project Engineer  Performance/Reliability 4.6.2  (10)          Project Engineer " Maintenance 4.6.2  (10)          Pxoject Specialist << RadMaste 4.6.2  (10)          Project Specialist  Radiation Control 4.6.2  (10)          Project Specialist  Environmental and Chemistry 4.6.2  (9)            Project Engineer  On-Site Nuclear Safety 4.6.2                  Engineering Subunit 4 '.2                  Specialist Subunit 4 '.2  (12)          Principal Engineer - On-Site Nuclear Safety Professional Technical 4.4.1                  Senior Engineer - Reactor 4.4.4                  Radiation Contxol Supervisor 4.4.3                  Chemistry and Environmental Supervisor 4.4.2                  Maintenance Supervisor - Electrical 4.4.6                  Start-Up Supervisor
( ) denotes. number  of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph      c above.
1.8"11                          Amendment No. 27
 
SlL'HAPP FSAR TABLE  1.8-1 (cont'd)
Professional 4.4.6                  Start-Up Engineers
      '.4.7 Director  - Training 4.4.5                  Director  QA/QC 4.6.2 (12)              Director  - On-Site Nuclear Safety Foremen 4.3.1      (1)        Operations Supervisor 4.3.1      (1)        Shift  Foreman 4.3.2 4.3.2                  Administrative Supervisor 4.3.2                  Security Supervisor 4.3.2      (2)        Senior Specialist  Fire Protection 4.3.2      (2)        Maintenance Supervisor      - Mechanical 4.3.2      (2)        16C Foreman 4.3.2        (2)        Electrical  Foreman 4.3.2        (2)        Mechanical Foreman 4.3.2        (2)        Painter and Pipe Coverer Foreman 4.3.2        (2)        Radwaste  Supervisor 4.3.2        (2)        Radvaste  Shift Foreman 4.3.2        (2)        Environmental and Chemistry Foreman 4.3.2        (2)        Radiation Control Foreman 4.3.2      (2)          Traveling Radiation Control Foreman 4.3.2                    Project Engineer  Computer 4.3.2                    Senior Specialist - Emergency Preparedness 4.3.2 (6)                Specialist - QA 4.3.2 (11)              Specialist - Training Operators Technicians-Maintenance Personnel 4.5.2                    Technician  I - Engineering 4.5.2                    Technician  I - Radiation Control 4.5.2    (5)            Technician  II-- Radiation Control 4.5.2                    Technician  I Environmental and Chemistry 4.5.2    (5)            Technician  II-- Environmental and Chemistry 4.5.2                    Technician  I Traveling Radiation 4.5.2    (5)            Technician,II - Traveling Radiation 4.5.2                    Technician I - Regulatory Compliance 4.5 '    (6)            Technician - gA 4.5.2    (>)            Technical Aide - Security 4.5.2    (1)            Technical Aide  " Fire Protection
( ) denotes      number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.
1.8-12
 
SlQIPP FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (cont'd)
Operators, Technicians Maintenance 4 '.2  (7)          Technical Aide  Training 4.5.2                Technician I - Maintenance 4.5.2                Technician I - I&C 4.5.2 (5)            Technician II - I&C 4.5.3                Electrician I 4.5.3                Planner Analyst 4.5.3                Senior Mechanic 4.5.3                Mechanic  I 4.5.3 (5)            Mechanic  II 4.5.3                Painter and Pipe Coverer 4.5 '.2  (4)        Senior Control Operator 4.F 1.2 (4)          Control Operator 4.5.1.1 (4)          Auxiliary Operator 4.5.1 ~ 1 (3)        Control Operator  Radvaste 4.5.1.1 (3)          Auxiliary Operator -  Radwaste 4.5.2 (7)            Draftsmen
( ) denotes  number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.
1.8-13
 
CPBc.L  Coxnxnents 8NPP Proof and Review Technical 8 pecif ication s Record Number:    743                  Comment Type:  ERROR LCO  Number:   6.05.03.01              Page Number:  6-11 Section Number:    6.5.3.1 Comment:
CHANGE THE LAST SENTENCE OF THE PARAGRAPH TO READ AS FOLLOWS:
They  shall also evaluate all  CP&L LER's for their potential applicability to other    CP&L units.
Basis SEE  ITEM 744 THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED    TO ACCURATELY REFLECT THE EXACT ORGANIZATION THAT PERFORMS THE VARIOUS REVIEWS. ALL ITEMS MENTIONED IN THE FINAL DRAFT ARE STILL COVERED% BUT HAVE BEEN MOVED TO, THEIR PROPER  PLACE.
 
SHNP ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS Continued                            t'ESPONSIBILITIES
: b. Provide written notification within 24 hours to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services of disagreement between the PNSC and the Plant General Manager.
However, the Plant General Manager shall have responsibility for resolution of such disagreements pursuant to Specification 6. 1.1.
RECORDS 6.5.2.8 The PNSC shall maintain written minutes of each PNSC meeting that, at a minimum, document the results of all PNSC activities performed under the responsibility provisions of these Technical Specifications. Copies shall be provided to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.
6.5.3    CORPORATE NUCLEAR SAFETY SECTION FUNCTION 6.5.3.1    The Corporate Nuclear Safety Section (CNSS} of the Nu'clear Suety and Environmental Services Oepartment shall function to provide independen~eview of plant changes, tests, and procedures; verify that REPORTABLE EVENTS ice in-vestigated in a timely manner and corrected in a manner that reduces the proba-bility of recurrence of such events; and detect trends that may not be apparent 1      I        I      I          Pl        II AR +htcw    pafcarf(gil Appllaabfll@                ~ ++OIL CP~ Quefg, ORGANIZATION 6.5.3.2 The individuals assigned respons'ibility for independent reviews shall be technically qualified in a specified technical discipline or disciplines.
These individuals shall collectively have the experience and competence required to review activities in the following areas:
ah    Nuclear power plant operations,
: b. Nuclear engineering, C. Chemistry and radiochemistry,
: d. Metallurgy, e,    Instrumentation and control, Radiological safety,
: g. Hechanical and electrical engineering,
: h. Adiinistrative controls,
: l. guaHty assurance practices, Jo    Nondestructive testing, and
: k. Other appropriate fields associated with the unique characteristics.
SHEARON HARRIS    - UNIT 1                6-11
 
c(~
CPRL Coznxnents
                                                                      >catstone
.'NPP      Proof and Review Technical 8 pecif Re<. ord Number:    745                    Comment Type.'MPROVEMENT LCO  Number:    6. 05. 03. 09              Page Number:   6-13 Sect ion Number:      6. 5. 3. 9. e Comment:
IN THE SECOND     LINF. DELETE THE WORD "AND".
REWORD THE LAST       LINE TO THE FOLLOWING:
                ...plant safety-related structures, systems,       or components     which require written notification     to the commission.
Basis THE DELETION OF THE WORD "AND" IS A GRAMMATICAL CORRECTION.       THE ADDITION OF THE WORDS "SAFETY"RELATED" IS TO PROVIDE GREATER SPECIFICITY TO THE REQUIREMENT. AND, THE CHANGE TO THE END OF THE SENTENCE IS FOR CONSISTENCY WITH THE WORDING OF ANSI N18."I AND WITH THE WORDING OF BOTH THE ROBINSON AND BRUNSWICK TECH SPECS.
CPS L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM IN THIS AREA AND IT 1S NECESSARY THAT THERE BE CONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE VARIOUS PLANTS.         THIS CHANGE PROVIDES THAT INTERNAL CONSISTENCY AS WELL AS BEING IN CONFORMANCE TO THE APPLICABLE STANDARD.
 
ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS r
REVIEW  (Continued)
: e. Violations> of applicable codes, regula fications, license requirements,      ~      's,    orders, Technical Speci-inte al procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, s'ificant operating abnormalities or deviations from normal and xpected performance of plant structures, systems, or components, ttlCJ/ XEOOIAZ. ukl~hl Bldg/lt47l04 7 0 TVC eo Mrg /gag~~
All  REPORTABLE EVENTS;
: g. All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety            ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve            a change to the Technical Specifications; Any  other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Hanager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina Power 4 Light Company; A    rec    nize indi  tion of    a  'una  ic ate de ie sp      o    esig or    erat    n of tru ure sy ems, r                m~e t t        ld  feet ucl    r sa  ty;  nd lj'. Reports and minutes of the    PNSC.
6.5.3. 10  Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and g<
above  shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.
RECORDS 6.5.3. 11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below:
: a. Copies    of  documented reviews shall be retained in the          CNSS files.
Recommendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review. A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3;9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manager and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.
C. A  summation of recommendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at least every other month.
SHEARON HARRIS    -  UNIT 1                  6-13
 
CP8c.L  Comments NPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:    746                    Comment  Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO  Number:  6.05.03.09                Page  Number:  6-13 Section Number:    6.5.3.9.i Comment:
DELETE ITEM  i AND RELETTER  j  TO  i. ALSO  IN ITEM 6.5.3.10  CHANGE ITEM  j TO  i.
BaSiS CPE L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM FOR 3 REACTOR SITES AND IT IS HIGHLY DESIRABLE TO KEEP THE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UNITS COMPATABLE. THIS ITEM DOES NOT APPEAR IN THE BRUNSWICK NOR ROBINSON SPECIFICATIONS.(A IN ADDITION, THE REQUIREMENT IS SO  BROAD AND VAGUELY WORDED THAT    IT APPEARS  ALMOST IMPOSSIBLE TO SET UP AN AUDITABLE PROGRAM TO COVER THE ITEM. IT APPEARS, IN GENERAL> TO COVER THE SAME GROUND AS 10CFR21 AND AS SUCH IS ALREADY COVERED BY ITEM e ABOVE.


ADMI NI STRATI VE CONTROLS r REVIEW (Continued) e.Violations>
of applicable codes, regula's, orders, Technical Speci-fications, license requirements,~inte al procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, s'ificant operating abnormalities or deviations from normal and xpected performance of plant structures, systems, or components, ttlCJ/XEOOIAZ.ukl~hl Bldg/lt47l04 All REPORTABLE EVENTS;7 0 TVC eo Mrg/gag~~g.All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve a change to the Technical Specifications; Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Hanager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina Power 4 Light Company;A rec nize indi tion of a'una ic ate de ie sp o esig or erat n of tru ure sy ems, r m~e t t ld feet ucl r sa ty;nd lj'.Reports and minutes of the PNSC.6.5.3.10 Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and g<above shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.RECORDS 6.5.3.11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below: a.Copies of documented reviews shall be retained in the CNSS files.Recommendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review.A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3;9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manager and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.C.A summation of recommendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at least every other month.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 6-13 CP8c.L Comments NPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 746 LCO Number: 6.05.03.09 Section Number: 6.5.3.9.i Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: 6-13 DELETE ITEM i AND RELETTER j TO i.ALSO IN ITEM 6.5.3.10 CHANGE ITEM j TO i.BaSiSCPE L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM FOR 3 REACTOR SITES AND IT IS HIGHLY DESIRABLE TO KEEP THE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UNITS COMPATABLE.
THIS ITEM DOES NOT APPEAR IN THE BRUNSWICK NOR ROBINSON SPECIFICATIONS.(A IN ADDITION, THE REQUIREMENT IS SO BROAD AND VAGUELY WORDED THAT IT APPEARS ALMOST IMPOSSIBLE TO SET UP AN AUDITABLE PROGRAM TO COVER THE ITEM.IT APPEARS, IN GENERAL>TO COVER THE SAME GROUND AS 10CFR21 AND AS SUCH IS ALREADY COVERED BY ITEM e ABOVE.
J=
J=
ADMI NI STRATI VE CONTROLS REVIEW (Continued
ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS REVIEW   (Continued e.
$)f/+1 RE~e.Violations of applicable codes, regulations, orders, Technical Speci-fications, license requirements,~internal procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, significant operating abnormalities or deviations from normal and expected performance of plant structures, systems, or components udice'EpviAZ
fications, license requirements,      ~
~Ri~4 yq~<,~~>~p f.All REPORTABLE EVENTS;>0 TYC Ce nnagg~~, g.All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve a change to the Technical Specifications; Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina Power 8 Light Company;e A rec nize indi tion of a una ic ate de ie Q'Lo sp o esig or erat n of tru ure sy ems, r m~e t t c ld feet ucl r sa ty;nd lj'.Reports and minutes of the PNSC.6.5.3.10 Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and g<above shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.RECORDS 6.5.3.11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below: a.Copies of documented reviews shall be retained in the CNSS files'.Recommendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review.A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3;9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manage and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.C.A summation of recoaeendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at 1east every other month.SHEARON HARRIS'-UNIT 1 6-13 CP Bc L Coxnxnenta r, gy~Pgs~/SHNPP Pr oof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 746 LCO Number: 6.05.03.09 Section Number: 6.5.3.9.i Comment: Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT Page Number: 6-13 DELETE ITEM i AND RELETTER j TO i.ALSO IN ITEM 6,5.3.10 CHANGE ITEM J TO i.Basis CPS L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM FOR 3 REACTOR SITES AND IT IS HIGHLY DESIRABLE TO KEEP THE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UNITS COMPATABLE.
Violations of applicable codes, regulations, orders, Technical Speci-internal procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, significant operating
THIS ITEM DOES NOT APPEAR IN THE BRUNSWICK NOR ROBINSON SPECIFICATIONS.
$ )f/+1            abnormalities or deviations from normal and expected performance of RE~
IN ADDITION)THE REQUIREMENT IS SO BROAD AND VAQUELY WORDED THAT IT APPEARS ALMOST IMPOSSIBLE TO SET UP AN AUDITABLE PROGRAM TO COVER THE ITEM.IT APPEARSi IN GENERAL)TO COVER THE SAME GROUND AS 10CFR21 AND AS SUCH IS ALREADY COVERED BY ITEM e ABOVE.  
plant structures, systems, or components udice'EpviAZ ~Ri~4 yq~<,~~>~p
(ADMI NI STRATI VE CONTROLS REVIEM (Continued}
                                                                      >0 TYC Ce nnagg~~,
e.Violations of applicable codes, regulations, orders, Technical Speci-fications, license requirements,~internal procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, significant operating abnormalities or deviations from normal and expected performance of plant structures, systems, or components dJHIC,H AEOulAZ ugnrEN~~~id~~>~All REPORTABLE EVENTS;rO rh j eo~~aSxaa.
: f. All  REPORTABLE EVENTS;
g.All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve a change to the Technical Specifications; h.Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina Power 8 Light Company;p'rec nize indi tion of a una ic ate de ie Q~iad sp o esig or erat n of tru ure sy ems, r m~e+t t ld feet ucl r sa ty;nd lj Reports and minutes of the PNSC.6.5.3.10 Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and gi above shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.RECORDS 6.5.3.11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below: a.Copies of documented reviews shall be retained in the CNSS files.b.c.Recoaeendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review.A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3:9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manager and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.A summation of recommendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at least every other month.SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 6-13 CPLL Coxnxnenta RNP P Proof an d Review Tech nical 8 pecif ication s Record Number: 774 LCO Number: F 05.04.03 Section Number: 6.5.4.3 Comment: Comment Type: ERROR Page Number: 6-15 CHANGE THE TITLE TO SENIOR EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT-POWER SUPPLY AND ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION.
: g. All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety                 ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve                 a change to the Technical Specifications; Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina         Power 8 Light Company;                                                                     e A     rec   nize indi   tion of   a   una ic ate de       ie     Q'Lo o   esig or     erat   n of tru ure sy ems, r m~e t sp t c   ld   feet ucl   r sa   ty;   nd lj'. Reports and minutes of the     PNSC.
Basis TYPOGRAPHICAL ADMI NI STRAT I VE CONTROLS FiNAL DR%I RECORDS 6.5.4.3 Records of audits shall be prepared and retained.6.5.4.4 Audit reports encompassed by Specification 6.5.4.1 shall be prepared, approved by the Manager-Quality Assurance Services, and forwarded, within 30 days after completion of the audit, to the xecutive Vice President-Power Supply and Engineering and Construction, Senior ice President"Nuclear Generation, Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project, anager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services, Plant General Manager, and the management positions responsible for the areas audited.AUTHORITY SEJM!dR 6.5.4.5 The Manager-Quality Assurance.
6.5.3. 10   Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and g                 <
Service Section, under the Manager-Corporate Quality Assurance Department, shall be responsible for the following:
above   shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.
a.Administering the Corporate Quality Assurance Audit Program.b.Approval of the individuals selected to conduct quality assurance audits.6.5.4.6 Audit personnel shall be independent of the area audited, 6.5.4.7 Selection of personnel for auditing assignments shall be based on experience or training that establishes that their qualifications are commen-surate with the complexity or special nature of the activities to be audited.In selecting audit personnel, consideration shall be given to special abilities, specialized technical training, prior pertinent experience, personal character-istics, and education.
RECORDS 6.5.3. 11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below:
6.5.4.8 Qualified outside consultants, or other individuals independent from those personnel directly involved in plant operation, shall be used to augment the audit teams when necessary.
: a. Copies of documented reviews shall be retained           in the CNSS files'.
6.5.5 OUTSIDE AGENCY INSPECTION AND AUDIT PROGRAM 6.5.5.1 An independent fire protection and loss prevention inspection and audit shall be performed at least once per 12 months using either qualified offsite licensee personnel or an outside fire protection firm.6.5.5.2 An inspection and audit of the fire protection and loss prevention program shall be performed by an outside qualified fire consultant at inter-vals no greater than 36 months.6.5.5.3 Copies of the audit reports and responses to them shall be forwarded to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Corporate Quality Assurance.
Recommendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review. A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3;9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manage and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.
C. A   summation   of recoaeendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at 1east every other month.
SHEARON   HARRIS'- UNIT 1                     6-13
 
CP Bc L Coxnxnenta gy ~ Pgsr, ~ /
SHNPP Pr oof and Review                   Technical Specifications Record Number:   746                   Comment  Type:  IMPROVEMENT LCO Number:   6.05.03.09               Page  Number:  6-13 Section Number:   6.5.3.9.i Comment:
DELETE ITEM   i AND RELETTER j TO i. ALSO IN ITEM 6,5.3.10 CHANGE ITEM J TO   i.
Basis CPS L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM FOR 3 REACTOR SITES AND IT IS HIGHLY DESIRABLE TO KEEP THE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UNITS COMPATABLE. THIS ITEM DOES NOT APPEAR IN THE BRUNSWICK NOR ROBINSON SPECIFICATIONS. IN ADDITION) THE REQUIREMENT IS SO BROAD AND VAQUELY WORDED THAT IT APPEARS ALMOST IMPOSSIBLE TO SET UP AN AUDITABLE PROGRAM TO COVER THE ITEM. IT APPEARSi IN GENERAL) TO COVER THE SAME GROUND AS 10CFR21 AND AS SUCH IS ALREADY COVERED BY ITEM e ABOVE.
 
(
ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS REVIEM     (Continued}
e.
fications, license requirements,        ~
Violations of applicable codes, regulations, orders, Technical Speci-internal procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, significant operating abnormalities or deviations from normal and expected performance of plant structures, systems, or components ugnrEN ~~~id ~~>~
All REPORTABLE EVENTS; j
dJHIC,H AEOulAZ rO rh     eo~~aSxaa.
: g. All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety             ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve             a change to the Technical Specifications;
: h. Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina           Power 8   Light Company; p'           rec   nize indi   tion of a una ic ate de ie                   Q~iad sp t t o
ld esig or feet erat n of tru ure sy ems,             r   m~e+
ucl   r sa   ty; nd lj         Reports and minutes of the     PNSC.
6.5.3. 10   Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and gi above     shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.
RECORDS 6.5.3. 11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below:
: a. Copies   of documented reviews shall     be retained in the   CNSS   files.
: b. Recoaeendations   and concerns   shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice     President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review. A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3:9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manager and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.
: c. A summation     of recommendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety   Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at least every other month.
SHEARON HARRIS       - UNIT 1                   6-13
 
CPLL Coxnxnenta RNP P Proof an d Review Tech nical 8 pecif ication s Record Number:   774                 Comment Type:  ERROR LCO Number:   F 05.04.03             Page Number:  6-15 Section Number:   6.5.4.3 Comment:
CHANGE THE  TITLE TO SENIOR EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT-POWER   SUPPLY AND ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION.
Basis TYPOGRAPHICAL
 
FiNAL DR%I ADMINI STRAT I VE CONTROLS RECORDS 6.5.4.3     Records of audits shall be   prepared and retained.
6.5.4.4     Audit reports encompassed by Specification 6.5.4. 1 shall be prepared, approved by the Manager-Quality Assurance Services, and forwarded, within 30 days after completion of the audit, to the xecutive Vice President-Power Supply and Engineering and Construction, Senior ice President"Nuclear Generation, Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project, anager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services, Plant General Manager, and the management positions responsible for the areas audited.
AUTHORITY                             SEJM!dR 6.5.4.5 The Manager-Quality Assurance. Service Section, under the Manager-Corporate Quality Assurance Department, shall be responsible for the following:
: a. Administering the Corporate Quality Assurance Audit Program.
: b. Approval of the individuals selected to conduct       quality assurance audits.
6.5.4.6     Audit personnel shall   be independent   of the area audited, 6.5.4.7 Selection of personnel for auditing assignments shall be based on experience or training that establishes that their qualifications are commen-surate with the complexity or special nature of the activities to be audited.
In selecting audit personnel, consideration shall be given to special abilities, specialized technical training, prior pertinent experience, personal character-istics, and education.
6.5.4.8     Qualified outside consultants, or other individuals independent from those personnel directly involved in plant operation, shall be used to augment the audit teams when necessary.
6.5.5     OUTSIDE AGENCY INSPECTION AND AUDIT PROGRAM 6.5.5. 1 An independent fire protection and loss prevention inspection and audit shall be performed at least once per 12 months using either qualified offsite licensee personnel or an outside fire protection firm.
6.5.5.2     An inspection and audit of the     fire protection and loss prevention program shall be performed by an outside           qualified fire consultant at inter-vals no greater than 36 months.
6.5.5.3 Copies of the audit reports and responses to them shall be forwarded to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Corporate Quality Assurance.
6.6    REPORTABLE EVENT ACTION 6.6. 1    The  following actions shall    be  taken  for REPORTABLE EVENTS:
SHEARON HARRIS      - UNIT 1                  6-15
 
Shearon  Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator:  go 6  (                                        Page:        Cp -/7 Comant Date:  g/ry(gb                                      75: le~a9a Comment:
We/e'fe. /he. %econ    J    Seo7ertce        oF t'tg,/,a., /,
Resolution                                                Basis Pe/efe se<eg 5e~7e~cC,                      f'gr S7 5, A/ever incle Jed                Far atng o+er p/+~V, ge o. gene                irerel.eirewenf'f47 Qc,S POj'een e,gtouC 3 4C                r IJTC /LL5/0 1h )7t              +e Xs      nog      gr il5 +            for gh'e  7g 5 dr~
became e          .g    i can LC(9) htt5 ~O ACI Iek cr...t a cL      e'u-rvei(la.~ce, EaZ been reeeepfe< ~erroner afg
                                              +rem      4e          I'narFr,  6v'e'~
                                                +)    ii'. Z>e-peed uF s/iv/sb s                -,
(See enc.leaeck CtgPQ dF Cg& Vf'IQ I >a( PQVhPf?g QC~aateg Resolution Acce ted:
r~        I<'g,
                                                              / a.
                                                                                        ~
NRC                                    CPSL                                              il 9
Date:
 
Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: l)e~Wy 5                                                Page:                        t Conment Date:      3/f7/gf;                                          gS,',F,V,a.
The leakage      of primary coolant from ESP system elements (Pump seals, valves, etcl out ide of containment is an important variable in the evaluation'of the radiological consequences of a LOCA. The SER                          V-evaluations      of  the radiological    consequences  (Section    15.6.5.2) assumed  ~
that such leakage is less than 1 gpm. tn order to assure the validity of this assumption to Shearon Harris, a maximum allowable integrated leak rate outside of containment of 1 gpm should be specified and confirmed at each refueling outage. A justification is needed if this requirement is not specified in the technical specifications.
For your reference, SRP 15.6.5, Appendix B states "The leakage for calculating the radiological consequences should be the maximum operational leakage and should            be taken as two times the sum of the simultaneous leakaqe from all components ir. the re"ircu'ie .ion st",,:":-
above wQi ch tjsss technical pre. i-.i".:"+ion.' wo" id r= ngirs; ."ef ">'n.-,;!,;
c'v" 1;assis tn 'ip out 0  se  vi c-"...
Resolution                                                  Basis ch~~pg 7S              d,t'~~    +
  ,'nc  I&a.        ~  gp~ Ie~4~g ~
  ~eve'~v~            for IWf'- m cf g c. G Q c g c fe ~g, Se.e  m+/mc/imcL 7.fn.m.r/fed
          =/e      f/-,
Resolution Acce ted:
NRC                                                  CP&L Date:                                                Date:
 
0
                                                                  -    -  Pn00FAt,'PEB,B(t;Opy ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS PROCEDURES      AND PROGRAMS      Continued
                                  /~RA%
: g. guality Assurance>for effluent      and environmental    monitoring;  and
: h. Fire protection program implementation.
: 6. 8. 2    Each procedure of Specification 6.8. 1, and changes thereto, shall be reviewed and approved in accordance with Specification 6.5.1 prior to imple-mentation and reviewed periodically as set forth in administrative procedures.
: 6. 8. 3    Temporary changes      to procedures of Specification    6. 8. 1 may be made provided:
: a. The  intent of the original procedure is not altered;
: b. The change is appro'ved by two members of the        plant management staff, at least one of whom holds a Senior Operator        license on the unit affected; and
: c. The change    is  documented,  reviewed in accordance with Specifica-tion 6.5. 1,    and approved within 14 days of implementation by the Plant General Manager or by the Manager'of the functional area affected by the procedure.
6.8.4      The  following programs shall    be  established,  implemented, and maintained:
: a. Prima    Coolant Sources Outside Containment A  program to reduce leakage, to as low as practical levels, from those portions of systems outside containment that could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or*accident. The systems include:
1.
2.
                  . Residual Heat .Removal System    ~
Safety Injection System, except boron injection recirculation subsystem and accumulator
: 3. Portions of the Chemical    and Volume  Control System:
: a. letdown subsystem, including demineralizers
: b. boron re-cycle holdup tanks
: c. charging  pumps Containment Spray Syst m, except spray additive subsystem and INST .
l/P.      Post-Accident Sample System SHEARON      HARRIS," UNIT 1                  6-17


===6.6 REPORTABLE===
gf<
EVENT ACTION 6.6.1 The following actions shall be taken for REPORTABLE EVENTS: SHEARON HARRIS-UNIT 1 6-15 Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator:
Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator:   Pam                                          Page:
go 6 (Comant Date: g/ry(gb Comment: Page: Cp-/7 75: le~a9a We/e'fe./he.%econ J Seo7ertce oF t'tg,/,a.,/, Resolution Pe/efe se<eg 5e~7e~cC, Resolution Acce ted: NRC Basis f'gr S7 5, A/ever incle Jed Far atng o+er p/+~V, ge o.gene i rerel.eirewenf'f47 Qc,S POj'een e,gtouC 3 4C r IJTC/LL5/0 1h)7t+e Xs nog gr il+for gh'e 7g 5 dr~became e.g i 5 can LC(9)htt5~O ACI Iek a cL e'u-rvei(la.~ce, EaZ been reeeepfe<~erroner afg+rem 4e I'narFr, 6v'e'~cr.+)ii'.Z>e-peed uF s/iv/sb s..t-, (See enc.leaeck CtgPQ dF Cg&Vf'IQ I>a(PQVhPf?g QC~aateg/a.r~I<'g, CPSL il~9 Date:
Comment Date:   8 4/8&
Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator:
Comment:
l)e~Wy 5 Page: t Conment Date: 3/f7/gf;gS,',F,V,a.
Review Guidelines:                   The licensee shall affirm that each of the numerical values specified in the Final Draft of the Technical Specifications is in accordance with, or conservative with respect to, the Analyses of Record, making appropriate allowances for instrumentation error.
The leakage of primary coolant from ESP system elements (Pump seals, valves, etcl out ide of containment is an important variable in the evaluation'of the radiological consequences of a LOCA.The SER V-evaluations of the radiological consequences (Section 15.6.5.2)assumed~that such leakage is less than 1 gpm.tn order to assure the validity of this assumption to Shearon Harris, a maximum allowable integrated leak rate outside of containment of 1 gpm should be specified and confirmed at each refueling outage.A justification is needed if this requirement is not specified in the technical specifications.
pS Ia
For your reference, SRP 15.6.5, Appendix B states"The leakage for calculating the radiological consequences should be the maximum operational leakage and should be taken as two times the sum of the simultaneous leakaqe from all components ir.the re"ircu'ie.ion st",,:":-above wQi ch tjsss technical pre.i-.i".:"+ion.'wo" id r=ngirs;."ef">'n.-,;!,;
~,'(( mof be
".c'v" 1;assis tn'ip out 0 se vi c-"...Resolution ch~~pg 7S d,t'~~+,'nc I&a.~gp~Ie~4~g~~eve'~v~for IWf'-m cf g c.G Q c g c fe~g, Se.e m+/mc/imcL 7.fn.m.r/fed
                'yees'f~~+~'asis Pity Resolution
=/e f/-, Basis Resolution Acce ted: NRC CP&L Date: Date:
                  )~)ejretl 0F                gg o.pp/joe~/ js zp7+g   >
0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS--Pn00FAt,'PEB,B(t;Opy PROCEDURES AND PROGRAMS Continued/~RA%g.guality Assurance>for effluent and environmental monitoring; and h.Fire protection program implementation.
in ~ r     g I epe>red +a Sge.c.s       are coasts&
6.8.2 Each procedure of Specification 6.8.1, and changes thereto, shall be reviewed and approved in accordance with Specification 6.5.1 prior to imple-mentation and reviewed periodically as set forth in administrative procedures.
                                                ~, Fager+. Xak ~.d                     6e.
6.8.3 Temporary changes to procedures of Specification 6.8.1 may be made provided: a.The intent of the original procedure is not altered;b.The change is appro'ved by two members of the plant management staff, at least one of whom holds a Senior Operator license on the unit affected;and c.The change is documented, reviewed in accordance with Specifica-tion 6.5.1, and approved within 14 days of implementation by the Plant General Manager or by the Manager'of the functional area affected by the procedure.
0 s- k ui J7 F~ilifJ                de   P~
6.8.4 The following programs shall be established, implemented, and maintained:
rei.ue4,boj,PS B goes spa+/'s bjsV orjc repmire~en+
a.Prima Coolant Sources Outside Containment A program to reduce leakage, to as low as practical levels, from those portions of systems outside containment that could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or*accident.
cergi   Fg ccrc.g   lort Resolution Acce ted:
The systems include: 1..Residual Heat.Removal System~2.Safety Injection System, except boron injection recirculation subsystem and accumulator 3.Portions of the Chemical and Volume Control System: a.letdown subsystem, including demineralizers b.boron re-cycle holdup tanks c.charging pumps Containment Spray Syst m, except spray additive subsystem and INST.l/P.Post-Accident Sample System SHEARON HARRIS," UNIT 1 6-17 gf<Originator:
NRC                                         CPSL Date:                                       Date:}}
Pam Comment Date: 8 4/8&Comment: Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Page: Review Guidelines:
The licensee shall affirm that each of the numerical values specified in the Final Draft of the Technical Specifications is in accordance with, or conservative with respect to, the Analyses of Record, making appropriate allowances for instrumentation error.Resolution pS Ia'yees'f~,'((mof be)~)ejretl 0F~~+~'asis o.pp/joe~/
js I epe>red+a gg zp7+g>in~r g Pity Sge.c.s are coasts&~, Fager+.Xak~.d 6e.0 s-k ui J7 F~ilif J de P~rei.ue4 ,boj ,PS B goes spa+/'s bjsV orjc repmire~en+
cergi Fg ccrc.g lort Resolution Acce ted: NRC CPSL Date: Date:}}

Latest revision as of 20:30, 23 February 2020

Resubmits Comment on Final Draft Tech Specs.Basis Section of Record 779 Expanded to Provide Addl Info Re Valve Testing & Cycling
ML18022A421
Person / Time
Site: Harris Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 09/11/1986
From: Zimmerman S
CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT CO.
To: Harold Denton
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
NLS-86-341, NUDOCS 8609220024
Download: ML18022A421 (152)


Text

fr (g Carolina Paver L Light Company SERIAL: NLS-86-30l SEP 11 Qgg P

Mr. Harold R. Denton, Director Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555 SHEARON HARRIS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT NO. I - DOCKET NO.50-000 COMMENT ON FINAL DRAFT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

REFERENCE:

Letter dated September 2, 1986 (NLS-86-326) from Mr. S. R. Zimmerman (CPkL) to Mr, Harold R. Denton (NRC).

Dear Mr. Denton:

Carolina Power 2 Light Company resubrnits a comment on the Final Draft Technical Specifications for the Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plant. The basis section of Record.

~

No. 779 (attached) has been expanded to provide additional information to assist the staff

~

~

in their review of this comment. ~

If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Gregg A. Sinders at (9i9) 836-8l68.

Yours very truly, Orignal Signed By e g. 7lmtTle~n S, R. Zimmerman Manager Nuclear Licensing Section GAS/crs (008 l GAS)

Attachment cc: Mr. R. A. Benedict (NRC)

Mr. B. C. Buckley (NRC)

Mr. G. F. Maxwell (NRC-SHNPP)

Dr. 3. Nelson Grace (NRC-RII) k all t:ayettaville straat ~ p. o. 8ox 15st ~ RIteigh. N. c. artt02

rt g1 l

B"SAL FT ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEHS ELECTRICAL E UIPHENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERHAL OVERLOAD PRQTFCTION LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.8.4.2 The. thermal overload protection of each valve given in Table 3.8-2 shall be bypassed only under accident conditions by an OPERABLE bypass device integral with the motor starter.

APPLICABILITY: Whenever the motor-operated valve is required to be OPERABLE.

ACTION:

With the thermal overload protection for one or more of the above required valves not capable of being bypassed under conditions for which it is designed to be bypassed, restore the inoperable device or provide a means to bypass the thermal overload within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />, or declare the affected valve(s) inoperable and apply the appropriate ACTION Statement(s) of the affected system(s).

SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS 4.8.4.2 The thermal overload protection for the above'required valves shall be verified to be bypassed only under accident conditions by an OPERABLE integral bypass device by the performance of a TRIP ACTUATION DEVICE OPERATIONAL TEST of the bypass circuitry:

]$'ow~~

a. At least once per 9KB~ for those thermal overloads which are normally in force during plant operation and are bypassed only under accident conditions; and
b. Following maintenance on the motor starter.

SHNPP RFvlglAbl AU8 586 SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-39

CPBc L Coxnxnenta SHNPP Proof and Review Technical Specif ication s Record Number: 764 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 3.08.04.02 Page Number: 3/4 8-40 & 42 Section Number: TABLE 3.8-2 Comment:

PAGE 3/4 8-40 VALVE NUMBER 1CS-472 CHANGE FUNCTION TO "RCP SEAL WATER RETURN ISOLATION."

PAGE 3/4 8-42 VALVES 1SW-97, 109$ 98 & 110 CHANGE THE FUNCTION TO "SW FROM FAN CLR Basis ALL OF THESE CHANGES ARE TO CORRECT TYPOGRAPHICAL, ERRORS IN THE ORIGINAL DATA SUPPLIED BY CP&L.

iilt L V,FT SHNPP TABLE 3.8-2 REVISlON MOTOR-OPERATED VALVE5 THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION JUL BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION ~YES/NO 1CS-341 (2CS" V522) RCP A SEAL ISOL YES 1CS-382 (2CS-V523) RCP B SEAL ISOL YES 1CS-423 (2CS-V524) RCP C SEAL ISOL . YES 1CS-182 (2CS-V600) CSIP A MINIFLOM ISOLATION . YES 1CS-210 (2CS-V601) CSIP B MINIFLOW ISOLATION YES 1CS-196 (2CS-V602) CSIP C MINIFLOM ISOLATION YES 1CS-235 (2CS-V609) CSIP to RCS ISOLATION YES 1CS-166 (2CS- L521) VCT ISOLATION YES 1CS-292 (2CS"L522) RMST ISOLATION YES 1CS-214 (2CS-V585) C5IPS MINIFLOM ISOLATION YES 1CS-165 (2CS-L520) VCT ISOLATION YES 1CS-291 (2CS-L523} iNST ISOLATION YES 1CS-238 (2CS-V610) CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION YE5 1CS-170 (2CS-V587) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION YES 1CS-169 (2CS-V589) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION YES 1CS-171 (2CS-V590) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION YES 1CS-168 (2CS-V588) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION YE5 ~

1CS-219 (2CS-V603) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL YES 1CS-217 (2CS-V604) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL YES 1CS-218 (2CS-V605) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL YE5 1CS-220 (2CS-V606) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL YES 1CS-240 (2CS-V611) SEAL WATER INJECTION YE5 1CS-278 (2CS"V586) BORIC ACID TA KPO IP YES 1CS-746 (2CS-V757) CSIP MI YE5 1CS-752 (2t:5"V759) CSIP~ NIFLOM YES 1CS"753 (2CS-V760) C 0 MINIFLOM YES 1CS-745 (2CS-V758) SIP MINIFLOM YES 1CS"472 (2CS-V517) RCPj SEAL MATER R RN I50L YE5 1CS-4?0 (2CS-V516) RCP'EAL WATER ELATION YE5

'RH"25 (2RH"V507) HR TO CSIP ION YES 1RH-63 (2RH-V506) TO SUCTION YES 1RH-31 (2RH-F513) RHR A MINI FLOW YES 1RH-69 (2RH-F512) "4HR B MINI FLOW YE5 1RH-2 (1RH-V503) RHRS INLET ISOLATION YES 1RH-40 (1RH-V501} RHRS INLET ISOLATION YES 1RH-1 (1RH V502) RHRS INLET ISOLATION YES.

1RH-39 (1RH-VQÃ) RHRS INLET ISOLATION YES 15I-1 (25I-V503) BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL YES lSI-4 (2SI-V506) BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL YES lSI-2 (25I-V504) BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL YES 1SI-3 {2SI-V505) BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL YES 15I-246 (25I-V537) ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION YE5 15I-248 (2SI-V535) ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION YES 15I-300 (25I-V571) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A. ISOL- YE5 15I-310 (2SI"V573) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL YES 15I-247 (2SI-V536) ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION YES SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-40

TABLE 3. 8-2 Continued SHXPP MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION REVISION JlJL 85.

BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION ~YES/NO 1MS-72 (2HS-V9) AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION AO lSW-39 (3SW-85) NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION, YES 1SW-276 (3SW-88) NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL YES 1SW-270 (3SW-815) SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL YES 1SW-40 (3SW-86) NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL 'W YES 1SW-275 (3SW-813) HDR A RETURN ISOL YES 1SW-274 (3SW-814) SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL YES 1SW" 271 (3SW-816) SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL YES 1SW-3 (3SW-83) EMER SW PUHP 1A MAIN RSVR INLET YES 1SW-4 (3SW-84) EHER SW PUMP 18 MAIN RSVR INLET YES 1SW-1 (3SW-81) MER SW PUMP~ AUX RSVR INLET YES 1SW-2 (3SW-82) EHER'SW PUMP 18+VX RSVR INLET YES 1SW-92 (2SW-846) SW TO FAN CLR AH3) INLET YES 1SW-97 (2SW-847 / S~W FAN CLR AH3(OUTLET YES 1SW-91 (2SW-845 SW TO FAN CLR AH2, INLET YES 1SW-109 (2SW-84 ) ~~ ~SW & FAN CLR AHg OUTLET YES 1SW-225 (2SW-85')

lSW-98 (2SW-848)

SW TO FAN CLR i INLET Vd FAN CLR A 1 OUTLET YES YES 1SW-227 (2SW-8 1) TO FAN CLR H4 INLET YES 1SW-110 (2SW"8 0) SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET YES 1SW-124 (3SW-8 0) SW TO AFWTD UHP YES 1SW-126 (3SW-8)l) SW TO AFWT PUMP YES 1SW-129 (3SW-87 ) SW TO AF PUMP YES 15W-127 (3SW-87 ) SW TO AF D PUMP YES 1SW-123 (3SW-875') SW TO PUMP A SUPPLY YES lSW-121 (3SW-874) SW AFW PUMP A SUPPLY YES 1SW-132 (3SW-877) W TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY YES 1SW-130 (3SW-876) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY YES 1ED-94 ( 2MD-V36) CNHT SUMP ISOLATION YES 1ED-95 ( 2MD-V77) CNHT SUMP ISOLATION YES 3CZ-85 RAB ELEC PROT INLET YES 3CZ-86 RAB ELEC PROT INLET YES 3CZ-87 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST YES 3CZ-88 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST YES 3CZ-832 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE NAKE-UP YES 3CZ-833 , RAB ELEC PROT PURGE NAKE-UP YES 3CZ-834 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET YES.

3CZ-835 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET YES 3FV-82 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET NO*

3FV-84 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET NO*

3CZ-81 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL NO>>

3CZ-.83 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOL NO*

3CZ-817 CONTROL ROOH PURGE MAKE UP NO*

3CZ-82 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL NO" 3CZ"84 CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION NO" 3CZ-818 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP NO" 3CZ-814 CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST NO*

f SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-42

jR CP8cL Comments SHNPP Final Dr af t Technical .Specif ication.

R >cur d t<!> rn~l.'e>r 7!.ra Connr~r ~ r'> 'L 'I vf'> i' Ef<<ROI'aue I.CQ flu>rrLrr>r r > ..>8. () 4 ~ 62 NurnLrer: 3/4 8-4'r Sect) <,>! !  !'Iurr>!.,>r. r" 'ABLE =.8-2 Co nrnenl:

!r(!EII: CULL!t'1N "I<<YF"ASS DEVICE" t<ND PU'I A THf;-'.UNC; I;IOtlr'(I !)ESI Rlf"TICIM PQR VAI VES ON Pr'rGL.

+'f TER r',

I l'>I!"'"."), ] r>F - '?,:.. 1Af.-77 ~ ! AF'-137. 1AF-14:,

1AF -14rr'. AND 1tIS-70 i: PAGE 8-4'- ( 1!1S-72. f- V-B'..

r V-B4, 3C7-81, 3C? -B3 r 3CZ-B17, <C7-B", C -B'I . ~ ~

3CZ-816. AND 'CZ-B14): AND PAGE 8-43 <3CZ-B2~

3CZ-.B25. 31.'Z-BI <<, 3CZ-Bl:, 3CZ-B10. 3CZ-B9

<<CZ-811. <<C7-B23. 3C7.-B21, 3CZ-B22, 3<<CZ-L<=4 r 3CZ-B1 ~> . At ID 3CZ-82Cr )

REVISE 1'HE + FOOTNCITE ON PAGE 8-43 TO READ "Included 4:or completeness only and are riot; tested urrder- thi s speci f i cat i on. Ove. I oad bypass i s ac!on>pl i sl'ed in ci rcvi t desi on bv ttre 1 ocati orr oi acti vat i on rel ays. '. hese acti vat i on sl ave ." el ays ar r. tested i rr accor-dance rri th the reouiremer'!ts of

>-'ll'rr fat: le

( 3!q k<as 1

".'H I S C,'HANGE RE'V I SES THIS REC<<UEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH DI SCU !SIGNS ON 8-14-86 WI 1'H f'1R. Q. CHOPRA Of THE NRR STAFF. AT THAT TIt1E IT WAS STATED THAT WHILE IT WAS ACCEPTABLE THAT THESE SPECIAL ITEMS ARE 1'0 I~E T ESl'ED ELSEWHERE ~ HE FEL T THA'! THF BYI"ASS DEVICE CQLUMII SHOULD STILL READ "YES".

SlNCL" 1H!S IJC)LILD INCAN '1HA1 ALL ITEMS IN THE COLUMN WLr\.!I..D BE I E)Ef>I C I CAL CP>1(L FEEI S THAT THE'QLUMf'I ( AN Bl-" I"Cr Mf"LET!. LY DELETED. '7 HE FOOTNOTE HAS }3FEN REVISED TO BE SOI'IEWHAT CLF, << ~ ) MORE SPECIFIC ABC)UI (JFI!:f"E THE OTHER . T REC>!UI RE .-.NTS flAY BE I! OUt!D.

TABLE 3.8-2 MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMA'L OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION 1CS-341 (2CS-V522) RCP A SEAL ISOL 1CS-382 (2CS-V523) RCP B SEAL ISOL 1CS-423 (2CS-V524) .

RCP C SEAL ISOL 1CS-182 (2CS"V600) CSIP A MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-210 (2CS"V601} CSIP B MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-196 (ZCS-V602) CSIP C MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-235 (2CS-V609) CSIP to RCS ISOLATION 1CS-166 (2CS" L521) VCT - I SOLAT ION 1CS-292 (2CS-L522) RWST ISOLATION 1CS-214 (2CS-V585) CSIPS MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-165 (2CS-L520) VCT ISOLATION 1CS-291 (2CS-L523) RWST ISOLATION 1CS-238 (2CS-V610) CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION 1CS-170 (2CS-V587) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-169 (2CS-V589) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-171 (2CS-V590) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-168 (2CS-V588) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-219 (2CS-V603) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS"217 (2CS-V604) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS"218 (2CS-V605) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-220 (2CS-V606) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-240 (2CS-V611) SEAL WATER INJECTION 1CS-278 (2CS-V586) BORIC ACID TANK TO CSIP 1CS-746 (2CS-V757) CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-752 (2CS-V759) CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS"753 (2CS-V760) CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-745 (2CS-V758) CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-472 (2CS-V517) RCP( SEAL WATER RETURN ISOL 1CS-470 (2CS-V516} RCP SEAL WATER ISOLATION 1RH"25 (2RH-V507) RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH-63 (2RH-V506) RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH" 31 (2RH" F513) RHR A MINI FLOW lRH-69 (2RH-F512) RHR B MINI FLOW 1RH-2 (1RH-VS03) RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH" 40 (1RH-V501) RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-1 (1RH-V502) RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-39 (1RH-V500) RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1SI-1 (25 I-V503) BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 1SI-4 (2SI-V506) BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 151-2 (2SI-V504) BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 15 I-3 (2SI" V505) BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 1SI-246 (2SI-V537) ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION 15 I-248 (2SI" V535) ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION 15 I-300 (25 I-V571) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL 1SI-310 (2SI-V573) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL 1SI" 247 (2SI-V536) ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-40

F F3A D FT TABLE 3. 8-2 Continued MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION

-94%86~%

VALVE NUMBER- FUNCTION ~~@=

151-301 (251-V570) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL 151-311 (251-V572) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL 151-107 (251-V500) HH SI TO RCS HL 151-52 (251-V502) HH SI TO RCS CL 151-86 (251-V501) HH SI TO RCS HL 151 "326 (251-V577) LH SI TO RCS HL 151-327 (251-V576)- LH 51 TO RCS HL 151"340 (251-V579) LH 51 TO RCS CL 151"341 (251-V578) LH SI TO RCS CL 151-359 (251"V587) LH 51 TO RCS HL 151-322 (251-V575) RWST TO RHR A ISOL 151-323 (251-V574) RWST TO RHR 8 ISOL 1CC-128 (3CC-85) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC-127 (3CC-86) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC-99 (3CC-819) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC"113 (3CC-820) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC-147 (3CC"V165) RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-167 (3CC-V167) RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-176 (2CC-V172) CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION lCC-202 (2CC-V182) CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION 1CC-208 (2CC-V170) CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-299 (2CC-V183) RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION 1CC-251 (2CC-V190) RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION 1CC-207 (2CC-V169) CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-297 (2CC-V184) RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION lCC-249 (2CC-V191) RCPS THER BARRIER I50LATION 1CT-105 (2CT-V6) CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL 1CT-102 (2CT-V7) CNMT SPRAY SUMP 8 RECIRC ISOL 1CT-26 (2CT"V2) CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-71 (2CT" V3) CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-50 (2CT-V21) SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION 1CT-12 (3CT-V85) NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION ICT"88 (2CT-V43) SPRAY HDR 8 ISOLATION ICT-11 (3CT" V88) NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION 1CT-47 (2CT-V25) CNMT 5PRAY HDR A RECIRC 1CT-24 (2CT-V8) CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST 1CT-95 (2CT"V49) CNMT SPRAY HDR 8 RECIRC 1CT-25 (2CT-V345) CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 EDUCTOR TEST 1AF" 5 (3AF-V187) AFWP A RECIRC 1AF-24 (3AF-V188) AFWP B RECIRC 1AF-55 (2AF-V10) AFW TO SG A ISOL ~

lAF-93 (2AF"V19) AFW TO SG 8 ISOL W 1AF-74 (2AF"V23) AFW TO SG C ISOL 1AF-137 (2AF-V116) TO SG A ISOL >

+'FWTD 1AF-143 (2AF-V117) AFWTD TO SG 8 ISOL 5 lAF"149 (2AF-V118) AFWTD TO SG C ISOL +

1MS-70 (2MS-V8) AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION <

5HEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3'-41

TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION ~YES/KO 1MS-72 (2MS-V9) AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION W 1SW-39 (3SW-85) NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION 1SW-276 (3SW-88) NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-270 (3SW-815) SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL lSW-40 (3SW" 86) NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL 1SW-275 (35W-813) SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-274 (3SW-814) SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL 1SW-271 (3SW-816) SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL MbL~S~ .MBt&

lSW-92 (2SW-846) SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET 1SW-97 (2SW-847) SW % FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET lSW-91 (2SW-845) W TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET 1SW-109 (2SW-849) SW FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET lSW-225 (2SW-852) W TO FAN CLR AH1 INLET 1SW-98 (2SW-848) SW FAN CLR AH1 OUTLET 1SW-227 (2SW-851) TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET lSW" 110 (2SW-850) SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET 1SW-124 (3SW-870) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-126 (3SW-871) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-129 (3SW-873) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-127 (3SW-872) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-123 (3SW-875) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-121 (3SW-874) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-132 (3SW-877) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1SW-130 (3SW-876) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1ED-94 (2MD"V36) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION lED-95 (2MD-V77) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 3CZ-85 RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-86 RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-87 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ"88 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-832 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP 3CZ-833 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP 3CZ-834 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3CZ-835 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3FV-82 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET >

3FV-84 FUEL, HANDLING EXHAUST INLET 3CZ-81 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOLINE 3CZ-83 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA 3CZ-817 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+

3CZ-82 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL 3CZ-84 ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION+ 8'ONTROL 3CZ-818 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP~

3CZ-814 CONTROL ROON PURGE EXHAUST+

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-42

3.8-2 Continued hi) "L FT TABLE VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION

'OTOR-OPERATED BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION ~YES/NO 3CZ-826 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY DISCH +

3CZ-825 CONTROL ROOM SUPPLY DISCHARGE ~

3CZ-813 CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST ~ ~

3CZ-812 CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE 3CZ"810 CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE +

3CZ"89 CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE W 3CZ"811 CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE 3CZ-823 ROOM EMER FLTR INLET P" f'ONTROL 3CZ-821 CONTROL ROOM FLTR DISCHARGE +

3CZ-822 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE+

'3CZ-824 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR INLET+

3CZ-819 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE W 3CZ-820 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE 8 3AV-81 RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET 3AV-82 RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-84 RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET 3AV-85 RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-83 RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED 3AV-86 RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED 3AC-82 RAB SMGR .8 EXHAUST 3AC-83 RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST 3AC-81 RAB SMGR A EXHAUST

+< J p~ ~z'f +eye J uudcs +4~> +pic.iOycA~'~'~

"Included for completeness only Overload bypass is accomplished 4y-circuit Slave Relay> ra a(.. 'les>>ed /u Rcccada~m mc9Ii +~>c Ac~ v i'ac~eu+s ef Qg(g p. 3 "~ ~

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-43

CP8cL Comment.a BHNPP Final Draft. Technical Specifications Rec or u Nu:rrber-: Cue!r!ent Type: ERROR 70'CQ rluebe.: i.08.04.02 Page Number" ~/4 8-40 Se'i un N rrrrirr: r: TABLE i. 8-2 Comment:

DELETE'OI Ut1tl "BYPASS DEVICE" AND PUT A ~J AFTER THE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION FOR VALVES Of~! PAGE 8-41

' AF-c."..r'. 1A"-'~ . 1AF-74 . 1AF-1 7. 1AF-14 ~ 1 AF, 14c: !AND RB-7<> PAbr= 8-42 (1twB 72 ;cV B2

F V-B4.:<<CZ-B1 ..~CZ-B ~. >CZ-B17, 3CZ-B2 ~CZ-B4.

<<CZ-B18. Ah?D 3C:-814): AhlD PAGE 8-43 <3CZ-B2*

CZ-B25. LZ-81 , >CZ-B12. <<CZ-B10r CZ-BW,

~<<CZ 'B1 crotch 1 NCZ B23 Z<<CZ B21 ~>CZ B22 p NCZ B24

- CZ-B1., At.!D =CZ-B20>

1 p p REVISE THE:: FQOThlQTE ON PAGE 8-4 TQ READ Over i oaci bvpass ~or these val ves i s accoepl I s?red bV ?le aC lvatlOI1 T?'le:e M laye 1'elaVS if1 CXt Cui'tc vat i on ) ave el avs ar e teshec3 as pat'"'t I

o~ the Fngineere 1 Baf ety Features Act.'uati on System 1%tf u>>lerrgatw otl w n accorclance 5!x th the r eoui re!:re!1i:s o>> Tabl e 4. c-2.

Bask s TI.I cB CHANBES REVICFB THIS REDUEST IN ACCORDANCE i?ITH DISCUSSIQNS Oti 8-14-86 At'ID 8-28-86 llITH t'I!i.

Q C. IOPRA OF THE NRR BTA. F AT THAT T I f'1 I T i'JAS 8 ATED THAl LJHILE IT NAS ACCEPTABLE THAT THESE 1

SPECIA'TE?1S APE TO BE TEBTED ELSELJHEREr HE FEl.T THAT THE BYPASS DEV'I CL. CQLUt'?hl SHQLJLD BT ILL READ "YEB". SINCE H'? B I'JQU!LE) f'? AN THAT ALL IT h1B IN 1

1

."'IE CQLUHN liJOULD BE I DEh?T ICAL. CP~(L FEELS THAT THE Cr ILU!'!!J CAf! BE CQI'IPLETELY DE'TED. THE FOOTNQTF rdr-18  ? .."EN REVI'="ED TQ BE AtlD h?ORE SPECIFIC ABOUT

'HER""." TFIt Q? ."'IER TEST REQL! I REh?EflTB t'IAY BE FQUf'JD.

SHNPP Ik pm]et~a~

TABLE 3.8"2 AUG 586 MOTOR-OPERATEO VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION 1CS-341 (2CS-V522) RCP A SEAL ISOL 1CS-382 (2CS-V523) RCP B SEAL ISOL lCS-423 (2CS-V524) RCP C SEAL ISOL 1CS-182 (2CS-V600) CSIP A MINIFLOM ISOLATION 1C5-210 (2CS-V601) CSIP 8 MINIFLOM ISOLATION 1C5-196 (2C5-V602} CSIP C MINIFLOM ISOLATION 1CS-235 (2CS-V609) CSIP to RCS ISOLATION 1CS-166 (2CS-L521) VCT ISOLATION 1CS-292 (2CS-L522) RWST ISOLATION 1CS"214 (2CS-V585) CSIPS MINIFLOW ISOLATION 1CS-165 (2CS-L520) VCT ISOLATION 1CS-291 (2CS-L523) RWST ISOLATION 1CS-238 (2C5-Y610) CSIP TO RCS ISOLATION 1CS-170 (2CS-V587) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-169 (2CS-V589) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-171 (2CS-V590) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-168 (2CS-V588) CSIP SUCTION ISOLATION 1CS-219 (2CS-V603) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-217 (2CS-V604) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-218 (2CS-V605) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS-220 (2CS-V606) CSIP DISCHARGE ISOL 1CS" 240 (2CS-V611) SEAL MATER INJECTION 1CS-278 (2CS-V586) BORIC ACID TANK TO CSIP 1CS-746 (2CS-V757) CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-752 (2CS-V759) CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-753 (2CS-V760) CSIP MINIFLOM 1CS"745 (2CS-V758) CSIP MINIFLOW 1CS-472 (2CS-V517) RCPT SEAL MATER RETURN 150L 1CS-4?0 (2CS"Y516) RCP SEAL MATER ISOLATION 1RH-25 (2RH-Y507) RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH-63 (2RH-V506} RHR TO CSIP SUCTION 1RH-31 (ZRH-F513) RHR A MINI FLOW 1RH-69 (2RH-F512) RHR 8 MINI FLOW 1RH-2 (1RH-V503) RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH"40 (1RH-V501) RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-1 (1RH-V502) RHRS INLET ISOLATION 1RH-39 (1RH- Y500) RHRS INLET ISOLATION lSI"1 (2SI- Y503} BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 1SI-4 (25I-V506} BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 15I-2 (25I-V504) BORON INJECTION TANK INLET ISOL 15I-3 (25I-V505) BORON INJECTION TANK OUTLET ISOL 15I-246 (25I" V537) ACCUMULATOR A DISCHARGE ISOLATION 15I-248 (25I-V535) ACCUMULATOR C DISCHARGE ISOLATION 1SI"300 (25I-V571) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL 1SI" 310 (25I-V573) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP A ISOL lSI-247 (2SI-V536) ACCUM B DISCHARGE ISOLATION SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-40

SHNPP FML tT p~itptA4< TABLE 3. 8-2 Continued AUG $ 86 MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION lSI-301 (2SI-V570) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP B ISOL 1SI-311 (2SI-V572) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP B ISOL 1SI-107 (2SI-V500) HH SI TO RCS HL 1SI-52 (2SI-V502) HH SI TO RCS CL 1SI-86 (2SI-V501) HH SI TO RCS HL 1SI-326 (2SI"V577) LH SI TO RCS HL 1SI-327 (2SI-V576) LH SI TO RCS HL 15 I-340 (2SI-V579) LH SI TO RCS CL 1SI-341 (2SI-V578) LH SI TO RCS CL lSI-359 (2SI-V587) LH SI TO RCS HL 15I"322 (2SI-V575) RWST TO RHR A ISOL 1SI-323 (2SI"V574) RWST TO RHR B ISOL 1CC-128 (3CC-85) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC-127 (3CC-86) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC-99 (3CC"819) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC-113 (3CC-B20) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL 1CC-147 (3CC- Y165) RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-167 (3CC-V167) RHR COOLING ISOL 1CC-D6 (2CC-V172) CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION 1CC-202 (2CC-Y182) CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION 1CC-208 (2CC-V170) CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-299 (2CC-V183) RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION 1CC-251 (2CC-V190) RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION 1CC-207 (2CC-V169) CCW-RCPS ISOLATION 1CC-297 (2CC-Y184) RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION 1CC-249 (2CC-V191) RCPS, THER BARRIER ISOLATION 1CT" 105 (2CT-Y6) CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL 1CT-102 (2CT-V?) CNMT SPRAY SUMP B RECIRC ISOL 1CT-26 (2CT-V2) CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-71 (2CT-V3) CNMT SPRAY PUMP B INJECT. SUPPLY 1CT-50 (2CT-V21) SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION 1CT-12 (3CT-V85) NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION ICT-88 (2CT-V43) SPRAY HDR B ISOLATION ICT-11 (3CT-V88) NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION 1CT-47 (2CT-V25) CNMT SPRAY HDR A RECIRC 1CT-24 (2CT-V8) CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST 1CT-95 (2CT-Y49) CNMT SPRAY HDR B RECIRC 1CT-25 (2CT-Vl45) CNMT SPRAY PUMP B EDUCTOR TEST lAF-5 (3AF"V187) AFWP A RECIRC 1AF-24 (3AF-Y188) AFWP B RECIRC 1AF-55 (2AF-Vlo) AFW TO SG A ISOL W 1AF-93 (2AF-V19) AFW TO SG B ISOL +

1AF-74 (2AF-Y23) AFW TO SG C ISOL +

1AF-137 (2AF-V116) AFWTD TO SG A ISOL ~

1AF-143 (2AF-Y117) AFWTD TO SG B ISOL W 1AF-149 (2AF- Y118) AFWTD TO SG C ISOL +

1MS-70 (2MS-V8) AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION W SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-41

SHNP P REVIS3ON AU6 NS TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR"OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION 1MS-72 (2MS-V9) AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION 8 1SW-39 (3SW-85) NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION 1SW-276 (3SW-88) NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-270 (3SW-815) SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL 1SW-40 (3SW-86) NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL lSW-275 (3SW-813) SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-274 (3SW-814) SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL 1SW-271 (3SW-816) SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL 1SW-92 (2SW"846) SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET 1SW-97 (2SW-847) SW % FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET lSW-91 (2SW-845) W TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET 1SW-109 (2SW-849) SW FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET 1SW-225 (2SW-852) W TO FAN CLR AHl INLET 1SW-98 (2SW-848) SW FAN CLR AH1 OUTLET 1SW-227 (2SW-851) TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET 1SW-110 (2SW-850) SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET 1SW-124 (3SW-870) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-126 (3SW-871) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-129 (3SW-873) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-127 (3SW-872) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-123 (3SW-875) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-121 (3SW-874) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-132 (3SW-877) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1SW-130 (3SW-876) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1ED-94 (2MD-V36) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 1ED"95 (2MD-V77) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 3CZ"85 RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-86 RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ"87 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-88 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-832 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP 3CZ-833 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP 3CZ-834 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3CZ-835 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3FV-82 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET K 3FV-84 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET W 3CZ-81 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOLA 3CZ-83 CONTROL ROON NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA 3CZ-817 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP+

3CZ-82 .CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL k 3CZ-84 CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION%

3CZ-818 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP%

3CZ-814 CONTROL ROON PURGE EXHAUST%

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-42

SHNPP gm! Ic.lw~~

$ 86 TABLE 3.8-2 Continued

'fi)ALRIF AUG MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION 3CZ"826 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY DISCH +

3CZ-825 CONTROL ROOM SUPPLY DISCHARGE +

3CZ-813 CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST+

3CZ-812 CNTL RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE'NTL 3CZ-810 RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE'NTL 3CZ-89 RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKEP 3CZ-Bll CNTL -RM EMER FLTR OUTSIDE AIR 3CZ-823 EMER FLTR INLET+

INTAKE'ONTROL ROOM 3CZ-821 CONTROL ROOM FLTR DISCHARGE+

3CZ-822 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE 6 3CZ-824 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR INLET ~

3CZ" 819 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGEw 3CZ-820 CONTROL ROOM EMER FLTR DISCHARGE W 3AV-81 RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET 3AV-82 RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-84 RAB EMER EXHAUST INLET 3AV-85 RAB EMER EXHAUST OUTLET 3AV-83 RAB EMER FXHAUST BLEED 3AV-86 RAB EMER EXHAUST BLEED 3AC-82 RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST 3AC-83 RAB SWGR 8 EXHAUST

'3AC-Bl RAB SWGR A EXHAUST Chloe $

Overload bypass is accomplished by s}Rve Relays <w +e GiRca t to Mes@ Qc~lo'/~<<

~ Ache>>ki; 5(+<< 'RelAys ARe +es+cd hs p ~R+ 4 +bc ~~gIIJeeRcd 5agc+ pe>fu mes

$ $ +4m ~~$ 'Aumcsf f+i toA) gnl ~~gd>>,~ec ~ +t >> +/ e ge ~ ge~ +$

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-43 o4 7mbte V.3-2

0/j C P8cm C camrnmn<m SHNPP Final Dra+t. Technical Speci+icat ion.

Record". Number: 780 Comment: Tyae: ERROR LCO Number: '3.08.04.D2 Paoe Number: 3/4 8-42 Section t4umber: TABLE 3.8-2 Comment:

DELETE VALVES 1SW-1 . 18M-2, 1Slrj-w AND 1St'-4 FRQtl THF TABLE.

&eel 5 Dl.)E TQ A PLANT tqQDIF I CAT I ON. Tl-IFSF VALVES HAVE BEEN CHANGED TO htANUAL VALVES AND THEREFORE THERE I S t~lQ THERMAL OVERLOAD BYPASS. REHOTE OPERATION OF THFSE VALVES WAS NQT ASSUtCED BY ANY SAFElY ArtALYSIS.

gVi

SHNPP REVtStON HIS Pili:1 AU6 NNi TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR"OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION.

1MS-72 (2MS-V9) AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION 5 1SW-39 (3SW-85) NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION 1SW-276 (3SW-88} NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-270 (3SW-815) SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL 1SW"40 (3SW-B6} NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL 1SW-275 (3SW-813) SW HDR A RETURN ISOL 1SW-274 (3SW-814) SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL 1SW-271 (3SW-816) SW HDR 8 TO AUX R5VR ISOL lSW-92 (2SW-846) SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET lSW"97 (2SW-847) SW & FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET 1SW-91 (2SW-845) TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET lSW-109 (2SW-849) SW FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET 15W-225 (2SW-.852) TO FAN CLR AHl INLET 1SW-98 (2SW-B48) SW FAN CLR AHl OUTLET 1SW-227 (2SW-851) TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET 1SW-110 (2SW-850) SW FAN'LR AH4 OUTLET 15W-124 (3SW-870) SW TQ AFWTD PUMP 1SW-126 (3SW-871) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 15W-129 (3SW-873} SW TO AFWTD PUMP ISW-127 (3SW-872) SW TO AFWTD PUMP 1SW-123 (3SW-875) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-121 (3SW-874) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY 1SW-132 (3SW-877) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY 1SW-130 (3SW-876) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY lED-94 (2MD-V36) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION lED-95 (2MD-V77) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION 3CZ-85 RAB ELEC PROT INLET 3CZ-86 RAB ELEC -PROT INLET 3CZ-87 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-88 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST 3CZ-832 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE"UP 3CZ-833 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP 3CZ-834 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET

'CZ-835 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET 3FV-82 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET K 3FV"84 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET W 3CZ-81 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOI +

3CZ-83 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOLA 3CZ-817 'ONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP +

3CZ-82 CONTROL ROOM NORMA SUPPLY ISOL 5 3CZ-84 CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION%

3CZ-818 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE 3CZ-814 ROOM PURGE EXHAUST&

UP+'ONTROL SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8"42

>/~

CP RL Comxnenta

~PP Proof and Review Technical Specification8 f

Record Number: 706 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 3.08.04.02 Page Number: 3/4 8-41,42 Section Number: TABLE 3.8-2 Comment:

THE LAST SEVEN ITEMS ON PAGE 3/4 8-41 AND THE FIRST ITEM ON PAGE 3/4 8-42 CHANGE THE BYPASS DEVICE COLUMN FROM "YES" TO HN04" Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED DUE TO RECENT PLANT MODIFICATIONS. THE RESULT OF THESE MODIFICATIONS IS THAT THE THERMAL OVERLOAD BYPASS FUNCTION IS NOW COVERED BY INHERENT FEATURES DESIGNED INTO THE CIRCUITRY AND THERE IS NO LONGER A BYPASS DEVICE" TO BE TESTED.

qg(u

hN TABLE 3. 8-2 Continued SHXPP p&llsigM MOTOR-OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION JUL 586 BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION ~YES/NO 1SI-301 (2S I-V570) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL YES 1SI-311 (25 I-V572) CNMT SUMP TO RHR PUMP 8 ISOL YES 1SI-107 (ZSI-V500) HH SI TO RCS HL YES 1SI-52 (2SI-V502) HH SI TO RCS CL YES 15 I-86 (2SI-V501)

'H SI TO RCS HL YES 1SI-326 (2SI-V577) LH SI TO RCS HL YES 15 I-327 (2SI-V576) LH SI TO RCS HL YES 1SI-340 (2SI-V579) LH SI TO RCS CL YES 1S I-341 (25 I-V578) LH SI TO RCS CL YES 1SI-359 (2SI "V587) LH SI TO RCS HL YES 1SI-322 (2SI-V575) RWST TO RHR A ISOL YES 1SI-323 (2SI-V574) RWST TO RHR 8 ISOL YES 1CC-128 (3CC-85) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL YES 1CC-127 (3CC-86) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL YES 1CC-99 (3CC-819) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL YES 1CC-113 (3CC-820) CCS NONESSENTIAL RETURN ISOL YES 1CC-147 (3CC-V165) RHR COOLING ISOL YES 1CC-167 (3CC-V167) RHR COOLING ISOL YES.

1CC-176 (2CC-V172) CVCS HX CNMT ISOLATION YES 1CC-202 (2CC-V182) CVCS HX CKMT ISOLATION YES 1CC-208 (2CC-V170) CCW-RCPS ISOLATION YES 1CC-299 (2CC-V183) RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION YES 1CC-251 (2CC-V190) RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION YES 1CC-207 (2CC-V169) CCW-RCPS ISOLATION YES 1CC-297 (2CC-V184) RCPS BEARING HX ISOLATION YES 1CC-249 (2CC-V191) RCPS THER BARRIER ISOLATION YES 1CT-105 (2CT" V6) CNMT SPRAY SUMP A RECIRC ISOL YES 1CT-102 (2CT-V7) CNMT SPRAY SUMP 8 RECIRC ISOL YES 1CT-26 (2CT"V2) CNMT SPRAY PUMP A INJECT. SUPPLY YES 1CT-71 (2CT-V3) CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 INJECT. SUPPLY YES 1CT-50 (2CT-V21) SPRAY HDR A ISOLATION YES 1CT-12 (3CT-V85) NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION YES ICT-88 (2CT-V43) SPRAY HDR 8 ISOLATION YES ICT-ll (3CT-V88) NAOH ADDITIVE ISOLATION YES 1CT-47 (2CT-V25) CNMT SPRAY HDR A. RECIRC YES 1CT-24 (2CT-V8) CNMT SPRAY PUMP A EDUCTOR TEST YES 1CT-95 (2CT-V49) CNMT SPRAY HDR 8 RECIRC YES-1CT-25 (2CT-V145) CNMT SPRAY PUMP 8 EDUCTOR TEST YES 1AF" 5 (3AF-V187) AFWP A RECIRC YES

]AF-24 (3AF-V188) AFWP 8 RECIRC YES 1AF-55 (2AF-V10) AFW TO SG A ISOL lAF"93 (2AF-V19) AFW TO SG 8 ISOL 1AF-74 (2AF-V23) AFW TO SG C ISOL 4Q& /VO+

1AF-137 (2AF-V116) AFWTD TO SG A ISOL 44& A/O+

lAF-143 (2AF-V117) AFWTD TO SG 8 ISOL lAF"149 (2AF-V118) 1MS-70 (2MS-Vs)

AFWTD TO SG. C ISOL AFWTD STEAM 8 ISOLATION ~

4QF h/0+

uD~

SHEARON'HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8"41

rN TABLE 3.8-2 Continued MOTOR OPERATED VALVES THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION oN JUL 6.

BYPASS DEVICE VALVE NUMBER FUNCTION ~YES/NO 1MS-72 (2MS-V9) AFWTD STEAM C ISOLATION hO*

1SW-39 (3SW-85) NORMAL SW HDR A ISOLATION YES 1SW-276 (3SW-88) NORMAL SW HDR A RETURN ISOL YES 1SW-270 (3SW-815)

. SW HDR A TO AUX RSVR ISOL YES 1SW"40 (3SW-86) NORMAL SW HDR 8 ISOL YES 1SW-275 (3SW-813) SW HDR A RETURN ISOL YES 1SW-274 (3SW-814) SW HDR 8 RETURN ISOL YES 1SW-271 (3SW-816) SW HDR 8 TO AUX RSVR ISOL YES lSW-3 (3SW-83) EMER SW PUMP 1A MAIN RSVR INLET YES lSW-4 (3SW-B4) EMER SW PUMP 18 MAIN RSVR INLET YES 1SW"1 (3SW-Bl) EMER SW PUMP lA AUX RSVR INLET YES 1SW-2 (3SW-82) EMER SW PUMP 18 AUX RSVR INLET YES 1SW-92 (2SW-846) SW TO FAN CLR AH3 INLET YES 1SW-97 (2SW-847) S~& FAN CLR AH3 OUTLET YES lSW-91 (2SW-845) SW TO FAN CLR AH2 INLET YES 1SW-109 (2SW-849) ~~ ~SW & FAN CLR AH2 OUTLET YES 1SW-225 (2SW-852) SN TO FAN CLR AN1 INLET YES lSW-98 (2SW"848)  % FAN CLR AHl OUTLET YES 1SW-227 (2SW-851) TO FAN CLR AH4 INLET YES 1SW-110 (2SW-850) SW FAN CLR AH4 OUTLET YES 1SW-124 (3SW-870) SW TO AFWTD PUMP YES 1SW-126 (3SW-871) SW TO AFWTD PUMP YES 1SW-129 (3SW-873) SW TO AFWTD PUMP YES 1SW-127 (3SW-B72) SW TO AFWTD PUMP YES 1SW-123 (3SW-875) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY YES 1SW-121 (3SW-874) SW TO AFW PUMP A SUPPLY YES 1SW-132 (3SW-877) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY YES 1SW-130 (3SW-876) SW TO AFW PUMP 8 SUPPLY YES 1ED-94 (2MD-V36) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION YES 1ED-95 (2MD-V77) CNMT SUMP ISOLATION YES 3CZ-85 RAB ELEC PROT INLET YES 3CZ-86 RAB ELEC PROT INLET YES 3CZ-87 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST YES 3CZ-88 RAB ELEC PROT EXHAUST YES 3CZ-832 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP YES 3CZ-833 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE MAKE-UP YES 3CZ-834 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET YES.

3CZ-835 RAB ELEC PROT PURGE INLET YES 3FV-82 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET NO" 3FV-84 FUEL HANDLING EXHAUST INLET NO~

3CZ-81 CONTROL RIM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL NO*

3CZ-83 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL EXHAUST ISOL NO" 3CZ-817 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP NO*

3CZ-82 CONTROL ROOM NORMAL SUPPLY ISOL NO*

3CZ-84 CONTROL ROOM EXHAUST ISOLATION NO" 3CZ-818 CONTROL ROOM PURGE MAKE UP NOsN 3CZ-814 CONTROL ROOM PURGE EXHAUST NO" SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 8-42

CPBc.L Coxnxnenta HNPP Proof and Rev iew Technical 8 pecif ication 8 Record Number: 734 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: 3.09.01 Page Number: 3/4 9-2 Section Number:, TABLE 4.9-1 Comment:

REVISE TABLE PER THE ATTACHED MARKUP.

Basis THESE CHANGES ARE PROPOSED FOR CONSISTENCY WITHIN THE TABLE AND TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION USEFUL TO PLANT PERSONNEL.

TABLE 4.9-1 FI Fl SHNPP ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS OW/)Qt&hl TO PREY N LU N U N UELING VALVE POSITION JUL Ie6 VALVE t88~N/ID DURING REFUELING LOCK DESCRIPTION 1CS-149 Closed Yes RN to the CVCS makeup control (cs -bi+'se) system 1CS-510 Closed Yes Boric Acid Batch Tank Outlet Ccs->~a/av) valve.july be opened if the batching tank concentration is > 2000 ppm boron, and valve 1CS-503 (makeup water supply to batch tank) is closed.

1CS-503 Closed Yes Rl% to Batching Tank. Do not (cs-z zs.i) open unless outlet valve 1CS-510 is closed.

~CYL5 uraouA n BTRs.

1CS-570 Closed No Q Place valve in "shut/ at valve

(~-~s-~s.s~) control switch and p'Lance BTRS function selector swia.'h in "off." No lock required.

1CS-670 Closed Yes RN to BTRS loop.

(cs->s99 $ 4) 1CS-649 Closed Yes Resin sluice to BTRS (cs-7198  %) demineralizers.

1CS-93 Closed Yes Resin sluice to CVCS (cs -Ds I srV3 demineralizers 1CS-320 Closed Yes Recycle Evaporation Feed (cs-Doe su) Pump to charging/safety injection pump suction, 1CS"98 Open No BTRS bypass valve. Place g~->we s.) valve control switch in "open" position; e'b g(

SHEARON MARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 9-2

CP8cL Coxnxnents HNP P Proof and Review Technical S deci%'ication s Record Number: 777 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: 3.09.06 Page Number: 3/4 9-7 Section Number:, 4.9.6.1 Comment:

CHANGE "when the refueling machine load exceeds" TO "at less than or equal to".

Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THAT THE LOAD CUTOFF IS SET AT OR -BELOW 2700 lbs., NOT WHEN THE LOAD EXCEEDS 2700 lbs.

FN REFUELING OPERATIONS SHNPP 3/4.9.6 REFUELING MACHINE OPERABILITY RFv) p)A~j L

JUL $ 86 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.9.6 The refueling machine and auxiliary hoist shall be used for movement of drive rods or fuel assemblies and shall be OPERABLE with:

a. The refueling machine, used for movement of fuel assemblies, having:
1. A minimum capacity of 4000 pounds, and
2. An automatic overload cutoff limit less than or equal to 2700 pounds.
b. The auxiliary hoist, used for latching and unlatching drive rods, having:
1. A minimum capacity of 3000 pounds, and
2. A 1000-pound load indicator that shall be used to monitor loads to prevent lifting more than 600 pounds.

APPLICABILITY: During movement of drive rods or fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel.

ACTION:

With the requirements for the refueling machine and/or auxiliary hoist OPERA-BILITY not satisfied, suspend use of any inoperable refueling machine and/or auxiliary hoist from operations involving the movement of drive rods and fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel.

~

SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS 4.9.6.1 The refueling machine used for movement of fuel assemblies within the reactor vessel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE, within 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> prior to the start of such operations, by performing a load test of at least 4000 pounds and demonstrating an automatic load cutoff 27 t N LZSJ 7HAr4 dR ~CIA<

4.9.6.2 The auxiliary hoist and associated load indicator used for'ovement of drive rode within the reactor vessel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE within 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> prior to the start of such operations by performing a load test of at least 900 pounds.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 9-7

0 CP RL Cornxnenta

~

iNPP Proof and Review Tech.nical Specifications t

Record Number: 703 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 1.09.12 Page Number: 3!4 9-14, 15,16 g'> < g-3 Section Number: VARIOUS Comment:

ITEMS 4 . 9. 12.

b . 1, 4 . 9. 12. d. 5, '4 . 9. 12. e, 4 . 9. 12 . f AND BASES CHANGE ANSI N510-1975 TO ANSI N510-1980.

Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY FOR CONSISTENCY WITH THE FSAR.

REFUELING OPERATIONS FINA Ft'HNPP 3/4.9.12 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST REV)S)ON JUL N6 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.9.12 Two 'independent Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: Whenever irradiated fuel is in a storage pool.

ACTION:

a~ With one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train inoperable, fuel movement within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool may proceed provided the OPERABLE Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is capable of being powered from an OPERABLE emergency power source and is in operation and discharging through at least one train of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber.

b. With no Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System suspend all operations involving movement of fuel %thin Traf~'PERABLE, the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool until at least one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is restored to OPERABLE status.

C. The provisions of Specifications 3.0.3 and 3.0.4 are not applicable.

SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS 4.9.12 The above required Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System trains shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

a. At least once per 31 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS by initiating, from the control room, flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers and verifying that the system operates for at least 10 continuous hours with the heaters operating;
b. At least once per 18 months or (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2) following significant painting, fire, qr chemical release in any ventilation zoril comunicating with the system by:
l. Verifying that the cleanup system satisfies the in-place penetration and bypass leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c, and C.5.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the unit flow rate t

is 6600 cfm 10K during system operation when tested in accordance with ANS.I N510-~.

680 SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 9-14

REFUELING OPERATIONS SHNPP FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EHERGENCY EXHAUST @+I)pr l i JUL $ 86 SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS Continued

4. 9. 12 (Continued)
2. Verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accor-dance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, Harch 1978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position C.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, Harch 1978, by showing a methyl iodide ~enetration of less than 1.(C when tested at a temperature of 30 C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with AS'3803.

C. After every 720 hours0.00833 days <br />0.2 hours <br />0.00119 weeks <br />2.7396e-4 months <br /> of charcoal adsorber operation by verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C. 6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March %78, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position+.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, }hrch 1978, by showing a methyl iodide penetration of less than 1.0X when tested at a temperature of .

30'C and at a relative humidity of 7'n accordance with'ASTM 03803.

d. At least once per 18 months by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA fil-ters and charcoal adsorber bank is not greater than 4.1 inches water gauge while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm a lOX,
2. Verifying that, on a High Radiation test signal, the system automatically starts and directs its exhaust flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks,
3. Verifying that the system maintains the spent fuel storage pool area at a negative pressure of greater than or equal to 1/8 inch water gauge, relative to the outside atmosphere, during system operation at a flow rate of 6600 cfm l: 10K,
4. Verifying that the filter cooling bypass valve is locked in the balanced position, and f
5. Verifying that the heaters dissipate 40 a 4 N when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-%%5:

zoo

e. After each complete or partial replacement of a HEPA'filter bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-i8$ 8 for a OOP test aerosol while operating the unit at a flow rate a+6600 cfm f 10K.

~~8o SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 9-15

FINAL RAFT REFUELING OPERATIONS SHNPP FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST RFWen~

J0l. $ 86 SURVEILLANCE RE UIREHENTS Continued 4.9;12 (Continued)

f. After each complete or partial replacement of a charcoal adsorber bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510- for a halogenated hydrocarbon refrigerant test gas while operating he unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfe t 10K.

198>

SHEARON HARRIS " UNIT 1 3/4 9-16

REFUELING OPERATIONS

";;., FN LORAFT 586 BASES 3/4.9. 10 AND 3/4.9. 11 WATER LEVEL - REACTOR VESSEL AND NEW AND SPENT FUEL LS The restrictions on minimum water level ensure that sufficient water depth is available to rhmove 99K of the assumed 10K iodine gap activity released from the rupture of an irradiated fuel assembly. The minimum water depth is consis-tent with the assumptions of the safety analysis'/4.9.12 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST 'SYSTEM The limitations on the Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System ensure that all radioactive material released from an irradiated fuel assembly will be filtered through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber prior to discharge to the atmosphere. Operation of the system with the heaters operating for at least 10 continuous hours in a 31-day period is sufficient to reduce the buildup of moisture on the adsorbers and HEPA filters. The OPERABILITY of this system and the resulting iodine removal capacity are consistent with the assumptjons of the safet anal ses. ANSI N510- will be used as a procedural gui5e-. for i 980 surveillance testing. riteria for laboratory testing of charcoal anchor in-place testing of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers is based upon removal efficiencies of 95K for organic and elemental forms of radioiodine and 99K for.

particulate forms. The filter pressure drop was chosen to be half-way between the estimated clean and dirty pressure drops for these components. This assures the full functionality of the filters for a prolonged period, even at the Technical Specification limit.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 9"3

i CPScL Comment s

~MMI P Final Draft. Techn j.cal Specifications 7 5"i Cc:>1~(1<c f' Tup&

LCO Hier.:b:.:r: ... 0 . 6 ~,".( i (.)7. 12

~

~ ." ac:e Nunib='r: v/.J /-17 4 j .".

S': C ', I '.st;: l< ill 't / /

~ ~ W: 4 CU(tiiA< I t'L:

Iti I TEt!S /i. 7.7.b. 1:P 7-17> and <. ~. 12 b I ~ ~

C!HAtilGE "O. Ci5i.'" TO "cJ. 0':/. HEPA 1. 0'/.'l

~

II ('~

7. 7, v iP 7-18) ar)d 4. +. 12.

/ II TO II +/ II f  ! P ~ 16) CHAf!CE Jt.

1 r)

? H.= "; ILTERS COV" RED BY THESE TL~!0 SPECIFI ATIGfdS AjE v'.!  !.", F I CIEt~!T ~ ACCORDI!<>C T'0 BENEPIC LETTFP.

Gi>-13 .."!A.-(CH 2. 1~83. A VALUE QF 1. 0/ I S AP"..;QPRIATE FO'"", FILTERS ASSUf1E') TO BE 95'/'.

E." ICIEST. 1 H INCi3P. lECT VALUE f')AS .,ROtdEOUSLY S!. /t~I ITEMS) BY CP~~cL.

REFUELING OPERATIONS 5 I 3/4.9.12 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST Au. 586 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.9. 12 Two independent Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY:* Whenever irradiated fuel is in a storage pool.

ACTION:

With one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train inoperable, fuel movement within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool may proceed provided the OPERABLE Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is capable of being powered from an OPERABLE emergency power source and is in operation and discharging through at least one train of HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber.

b. With no Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Trains OPERABLE, suspend all operations involving movement of fuel within the storage pool or crane operation with loads over the storage pool until at least one Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System Train is restored to OPERABLE status.

The provisions of Specifications 3.0.3 and 3.0.4 are not applicable.

SURVE I L LANCE RE UI REMEN TS 4.9.12 The above required Fuel Handling Building Emergency Exhaust System trains shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

a. At least once per 31 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS by initiating, from the control room, flow through the HEPA filters nd charcoal adsorbers and verifying that the system operates for at least 10 continuous hours with the heaters operating;
b. At least once per 18 months or (1} after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2} following significant painting, fire, or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system by:

HcPA) 1% ~~4~

1. Verifying that the cleanu system satisfies the in-place penetration and bypass eakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c, and C.S.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the unit flow rate is 6600 cfm a 10K during system operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-~.

/98o SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 9"14

INAL FT REFUELING OPERATIONS 8HNPP RFVIRIAtI FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS Continued

4. 9. 12 (Continued)

After each complete or partial replacement of a charcoal adsorber bank, by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than in accordance with ANSI N510- for a halogenated hydrocarbon efrigerant test gas while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm k 10K.

l98o i.o

/'HEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 9-16

CPS'.L Comxnenta HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 735 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 3.09.12 Page Number: 3/4 9-15 Section Number: 4.9.12.d.2 Comment:

DELETE "(UNLESS ALREADY OPERATING)".

Basis IN ORDER TO PROPERLY CONDUCT THIS TEST, THE FAN MUST BE STOPPED PRIOR TO THE START OF THE TEST.

SHNPP FANS DO NOT REDIRECT FLOW.THEREFORE)IF THE FAN IS ALREADY OPERATING$ NO CONCLUSION COULD BE REACHED REGARDING A SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE TEST.

I

f) L FT REFUELING OPERATIONS SHNPP FUEL HANDLING BUILDING EMERGENCY EXHAUST P+t)Plr Kl JUL $ 86 SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS Continued 4.9.12 (Continued)

Verifying, within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accor-dance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position C.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, by showing a methyl iodide [enetration of le'ss than 1.0X when tested at a temperature of 30 C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with ASTM D3803.

c. After every 720 hours0.00833 days <br />0.2 hours <br />0.00119 weeks <br />2.7396e-4 months <br /> of charcoal adsorber operation by verifying, within 31-days after removal, that a laboratory analysis of a representative carbon sample obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 2978, meets the laboratory testing criteria of Regulatory Position ~.6.a of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, by showing a methyl iodide penetration of less than 1.0% when tested at a temperature of .

30'C and at a relative humidity of 70K in accordance with'STM 03803.

d. At least once per 18 months by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA fil-ters and charcoal adsorber bank is not greater than 4.1 inches water gauge while operating the unit at a flow rate of 6600 cfm a 10K,
2. Verifying that, on a High Radiation test signal, the system automatically starts and, directs its exhaust flow through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks,
3. Verifying that the system maintains the spent fuel storage pool area at a negative pressure of greater than or equal to 1/8 inch water gauge, relative to the outside atmosphere, during system operation at a flow rate of 66DO cfa a 10K,
4. Verifying that the filter cooling bypass valve is locked in the balanced position, and
5. Verifying that the heaters dissipate accordance with ANSI N510-~

40 i 4 N when tested in rP80

e. After each complete or partial replacement of a HEPA filter bank> by verifying that the unit satisfies the in-place penetration leakage testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05K in accordance with ANSI N510-%8%8 for a DOP test aerosol while operating the unit at a flow rate o/6600 cfm f 10K.

i~8m SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 9-15

Shearon Harris A'age:

Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Ori ginator: FO g, g; +/V ~l 7 Comment Date: q/o/ 7~ vuI,'I Comment:

nt~

4.11.1.4 The quantity of radioactive material contained in each of the above listed tanks shall be determined to be within the above limit by analyzing a

~

representative sample of the tank's contents 7 d tion of radioactive material to the tank.

Oga Resolution Basis (w axM~Q, Resolution Acce ted:

NRC CPSL Date: (I g Date:

CP Bc. L Coxxxxne nt e Proof and Review Technical Specifications Dh'NPP Record Number: 765 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: 3. 11 02. 01

~ Page Number: 3/4 11-9 Section Number:, TABLE 4.11-2 Comment:

EXTEND THE HORIZONTAL LINE IN THE CENTER OF THE ITEM THREE BLOCK OVER TO A POINT ABOVE THE LETTER Itb II Basis THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED TO PROVIDE GREATER CLARITY TO THE TABLE.

QI1~

p P'~ y I(

TABLE 4. 11-2 RADIOACTIVE GASEOUS WASTE SAHPLING AND ANALYSIS PROGRAH HINIHUH LOWER LIHIT Ogl SAHP LING ANALYSIS DETECTION (LLD)

GASEOUS RELEASE TYPE FREQUENCY FREQUENCY TYPE OF ACTIVITY ANALYSIS 'pCi/ml) aste as tprage Tank Each Tank Each Tank Principal Gama Emitters lxlO-~

Grab Sam le on aInmen urge or Vent Each PURGE Each PURGE Principal Gama Emitters lxlO-i Grab Sample H H-3 oxide lxl0-6

3. a. Plant Vent ~ ~

Principal Gama Ewtters lxlO-i Stack Grab Sample H-3 oxide lx10-6

b. Turbine Bldg H Principal Gama Emitters lxlO-i Vent Stack; Grab Sample Waste Pro- //-3 Qoxr c- 3)~

/p ld cessing Bldg Vent Stacks g 6'na &JtVe~i,S't~~k C l i+~

MSA fhu8 q/jgfjrg J)Z

4. All Release Types Continuous I-131 lx10-ta r~

as listed in l., 2.,

and 3. above Charcoal Sample I-133 1x10 to Continuous W Principal Gama Emitters lxlO->>

Particulate Sa le Continuous H Gross Alpha lxlo->>

Composite Par-ticulate Sam le Continuous 51-89, Sl-90 lxlo->>

Composite Par-ticulate Sample

CPScL. Cummen<m BHNPP Final Draft Technical SPeci+icatians Re=a:-v'juoiber: 7I Ph Comrrlerft Tvpe' t1P ROVE("iE!!T LCG fvuil/her: 8 /4. 01 01 01

~

N

~ Paae Number: Ef q/tt 1 Sec'tion flu.ob r: '9 3/4. 1. 1. 1 Comrrret1 'L ADD A NEI! SEN'I ENCE AFTER THE LJORDS " i nad ver't. en t di 1 utior'r e>>eni.". " AS FOLLOWS:

he un' "Prm" i-.-; used thr aughaut tfiese saeoiiiaaLi arr.= ta can~or-m wi Lh the r cacti vi tv inkac mi~L'i arr f~r-ovided bv Lhe NSSS suppli er,: 1000 Pam i s rou.; Lo 1/ dr'I ta f /I:.

BRs 1 ">>

TH:S C: ANCE IS I!j RESPOt1SE Tg AN NRC COtff1EfdT. IT PROV I DES THE NECEBSARY EQUI VALENCY I NFQRt1AT I QN.

BUT D('!ES NOT (."QNF USE THE ACTUAL SPECIF I CAT XQtd

3/4. 1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS SHNPP Rc I IAL DRAFT AU6 $ 86 BASES 3/4.1.1 BORA ION CONTROL 3/4.1.1.1 and 3/4.1.1.2 SHUTDOWN MARGIN A.sufficient SHUTDOWN MARGIN ensures that:, (1) the reactor can be made sub-critical from all operating conditions, (2) the reactivity transients associated with postulated accident conditions are controllable within acceptable limits, and (3) the reactor will be maintained sufficiently subcritical to preclude inadvertent criticality in the shutdown condition.

SHUTDOWN MARGIN requirements vary throughout core life as a function of fuel depletion, RCS boron concentration, and RCS T . The most restrictive condi-occurs at EOL, with Tav at no, load operating temperature, and is asso-avg'ion ciated with a postulated steam'line break accident and resulting uncontrolled RCS cooldown. In the analysis of this accident, a minimum SHUTDOWN MARGIN of 1770 pcm is required to control the reactivity transient. Accordingly, the SHUTDOWN MARGIN requirement is based upon this limiting condition and is consistent with FSAR safety analysis assumptions. With T less than 200 F, avg the reactivity transients resulting from a postulated steam line break cooldown are minimal,-but a 2000 pcm SHUTDOWN MARGIN is required to provide adequate protection for postulated inadvertent dilution events.

Analysis of inadvertent boron dilution at cold shutdown is based on:

1. all RCCA's in the core while the RCS, except the reactor vessel, is drained (i.e., not, filled), and
2. all RCCA's, except shutdown banks C and D, are fully inserted in the core while the RCS is filled.

In addition, by assuming the most reactive control rod is stuck out of the core, its worth is effectively added to the 2000 pcm shutdown margin in calculating the necessary soluble boron concentration.

3/4. l. 1.3 MODERATOR "TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT The limit.ations on moderator temperature coefficient (MTC) are provided to ensure that the value of this coefficient remains within the limiting condition assumed in the FSAR accident and transient analyses.

The MTC values of this specification are applicable to a specific set of plant conditions; i.e., the positive limit is based on core conditions for all rods withdrawn, BOL, hot zero THERMAL POWER, and the negative limit is based on core conditions for all rods withdrawn, EOL, RATED THERMAL POWER. Accordingly, veri-fication of MTC values at conditions other than those explicitly stated will require extrapolation to those conditions in order to permit an accurate comparison.

p~ ~~~ s+ c rfQc 'h v Wy'

) '/~ ag/'~,

+~%7 cY) P~ QQ Qq ~ H+5 5 5 PP lier a '""o Pc.e s ~y. dL SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 8 3/4 l-l

CPRL Comments RNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 719 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: B 3/4.01.02 Page Number: B 3/4 1-2 Section Number:, B 3/4.1.2 Comment:

THE FIRST LINE IN PARAGRAPHS 2 AND 3 CHANGE "200 F" TO "350 F".

Basis THE CHANGE IS NEEDED FOR CONSISTENCY WITH LCO's 3.1.2.1 AND 3.1,2.2 FOR CSIP OPERABILITY'HE TEMPERATURES ON B 3/4 1-3 DO NOT NEED TO CHANGE BASED ON BORATED WATER SOURCE AVAILABILITYIN LCO's 3 '.2.5 AND 3.1.2.6. THIS IS THE SAME AS THE BYRON BASES.

SHNPP REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS aavisiON FINALD F 586 BASES MODERATOR TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT Continued The most negative HTC, value equivalent to the most positive moderator density coefficient (MDC), was obtained by incrementally correcting the HDC used in the FSAR analyses to nominal operating conditions. These corrections involved subtracting the incremental change in the HDC associated with a core condition of all rods inserted (most positive HDC) to an all rods withdrawn condition and, a conversion for the rate of change of moderator density with temperature at RATED THERMAL POWER conditions. This value of the HDC was then transformed into the limiting HTC value -42 pcm/ F. The HTC value of -33 pcm/ F represents a conservative value (with corrections for burnup and soluble boron) at a core condition of 300 ppm equilibrium boron concentration and is obtained by making these corrections to the limiting HTC value of -42 pcm/4F.

The Surveillance Requirements for measurement of the HTC at the beginning and near the end of the fuel cycle are adequate to confirm that the HTC remains within its limits since this coefficient changes slowly due principally to the reduction in RCS boron concentration associated with fuel burnup.

3/4. 1. 1. 4 MINIMUM TEMPERATURE FOR CRITICALITY This specification ensures that the reactor will not be made critical with the Reactor Coolant System average temperature less than 5514F. This limitation is required to ensure: (1) the moderator temperature coefficient is within analyzed temperature range, (2) the trip instrumentation is within,its normal it operating range, (3) the pressurizer is capable of being in an OPERABLE status with a steam bubble, and (4) the reactor vessel is above its minimum RTNDT temperature.

3/4. 1. 2 BORAT ION SYSTEMS The Boron Injection System ensures that negative reactivity control is available during each mode of facility operation. The components required to perform this function include: (1) borated water sources, (2) charging/safety injection pumps, (3) separate flow paths, (4) bor' transfer pumps, and (5) an emergency power supply from OPERABLE el ge ratorp~

pe C r)

With the RCS average temperature abo ~F, minieuh of two boron injection flow paths are requi~ed to ensure si le func onal capability in the event an assumed failure renders one of the fl s inoperable. The boration capa-bility of either flow path is sufficient to provide a SHUTDOWN HARGEN from full ppm power e bor

' 'n expected operating conditions of 1770 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown to 200'F. The maximum expected boration capability requirement occurs at EOL from water be main conditions ed and requires 16800 gallons of 7000 in the boric acid storage tanks or 436,000 gal-lons M~~

tank ( WST). Qzoao -z2oof borated wa r be maintained in the refueling water storage QSd With the 5 tom ure bel w SHY'F olfe oron injection flow path is accept-able without single failure onsid ation on the basis of the stable reactivity SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-2

QK CP8cL Comxnenta 9HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specification8 Record Number: 747 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: 8 3/4.01.02 Page Number: B 3/4 1-2 L 3 Section Number: B 3/4. l. 2 Comment:

IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH ON PAGE B 3/4 1-2 AND IN THE SECOND FULL'ARAGRAPH ON PAGE B 3/4 1-3 CHANGE "2000 ppm" TO "2000-2200 ppm".

Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED'OR CONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE BASES AND THE SP CIFICATIONS OF ECTION 3.1,2.

8HNP O~~

l'FVIS!

FINALD F REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 586 BASES MODERATOR TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT Continued The most negative MTC, value equivalent to the most positive moderator density coefficient (MDC), was obtained by incrementally correcting the HDC used in the FSAR analyses to nominal operating conditions. These corrections involved subtracting the incremental change in the HDC associated with a core condition of all rods inserted (most positive HDC) to an all rods withdrawn condition and, a conversion for the rate of, change of moderator density with temperature at RATED THERMAL POWER conditions. This value of the HDC was then transformed into the limiting MTC value -42 pcm/ F. The MTC value of -33 pcm/ F represents a conservative value (with corrections for'urnup and soluble boron) at a core condition of 300 ppm equilibrium boron concentration and is obtained by making these corrections to the limiting HTC value of -42 pcm/F.

The Surveillance Requirements, for measurement of the HTC at the beginning and near the end of the fuel cycle are adequate to confirm that the MTC remains within its limits since this coefficient changes slowly due principally to the reduction in RCS boron concentration associated with fuel burnup.

3/4. 1. 1. 4 MINIMUM TEMPERATURE FOR CRITICALITY This specification ensures that the reactor will not be made critical with the Reactor Coolant System average temperature less than 5514F. This limitation is required to ensure: (1) the moderator temperature coefficient is within it analyzed temperature range, (2) the trip instrumentation is within its normal operating range, (3) the pressurizer is capable of being in an OPERABLE status with a steam bubble, and (4) the reactor vessel is above its minimum RTNDT temperature.

3/4. 1. 2 BORATION SYSTEMS The Boron Injection System ensures that negative reactivity control is available during each mode of facility operation. The components required to perform this function include: (1) borated water sources, (2) charging/safety injection pumps, (3) separate flow paths, (4) boric acid transfer pumps, and (5) an emergency power supply from OPERABLE diesel generators.

ggo With the RCS average temperature above 40KF, a minimum of two boron injection flow paths are required to ensure single functional capability in the event an assumed failure renders one of the flow paths inoperable. The boration capa-bility of ~ ither flow path is sufficient to provide a SHUTDOWN HARGEN from expected operating conditions of 1770 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown to 200 F. The maximum expected boration capability requirement occurs at EOL from full power equilibrium xenon conditions and requires 16800 gallons of 7000 ppm lons of ~~

borated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 436,000 gal-borated water be maintained in the refueling water storage tank (RWST). Q oooo -zaoo~~n Qgd With the RCS temperature below 98YF, one boron injection flow path is accept-able without single failure consideration on the basis of the stable reactivity SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-2

S8NP P REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS PcL/f gf Ph)

+

ltd DIM JUL..

BASES BORATION SYSTEMS (Continued condition of the reactor and the additional restrictions prohibiting CORE ALTERATIONS and positive reactivity changes in the event the single boron injection flow path becomes inoperable.

The limitation for a maximum of one charging/safety injection pump (CSIP) to be OPERABLE and the Surveillance Requirement to verify all CSIPs except the required OPERABLE pump to be inoperable below 335 F provides assurance that a mass addition pressure transient can be relieved by the operation of a single PORV.

The boron capability required below 2004F is sufficient a SHUTDOWN MARGIN of 1000 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown 00 , to 140 F. This maintained in the RWST.

of~

condition requires either 4900 gallons of 7000 m orated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 82,000 gall ns ppm bor ed water be gV The gallons given above are the amounts that ne to b >ntained in W tank in the various circumstances. To get the specific value, each value had added to it an allowance for the unusable volume of water in the tank, allowances for other identified needs, and an allowance for possible instrument error. In addition, for human factors purposes, the percent indicated levels were then raised to either the next whole percent or the next even percent and the gallon figures rounded off. This makes the LCO values conservative to the analyzed values. The specified percent level and gallons differ by less than 0.2X.

The limits on contained water volume and boron concentration of the RWST also ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.

The BAT minimum temperature of 65'F ensures that boron solubility is maintained for concentrations of at least the 7750 ppm limit. The RWST minimum temperature is consistent with the STS value and is based upon other considerations since solubility not an issue at the specified concentration levels. 7~< HdS1 i'<<~~"

isSC ~~~~~r DhS A~TZb 'JES v~ yBAFAE-Y&c'Ad. AMEPWtlloysjS Sbk oIAmjWJ4<MP ~AT L8D.

The OPERABILITY oY one Boron Injection System during REFUELING ensures that ~ )m":~

this system is available for reactivity control while in MOOE 6. lJ"

-r Is.-4.

3/4. l. 3 MOVABLE CONTROL ASSEMBLIES The specifications of this section ensure that: (1) acceptable power distri-bution limits are maintained, (2) the minimum SHUTDOWN MARGIN is maintained, and (3) the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses are limited. OPERABILITY of the control rod position indicators is required to determine control rod positions and thereby ensure compliance with the control rod alignment and insertion limits.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-3

CPBc L Coxnxnenta

~HNPP Pr oof and Rev'iew. Tech.nival SWecitiaatione Record Number: 720 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: B 3/4.01,02 Page Number: B 3/4 1-3 Section Number: B 3/4.1.2 Comment ADD TO THE EN OF THE NEXT TO LAST PARAGRAPH OF SECTION B 3 .).2 THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE:

The RWST temperature was selected to be consistent with analytical assumptions for containment heat load.

Basis THIS CHANGE IS TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR THE TECH SPEC USERS.

S8NPP REACTIVIT't CONTROL SYSTEMS P~i)g fP}K)

N6 istic fjIIt BASES BORATION SvSTEMS (Continued condition of the reactor and the additional restrictions prohibiting CORE ALTERATIONS and positive reactivity changes in the event the single boron injection flow path becomes inoperable.

The limitation for a maximum of one charging/safety injection pump (CSIP) to be OPERABLE and'the Surveillance Requirement to verify all CSIPs except the required OPERABLE pump to be inoperable below 335 F provides assurance that a mass addition pressure transient can be relieved by the operation of a single PORV.

The boron capability required below 200 F is sufficient to provide a SHUTOOWN MARGIN of 1000 pcm after xenon decay and cooldown from 200 F to 140'F. This maintained in the RWST.

of~

condition requires either 4900 gallons of 7000 ppm borated water be maintained in the boric acid storage tanks or 82,000 gallons 3040 Zgog ppm borated water be The gallons given above are the amounts that need to be maintained in in the various circumstances. To get the specified value, each value had added

~ tank to it an allowance for the unusable volume of water in the tank, allowances for other identified needs, and an allowance for possible instrument error. In addition, for human factors purposes, the percent indicated levels were then raised to either the next whole percent or the next even percent and the gallon figures rounded off. This makes the LCO values conservative to the analyzed values. The specified percent level and gallons differ by less than 0. ll.

The limits on contained water volume and boron concentration of the RWST also ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment .after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components.

The BAT minimum temperature of 65 F ensures that boron solubility is maintained for concentrations of at least the 7750 ppm limit. The RWST minimum temperature is consistent with the STS value and is based upon other considerations since solubility is not an issue at the specified concentration levels.

ACrCrtb m Bt 4>>>>iSmJT +Cnr AaAC.rrtCAC. AJOCrAPtlON5 FbR CkuJTVti4rtMT 7'S7 Mgr LOhD.

<<~~<~~"'pi The OPERABILITY of one Boron Injection System during REFUELING ensures that this system is available for reactivity control while in MOOE 6.

3/4. l. 3 MOVABLE CONTROL ASSEMBLIES The specifications of this section ensure that: (1) acceptable power distri-bution limits are maintained, (2) the minimum SHUTOOWN MARGIN is maintained, and (3) the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses 'are limited. OPERABILITY of the control rod position indicators is required to determine control rod positions and thereby ensure compliance with the control rod alignment and insertion limits.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 1-3

CPBc.L Comments HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 767 Comment, Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: FIRE PROTECTION Page Number: VARIOUS ~i Section Number: fIRE PROTECTION Comment:

DELETE THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.

Basis c.-i PER PREVIOUS CPS(L LETTERS NLS-86-188 DATED JUNE 4, 1986 AND NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22, 1986.

I'IHAL UIu INSTRUMENTATION SHNPP REVlStCN BASES 586 REMOTE SHUTDOWN SYSTEM Continued This capability is consistent with General Design Criterion 3 and Appendix R to 10 CFR Part 50.

3/4. 3. 3. 6 ACCIDENT HONITORING INSTRUMENTATION The OPERABILITY of the accident monitoring instrumentation ensures that suffi-cient information is available on selected plant parameters to monitor and assess these variables following an accident. This capability is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9?, Revision 3, "Instrumentation for Light-Mater-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident," May 1983 and NUREG-0737, "Clarification of THI Action Plan Requirements," November 1980.

3/4. 3. 3. 7 CHLORINE DETECTION SYSTEMS The OPERABILITY of the Chlorine Detection Systems ensures that suffic%nt capa-bility is available to promptly detect and initiate protective action in the event of an accidental chlorine release. This capability is required to pro- .

tect control room personnel and is consistent with the recoaeendations of Regu-latory Guide 1.95, Revision 1, "Protection of Nuclear Power Plant Control Room, Operators Against an Accidental Chlorine Release," January 1977.

3/4 3 3 8 war 'apability is available for prompt detection of fires and that Fire Suppres Systems, that are actuated by fire detectors, will discharge extin-guishing age in a timely aanner. Preapt detection and suppression of fires will reduce the p tial for damage to safety-related equipment and is an integral element in t erall facility Fire Protection Program.

Fire detectors that are used to uate Fire Suppression Systems represent a more critically important coaponent plant's Fire Protection Program than detectors that are installed solely for fire warning and notification.

Consequently, the minimum number of OPERABLE detectors must be greater.

loss of detection capability for Fire Suppression ms, actuated by fire

'he detectors, represents a significant degradation of firn pro ion for any area.

As a result, She establisheent of a fire watch patrol must be in ted at an earlier stage than would be warranted for the loss of detectors that ide only early fire warning. The establishment of frequent fire patrols in 3/4.3.3.9 HETAL IMPACT MONITORING SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Metal Impact Honitoring System ensures that sufficient capability is available to detect loose metallic parts in the Reactor System SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 3-5

CP RL Coxnxnenta RHNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 778 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: NRC TYPOs Page Number: SEE LIST Section Number:,

Comment:

CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE FOLLOWING PAGES TO CORRECT TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS MADE IN THE TYPING OF THE FINAL DRAFT TECH SPECS.

~ z-7 ~W

~2-9 ~

6<<

l

~ 3/4 3-22K O~

(~,

~

QH 3/4 6-3 > OPS 3/4 6-20 & 21 6-25 ~

.8 v'p'/4

& 26 6 II, ~j4+K &W ~L) 3/4 8-2 u OP

. 3/4 8-5

/4 3-3q q /OH~~

Basis TYPOGRPHICAL ERRORS

SHNPr pmillinN INSTRUMENTATION duL 586 MAf1 BASES ez78c i~PAcY AouimAiAb dt's ~

ontinued an vo d or mitigate damage to Reactor System components. The allowable out-of-service times and surveillance requirements are consistent with the recom-mendations of Regulatory Guide 1,133, "Loose-Part Detection Program for the Primary System of Light-Water-Cooled Reactors," Hay 1981.

3/4.3.3.10 RADIOACTIVE LI UID EFFLUENT MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION The radioactive liquid effluent instrumentation is provided to monitor and con-trol, as applicable, the releases of radioactive materials in liquid effluents during actual or potential releases of liquid effluents. The Alarm/Trip Set-points for these instruments shall be calculated and adjusted.in accordance with the methodology and parameters in the ODCH to ensure that the alarm/trip will occur prior to exceeding the limits of 10 CFR Part 20. The OPERABILITY and use of this instrumentation is consistent with the requirements of. General Design Criteria 60, 63, and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.

3/4. 3. 3. 11 RADIOACTIVE GASEOUS EFFLUENT HONITORING INSTRUHENTATION The radioactive gaseous effluent instrumentation is provided to monitor and control, as applicable, the releases of radioactive materials in gaseous efflu-ents during actual or potential releases of gaseous effluents. The Alarm/Trip Setpoints for these instruments shall be calculated and adjusted in accordance with the methodology and parameters in the ODCM to ensure that the alarm/trip will occur prior to exceeding the limits of 10 CFR Part 20. This instrumenta-tion also includes provisions for monitoring (and controlling) the concentrations of potentially explosive gas mixtures in the GASEOUS RADWASTE TREATHENT SYSTEH.

The OPERABILITY and use of this instrumentation is consistent with the require-ments of General Design Criteria 60, 63, and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.

The sensitivity of any noble gas activity monitors used to show compliance with the gaseous effluent release requirements of Specification 3.11.2.2 shall be such that concentrations as low as 1 x 10-e pCi/ml are measurable.

3/4. 3. 4 TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION This specification is provided to ensure that the turbine overspeed protection instrumentation and the turbine speed control valves are OPERABLE and will pro-tect the turbine from excessive overspeed. Protection from turbine excessive overspeed is required since excessive overspeed of the turbine could generate potentially damaging missiles which could impact and damage safety-related com-ponents, equipment or structures.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 3-6

CPRI Comments

'SHNPP

/

Proof and Review'echnical Specif ication s Record Number': 707 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: B 3/4.04.05 Page Number: B 3/4 4-3 Section Number:, B 3/4.4.5 Comment:

IN THE LAST PARAGRAPH OF THE SECTION> CHANGE "SPECIFICATION 6.9.2" TO "SPECIFICATION 4.4.5.5.c".

Basis THIS CHANGE IS TO PROVIDE CONSISTENCY WITH THE BODY OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.

Oi~

0 SHNPP REV!S!ON REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM JUL 886 BASES STEAM GENERATORS (Continued)

The plant is expected to be operated in a manner such that the secondary cool-ant wi 11 be maintained within those chemistry limits found to result in negli-gible corrosion of the steam generator tubes. If the secondary coolant chemistry is not maintained within these limits, localized corrosion may likely result in stress corrosion cracking. The extent of cracking during plant oper-ation would-be limited by the limitation of steam generator tube leakage between the Reactor Coolant System and the Secondary Coolant System (reactor-to-seconda~y leakage = 500 gallons per day per steam generator). Cracks having a reactor-to-secondary leakage less than this limit during operation will have an adequate margin of safety to withstand the loads imposed during normal operation and by postulated accidents. Operating plants have demonstrated that reactor-to-secondary leakage of 500 gallons per day per steam generator can readily be detected by radiation monitors of steam generator blowdown. Leakage in excess of this limit will require plant shutdown and an unscheduled inspection, during which the leaking tubes will be located and plugged.

Wastage"type defects are unlikely with proper chemistry treatment of t%e second-ary coolant. However, even if a defect should develop in service, it found during scheduled inservice steam generator tube examinations. Plugging will be will be required for all tubes with imperfections exceeding the plugging limit of 40K of the tube nominal wall thickness. Steam generator tube inspections of operating plants have demonstrated the capability to reliably detect degra-dation that has penetrated 20K of the original tube wall thickness.

Whenever the results of any stea generator tubing inservice inspection fall into Category C-3, these results will be reported to the Commission in a Special Report pursuant to Specification within 30 days and prior to resumption of plant operation, Such cases will be considered by the Commission on a case-by-case basis and may result in a requirement for analysis, laboratory examina-tions, tests, additional eddy-current inspection, and revision of the Technical Specifications, if necessary.

3/4. 4. 6 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM LEAKAGE 3/4. 4. 6. 1 LEAKAGE DETECTION SYSTEMS The RCS Leakage Detection Systems required by this specification are provided to monitor and detect leakage from the reactor coo]ant pressure boundary.

These Detection Systems are consistent'with the recoaeendations of Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems,"

May 1973.

3/4.4.6.2 OPERATIONAL LEAKAGE PRESSURE BOUNDARY LEAKAGE of any magnitude is unacceptable since it may be indicative of an impending gross failure of the pressure boundary. Therefore, the presence of any PRESSURE BOUNDARY LEAKAGE requires the unit to be promptly placed in COLD SHUTDOWN.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 8 3/4 4"3

C P8c.L Comxnent'a

""HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specification8 Record Number: 754 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: B 3/4 4-6 Page Number: B 3/4 4-6 &

P7 ll Section Number: B 3/4.4.9 Comment:

IN THREE PLACES, CHANGE "Figures 3.4-2 and 3.4-3" TO "Figures 3,4-3 and 3.4-2 and Table 4.4-6".

Basis THESE CHANGES PROVIDE A MORE COMPLETE REFERENCE TO ALL OF THE PLACES WHICH PROVIDE HEATUP AND COOLDOWN LIMITATION DATA AND MAKE THE REFERENCES TO THE HEATUP AND COOLDOWN CURVES GRAMMATICALLY CORRECT.

~4 P g(R,6

+~IfPIgh)

REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES SPECIFIC ACTIVITY Continued) distinction between the radionuclides above and below a half-life of 15 minutes.

For these reasons the radionuclides that are excluded from consideration are expected to decay to very low levels before they could be transported from the reactor coolant to the SITE BOUNQARY under any accident condition.

Based upon the above considerations for excluding certain radionuclides from the sample analysis, the allowable time of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> between sample taking and completing the initial analysis is based upon a typical time necessary to per-form the sampling, transport the sample, and perform the analysis of about 90 minutes. After 90 minutes, the gross count should be made in a reproducible geometry of sample and counter having reproducible beta or gamma self-shielding properties. The counter should be reset to a reproducible efficiency versus energy. It is not necessary to identify specific nuclides. The radiochemical determination of nuclides should be based on multiple counting of the sample within typical counting basis following sampling of less than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, about 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, about 1 day, about 1 week, and about 1 month.

Reducing T to less than 500'F prevents the release of activity shoul'd a steam generator tube rupture occur, since the saturation pressure of the reactor cool-ant is below the lift pressure of the atmospheric steam relief valves. The ~

Surveillance Requirements provide adequate assurance that excessive specific activity levels in the reactor coolant will be detected in sufficient time to take corrective action. A reduction in frequency of isotopic analyses following power changes may be permissible if justified by the data obtained.

3/4.4.9 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE LIMITS The temperature and pressure changes during heatup and cooldown are limited to be consistent with the requirements given in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Appendix G, and 10 CFR 50 Appendix G. 10'CFR 50, Appendix G also addresses the metal temperature of the closure head flange and vessel flange regions. The minimum metal temperature of the closure flange region should be at least 1204F higher than the limiting RT NDT for these regions when the pressure exceeds 20K (621 psig for Westinghouse plants) of ~the reservice hydrostatic test pressure. For Shearon Hats&nit-1; the m>nimum temperature of the closure flange and vess~~ge regions is 1204F because the lim'T NOT is 0 F (see Tab -BW/4 4-1). The .Shearon Harris Unit eatu and ol down

)ski 0&

sh 'igures 3.4- and 3.4- a o impact b mit.

kvD Tae~g g

1. he reactor coolant tern eratui t heatu and with the exception of the pressurizer) be ed in accordance with Figures 3.4-R and 3.4-$ for hewervice-eriod specified thereon: ~P' ~o i~ac KW-/

aa able combinations of pressure and tern specific temperature c ange ra es are e ow and to the right of the limit lines shown. Limit. lines for cooldown rates between those pre-sented may be obtained by interpolation; and SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 4-6 dl( ~

g

REAC/OR COOLANT SYSTEM BASES PRESSURE!TEMPERATURE LIMITS (Continue

b. Figures 3.4 % and 3.4-X define limits to assure prevention of non-'ductile failure only. For normal operation, other inherent /"

plant characteristics, e.g., pump heat addition and pressurizer heater capacity, may limit the heatup and cooldown rates that can be achieved over certain pressure-temperature ranges.

2. These limit lines shall be calculated periodically using methods pro-vided below,
3. The secondary side of the steam generator must not be pressurized above 200 psig if the temperature of the steam generator is below 70oF
4. The pressurizer heatup and cooldown rates shall not exceed 100'F/h and 200 F/h, respectively. The spray shall not be used if the tem-perature difference between the pressurizer and the spray fguid is greater than 625'F, and
5. System preservice hydrotests and inservice leak and hydrotests shall be performed at pressures in accordance with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section XI.

The fracture toughness testing of the ferritic materials in the reactor vessel was performed in accordance with the 1971 Winter Addenda to Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. These properties are then evaluated in accordance with the NRC Standard Review Plan.

Heatup and cooldown limit curves are calculated using the most limiting value of the nil-ductility reference temperature, RTN>T, at the end of-4 effective full power years (EFPY} of service life. The 4 EFPY service life period is chosen such that the limiting RTN>T at the 1/4T location in the core region is greater than the RTNDT of the limiting unirradiated material. The selection of such a limiting RTN>T assures that all components in the Reactor Coolant System will be operated conservatively in accordance with applicable Code requirements.

The reactor vessel materials have been tested to determine their initial RTNOT, the results of these tests are shown in Table B 3/4.4-1. Reactor operation and resultant fast neutron (E greater than 1 HeV) irradiation can cause an increase in the RTNOT. Therefore, an adjusted reference temperature, based upon the fluence, copper content, and phosphorus content of the material in question, can be predicted using Figure B 3/4.4-1 and the largest value of LRTNOT computed by either Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 1, "Effects of Residual Elements on Predicted Radiation Oamage to Reactor Vessel Materials," or the Westinghouse SHEARON HARRIS " UNIT 1 B 3/4 4-7

REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FIN L DRAFT, SHNPP 0%/IO I +hl BASES PRESSURE/TE!'PERATURE LIMITS (Continued Copper Trend Curves shown in Figure 8 3/4.4-2. The heatup and cooldown limit curves of Figures 3.4-Z~and 3.4- ~include predicted adjustments for this shift in RTNpT at the end of 4 EFPY as well as adjustments for possible errors in piacg t'-c the pressure and temperature sensing instruments.

Values of ORTNpT determined in this manner may be used until the results from the material surveillance program, evaluated according to ASTM E185, are available. Capsules will be removed and evaluated in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E185-73 and 10 CFR Part 50; Appendix H. The surveillance specimen withdrawal schedule is shown in Table 4.4-5. The lead factor repre-sents the relationship between the fast neutron flux density at the location of the capsule and the inner wall of the reactor vessel. Therefore, the results obtained from the surveillance specimens can be used to predict future radiation damage to the reactor vessel material by using the lead factor and thy with-drawal time of the capsule. The heatup and cooldown curves must be regilculated when the DRTNOT determined from the surveillance capsule exceeds the c8culated GRTNp T for the equi va1 ent caps ul e radi ati on exposure, Allowable pressure-temperature relationships for various heatup and cooldown rates are calculated using methods derived from Appendix G in Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code as required by Appendix G to 10 CFR Part 50, and these methods are discussed in detail in WCAP-7924-A.

The general method for calculating heatup and cooldown limit curves is based upon the principles of the linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM) technology.

In the calculation procedures a semielliptical surface defect with a depth of one-quarter of the wall thickness, T, and a length of 3/2T is assumed to exist at the inside of the vessel wall as well as at the outside of the vessel wall.

The dimensions of this postulated crack, referred to in Appendix G of ASME Section III as the reference flaw, amply exceed the current capabilities of inservice inspection techniques. Therefore, the reactor, operation limit curves developed for this reference crack are conservative and provide sufficient safety margins for protection against nonductile failure. To assure that the radiation embrittlement effects are accounted for in the calculation of the limit curves, the most limiting value of the nil-ductility reference tempera-ture, RTNpT, is used and this includes the radiation-induced shift, hRTNpT, correspondingto the end of the period for which heatup and cooldown curves are generated.

The ASME approach for calculating the allowable limit curves for various heatup and cooldown rates specifies that the total stress intensity factor, KI, for the combined thermal and pressure stresses at any time during heatup or cooldown cannot be greater than the reference stress intensity factor, KIR, for the SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 8 3/4 4-11

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: EP >

~<I~<<~ by E~lt<+ Page: 8 /t' -0 Comment Date: 8//

Comment:

Values of hRTNDT determined in this manner may be used until the results from the material surveillance pr grXm, evaluated according to ASTH E185, are available. Capsules will removed and evaluated in accordance with the requirements of ASTH E18 73 and 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix H. The surveillance specimen withdrawal scheduue is shown in Table 4.4-5. The lead factor repre-sents the relationship between the fast neutron flux density at the location of the capsule and the inner wall of the reactor vessel. Therefore, the results obtained from the surveillance specimens can be used to predict future radiation damage to the reactor vessel material by using the lead factor and the with-drawal time of the capsule. The heatup and cooldown curves must be recalculated when the ARTNDT determined from the surveillance capsule exceeds the calculated ARTNDT for the equivalent capsule radiation exposure.

Resolution Basis Resolution Acce ted:

NRC CPBL Date: Date:

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator'P Page: 8 /8 'f /~

Comment Date: g /i/O'P Comment:

3/4.4. 10 STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The inservice inspection and testing programs for ASNE Code Classreadiness 1, 2, and 3 of components ensure that the structural integrity and operational these components will be maintained at an acceptable level throughout the life of the plant. These programs are in accordance with Section XI of the ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and applicable Addenda as required by 10 CFR 50.55a(g) except where specific written relief has been granted by the Commis-sion pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(6)(i).

Components of the Reactor Coolant System were designed to provide access to permit inservice inspections~ in accordance with Section XI of the ASIDE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1977 Edition and Addenda through Summer 1978.

Resolution Basis q,'lo I

~

Resolution Acce ted:

NRC CPSL Date: Date:

CPBc.L Commenta proof an 1 Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 751 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: B 3/4.06.01.04 Page Number: B 3/4 6-1 Section Number: I B 3/4.6.,1.4 Comment:

REWORD THE BEGINING OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS:

line break event is 40.9 psig using a value of 1.9 psig for initial positive containment pressure. However, since the instrument.....

Basis THIS CHANGE IS MADE TO MAKE THIS DISCUSSION MORE ACCURATE AND TO PROVIDE THE EXACT RESULTS OF THE LIMITING CALCULATION.

iiii~L 3/4. 6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SHNPP P ~ I )Q I ~h)

BASES 3/4.6. 1 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT

'/4. 6. 1. 1 CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY Primary CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY ensures that the release of radioactive materials from the containment atmosphere will be restricted to those leakage paths and associated leak rates assumed in the safety analyses. This restriction, in conjunction with the leakage rate limitation, will limit the SITE BOUNOARY radiation doses to within the dose guideline values of 10 CFR Part 100 during accident conditions 3/4.6. 1.2 CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE The limitations on containment leakage rates ensure that the total containment leakage volume will not exceed the value assumed in the safety analyses at the peak accident pressure, P . As an added conservatism, the measured overall integrated leakage rate is further limited to less than or equal to OB5. L ,

performance of the periodic test, to account for possible degradation of a'uring the containment leakage barriers between leakage tests.

The surveillance testing for measuring leakage rates is consistent with the requirements of Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50.

3/4.6. 1.3 CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS The limitations on closure and leak rate for the containment air locks are required to meet the restrictions on CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY and containment leak rate. Surveillance testing of the air lock seals provides assurance that the overall air lock leakage will not become excessive due to seal damage during the intervals between air lock leakage tests.

3/4.6. 1.4 INTERNAL PRESSURE The limitations on containment internal pressure ensure that: (1) the contain-ment structure is prevented from exceeding its design negative pressure dif-ferential with respect to the outside atmosphere of -2 psig, and (2) the con-tainment peak pressure does not exceed the design pressure of 45 psig.

uPA& <

The maximum peak pressure expecte to be obtained from a postulated main steam 5 f(;

line break event is psigg value of 1.9 psig woo wed for initial posi" ~?Q',

tive containment pressure.

~ 4y. . However, since the instrenent tolerance for containment pressure is 1.32 psig and the high-one setpoint is 3.0 psig, the pressure limit was reduce from the high-one setpoint by slightly more than the tolerance and was set at 1.6 psig. This value will prevent spurious safety injection signals caused by instrument drift during normal operation. 7~x -/" > ~~s erosru vn sx comisre~r aATR wE iQITIRc hsdv&PN44V oF Thug Ac +I DLeJ7 44gcyggs bfi SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 6-1

CP LL Commenta Jjt HNPP Proof and Reviewer Technical Specif icationa Record Number: 721 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: B 3l4. 06'. 01. 04 Page Number: B 3/4 6-1 Section Number: B 3/4.6.1.4 Comment:

ADD TO THE END OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE:

The -1" wg was chosen to be consistent with the initial assumptions of accident analyses.

Basis THIS CHANGE IS TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR TECH SPEC USERS.

IiiI~L L.t I 3/4.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SHNPP g&,')Q!A<)

BASES 3/4.6. 1 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT 3/4. 6. 1. 1 CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY Primary CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY ensures that the release of radioactive materials from the containment atmosphere will be restricted to those leakage paths and associated leak rates assumed in the safety analyses. This restriction, in conjunction with the leakage rate limitation, will limit the SITE BOUNOARY radiation doses to within the dose guideline values of 10 CFR Part 100 during accident conditions.

3/4. 6. 1. 2 CONTAINMENT LEAKAGE The limitations on containment leakage. rates ensure that the total containment leakage volume will not exceed the ~alue assumed in the safety analyses at the peak accident pressure, P . As an added conservatism, the measured overall leakage rate is further limited to less than or equal to OB5. L, a'ntegrated performance of the periodic test, to account for possible degradation of 'a'uring the containment leakage barriers between leakage tests.

The surveillance testing for measuring leakage rates is consistent with the requirements of Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50.

3/4. 6. 1. 3 CONTAINMENT AIR LOCKS The limitations on closure and leak rate for the containment air locks are required to meet the restrictions on CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY and containment leak rate. Surveillance testing of the air lock seals provides assurance that the overall air lock leakage will not become excessive due to seal damage during the intervals between air lock leakage tests.

3/4.6. 1.4 INTERNAL PRESSURE The limitations on containment internal pressure ensure that: (1) the contain-ment structure is prevented from exceeding its design negative pressure dif-ferential with respect to the outside atmosphere of -2 psig, and (2) the con-tainment peak pressure does not exceed the design pressure of 45 psig.

uPA6 4 The maximua peak pressure expecte to be obtained from a postulated main steam line break event is psigg value of 1.9 psig wed for initial posi-tive containment pressure.

However, since the instreaent tolerance for containment pressure is 1.32 psig and the high-one setpoint is 3.0 psig, the pressure limit was reduced from the high-one setpoint by slightly more than the tolerance, and was set at 1.6 psig. This value will prevent spurious safety injection signals caused by .

instrument drift during normal operation. lax -/ ~g uA cpofEN 75 Bl ~o~ive~r IrATPhC h$ 8u~P7l~ OF @AC AC+ID~ 44hlyg+5 SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 8 3/4 6-1

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: fg 5 Page: < /S Comment Date: (+/g C, Comment:

Section B 3/4.6.2, Item B 3/4.6.2.3 Containment Cooling System. Item (I)

Page B 3/4 6-3: should be deleted from the bases since operability of the containment fan coolers does not ensure the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during normal operation. The non-nuclear safety fan coil units are required for normal operation.

I C~~

Resolution Basis

~F'g

~~8A c

Q4. qi) E;5%4 ( Port C~~

~P JgD )

Resolution Acce ted:

NRC cpaL Date: Date:

fiiNL UISI I CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM Continued g/c4 gross leakage failures could develop. The 0.60 L leakage limit of Specifica- ~

a tion 3.6.1.2b. shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined total for all valves and penetrations subject to Type 8 and C tests.

3/4.6.2 DEPRESSURIZATION AND COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4.6.2.1 CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM s/c <

The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability will be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break. The pressure reduction and resultant lower containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.

The Containment Spray System and the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each othe~ in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.

However, the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing.

iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment.

3/4.6.2.2

. /

SPRAY ADDITIVE SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient NaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA. The limits on NaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components. The contained solution volume limit includes an allowance for solution not usable because of tank discharge line location or other physical characteristics. These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses. With 100,000 gallons of water in the iNST, sufficient head pressure, approximately 70 feet of water, is available at the eductor.

3/4.6.2. 3 CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM . 4/(i l The OPERABILITY of the Containment Fan Coolers ensures that: the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during no a operation, and (2) adequate heat removal capacity is available when opera ed in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post-LOCA condi ions.

The Containment Fan Coolers and the Containment'Spra ystem are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling o containment atmosphere.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1

CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS HiQL PIN BASES CONTAINMEN, VENTILATION SYSTEM Continued gross leakage failures could develop. The 0. 60 L leakage limit of Specifica-a tion 3.6. 1.2b. shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined total for all valves and penetrations subject to Type B and C tests.

3/4. 6. 2 DEPRESSURIZATION AND COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4. 6. 2. I CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures 'that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability will be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break. The pressure reduction and resultant lower containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.

The Containment Spray System and the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.

However, the Containment Spr'ay System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment.

3/4.6.2.2 SPRAY ADDITIVE SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient NaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA. The limits on NaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 11.0 for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components. The contained solution volume limit includes an allowance for solution not usable because of tank discharge line location or other physical characteristics. These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses. With 100,000 gallons of water in the RWST, sufficient head pressure, approximately 70 feet of water, is available at the eductor.

3/4. 6.2. 3 CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Fan Coolers ensures that)(

~ adequate heat removal capacity is available when operated in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post-LOCA conditions.

The Containment Fan Coolers and the Containment Spray System are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.

SHEARON HARRIS " UNIT 1 8 3/4 6-3

C:PScL, Dnmmen<m SHNPP Final Draft Technical Speci+ ications Re..a. d t!u:;iber". 7'~i 0='amment Tyae: FRRCR L CO t lurrrber": 8 ~/4. r)6. 0"='. Pao~= Number: 8 3/4 Bea t i ar'i Nurr.ber': 8 .>/4. 6 ..'2 Caiiiiiiefi t:

D. '-'TE THE LAST BENTEtilCE QF THF BASES PARAGRAPH 2/ t ~ o ~ ."; ~ 2 Qt'J THE SPRAY ADDITIVE BYBT t'! Al'JD REPLACE IT l~JI Tr!:

"".he RtJBT 1 eval o4 r!i6.000 aal lans pr-avides

~adequate test aandi tians ta demonstrate thai the

<? ar~ i" ='.t e i s w ii.!iin the max imum arid minimuiA assuoratians a-. the analyses."

S~si s

. HIS CHAtlHE IS NECESSr"-rRY TO BE COr!BISTENT KrITH Tf!E CURREt!T VJORDIr'JB QF THE SPECIFICATION. THE SPEC IF I CAT I ON l JAB- CHAt ISED IN JULY r-.ND THE CHAt~BE i:AB BEE/! AGREED TQ ErY THE NRR STAFF.

gti

/

HiNL lll5 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS BASES CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM (Continued gross leakage failures could develop. The 0. 60 L leakage limit of Specifica-a tion 3.6. 1.2b. shall not be exceeded when the leakage rates determined by the leakage integrity tests of these valves are added to the previously determined

'otal for all valves and penetrations subject to Type B and C tests.

3/4.6.2 OEPRESSURIZATION ANO COOLING SYSTEMS 3/4. 6. 2. I CQNTAINMEHT SPRAY SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Containment Spray System ensures that containment de-pressurization and cooling capability wi ll be available in the event of a LOCA or steam line break. The pressure reduction and resultant lour containment leakage rate are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.

The Containment Spray System and the Containment Fan Coolers are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.

However,'. the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere and therefore the time requirements for restoring an inoperable spray system to OPERABLE status have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment.

3/4. &. 2. 2 SPRAY AOOITIVE SYSTEM The, OPERABILITY of the Spray Additive System ensures that sufficient HaOH is added to the containment spray in the event of a LOCA. The limits on HaOH volume and concentration ensure a pH value of between 8.5 and 1l.O for the solution recirculated within containment after a LOCA. This pH band minimizes the evolution of iodine and minimizes the effect of chloride and caustic stress corrosion on mechanical systems and components. The contained solution volume limit includes an allo~ance for solution not usable because ~f tank discharge line location or other physical char acter istics. These assumptions are consis-tent with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the safety analyses.

Yhc Ras 7 I eve I

'Pico@>dt's ~g~>> I c ++sf coral>k>>>wg ~ Vcms>>shostc wet +gg 3/4.6.2.3 COHTAIHMEHT COOLIHG SYSTEM ' " ~~ss p~"' +4 >yscs.

The OPERABILITY of the Containment Fan Coolers ensures that: (1) the containment air temperature will be maintained within limits during normal operation, and (2) adequate heat removal capacity is available when operated in conjunction with the Containment Spray Systems during post"LOCA conditions.

The Containment Fan Coolers and the Containment Spray System are redundant to each other in providing post-accident cooling of the containment atmosphere.

SHEARON HARRIS -. UNIT 1 B 3/4 6-3

CP &,L Comxnenta BHNPP Proof and Review. Technical Specifications I

Record Number: 766 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: B 3/4.06.05 Page Number: B 3/4 6 4 Section Number:

P B 2/4.6.5 Comment:

CHANGE THE TITLE OF THE SECTION TO "VACUUM RELIEF SYSTEM".

Basis THIS CHANGE IS MADE TO PROVIDE CONSISTENCY WITH THE BODY OF THE'PECIFICATIONS.

FLi~AL DRAFF I CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SHNF P

~Ri!S)~N BASES JUL 8%

As a result of this redundancy in cooling capability, the allowable out-of-service time requirements for the Containment Fan Coolers have been appropri-ately adjusted. However, the allowable out-of-service time requirements for the Containment. Spray System have been maintained consistent with that assigned other inoperable ESF equipment since the Containment Spray System also provides a mechanism for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere.

3/4. 6. 3 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES The OPERABILITY of the containment isolation valves ensures that the containment atmosphere will be isolated from the outside environment in the event of a release of radioactive material to the containment atmosphere or pressurization of the containment and is consistent with the requirements of General Design Criteria 54 through 57 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50. Containment isolation within the time limits specified for those isolation valves designed to close automatically ensures that the release of radioactive material to the environ-ment will be consistent with the assumptions used in the analyses for a LOCA.

3/4.6.4 COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONTROL The OPERABILITY of the equipment and systems required for the detection and control of hydrogen gas ensures that this equipment will be available to main-ment Following a LOCA,'e VACUUI4 RELIE SP'/4.6.6

'l tain the hydrogen concentration within containment below its flaaeable limit during post-LOCA conditions."'ither recombiner unit is capable of controlling the expected hydrogen generation associated with: (1) zirconium-water reactions, (2) radiolytic decomposition of water, and (3) corrosion of metals within con-tainment, This hydrogen control system is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.7,

. 2, of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Contain-ovember 1978.

The OPERABILITY of the primary containment to atmosphere vacuum relief valves ensures that the containment internal pressure does not become more negative than -1.93 psig. This condition is necessary to prevent exceeding the con-tainment design limit for internal vacuum of -2 psig.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 6-4

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: EP Su/li"a>> >g Elllon Q.harm.ej) ~

page: $ -a/q 7- f Comment Date: g/jP t, Comment:

The visual inspection frequency is based upon maintaining a constant level of snubber protection to each safety-related system during an earthquake or severe transient. Therefore, the required ins ection interval varies inversely with the observed snubber failures n a sven and is determined by the number of inoperable snubbers found during an snspec son eac s s e In order to establish the-inspection frequency for each type of snubber n a safety-re a e e it was assumed that the frequency of snubber failures and >n> ia sng f b could cause the system to be unprotected and to result in failure during an assumed initiating event. Inspections performed before that interval has SHEARON HARRIS - VNIT 1 B 3/4 7"4 Resolution Basis Resolution Acce ted:

iigc R.M CPSL Date: Date:

0 CP Bc.L Coxnxnenta gK HNPP Proof and Bevierv'ech nical S Pecif ication 8 Record Number: 767 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: FIRE PROTECTION Page Number: VAR IOUS ,

Section Number: FIRE PROTECTION Comment: yv'/q 7-~7-e~ .~'!

DELETE-THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER THE ATTACHED MARKUPS. '/q Q-'13 fl>i~ 7 ~

): i~

Basis C-/

PER PREVIOUS CP&L LETTERS NLS-86-188 DATED JUNE 4>

1986 AND NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22, 1986.

SHNPP PLANT SYSTEHS

'EVISIO<

rII<II,LO F gg 186 BASES SEALEO SOURCE CQNTAHINATION Continued limitation will ensure that leakage from Byproduct, Source, and Special Nuclear Haterial sources will not exceed allowable intake values.

Sealed sources are classified into three groups according to their use, with Surveillance, Requirements commensurate with the probability of damage to a source in that group. Those sources that are frequently handled are required to be tested more often than those that are not. Sealed sources that are con-tinuously enclosed within a shielded mechanism (i.e., sealed-sources within radiation monitoring or boron measuring devices) are considered to be stored and need not be tested unless they are removed from the shielded mechanism.

3/4.7.1O sup ssion capability is available to confine and extinguish fires o~arring .

in any tion of the facility where safety-related equipment is locate, The Fire Suppr ion System consists of the fire protection water supply ariiK dis-tribution sys preaction and multicycle sprinkler systems, fire hose stations, and yard fire hy ts. The collective capability of the Fire Suppression Sys-tems is adequate to m 'mize potential damage to safety-related equipment and is a major element in th cility Fire Protection Program.

In the event that portions of t ire Suppression Systems are inoperable, alternate backup fire-fighting equi t is required to be made available in the affected areas until the inoperable uipment is restored to service. When the inoperable fire-fighting equipment is nded for use as a backup means of fire suppression, a longer period of time is a d to provide an alternate means of fire fighting than if the inoperable equ nt is the primary means of fire suppression.

The Surveillance Requirements provide assurance that the a)n OPERABILITY requirements of the Fire Suppression Systems are met.

In the event the Fire Suppression Water System becomes inoperable, imme 'e 3/4. 7. 11 ensures t a e confined

' or adequately retarded from spreading to adjacent po~tions of the design features minimize the possi-bility of a single fire rapidly involving of the, facility prior to detection and extinguishing of the fire. The fire a tions are SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 7-6

PLANT SYSTEMS BASES dampe considered functional when the visually observed condition is the same as the a ned condition. For those fire barrier penetrations that are not in the as"des ondition, an evaluation shall be performed to show that the modification has no , ed the fire rating of the fire barrier penetration.

Ourfng periods of time when a barrier is not functio ther: (1) a contin-uous fire watch is required to be maintained in the vicinity affected barrier, or (2} the fire detectors on at least one side of the affe rier 3/4. 7. 12 AREA TEMPERATURE MONITORING The area temperature limitations ensure that safety-related equipmen~ll not be subjected to temperatures in excess of their environmental qualifiC&ion temperatures. Exposure to excessive temperatures may degrade equipment and can cause a loss of its OPERABILITY. The temperature limits do not include an allowance for instrument errors.

3.4.7.13 ESSENTIAL SERVICES CHILLEO WATER SYSTEM The OPERABILITY of the Emergency Service Chilled Water System ensures that sufficient cooling capacity is available for continued operation of safety related equipment during normal and accident conditions. The redundant cooling capacity of this system, assuming a single failure, is consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3!4 7-7

CPS',L Coxnmenta S~pp px-oof and Review Technical Specifications I

1 Record Number: 771 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: B 3/4.08.01 Page Number: B 3/4 8-1 Section Number: B 3/4.8.1 Comment:

IN THE SECOND LINE OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH> CHANGE "five" TO "six".

Basis ANOTHER TRANSMISSION LINE HAS RECENTLY BEEN PLACED INTO SERVICE.

3/4.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS AR~lS)C "~

i(iNL BASES 3/4.8.1, 3/4.8.2 AND 3/4.8.3 A.C. SOURCES D.C. SOURCES AND ONSITE POWER ISTRIBU ION The OPERABILITY of the A.C. and D.C power sources and associated distribution systems during operation ensures that sufficient power will be available to supply the safety-related equipment required for: (1) the safe shutdown of the facility, and (2) the mitigation and control of accident conditions within the facility. Th'e minimum specified independent and redundant A.C. and D.C. power sources and distribution systems satisfy the requirements of General Design Criterion 17 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.

~ 5/)(

The currently has ~

switchyard is)designed using a breaker-and-a-half scheme. The switchyard connections with the CPAL transmission network; each of these transmission lines is physically independent. The switchyard has one connection with each of the two Startup Auxiliary Transformers and each SAT can be fed directly from an associated offsite transmission line. The Startup Auxiliary Transformers are the preferred power source for the Class lE ESF buseg, . The minimum alignment of offsite power sources will be maintained such thA ..at least two physically independent offsite circuits are available. The cally independent circuits may consist of any two of the incoming transmission

~ physi-lines to the SATs (either through the switchyard or directly) and into the Class 1E system. As long as there are at least two transmission lines in ser-vice and two circuits through the SATs to the Class lE buses, the LCO is met.

During MODES 5 and 6, the Class 1E buses can be energized from the offsite transmission net work via a combination of the main transformers, and unit auxiliary transformers. This arrangement may be used to satisfy the require-ment of one physically independent circuit.

The ACTION requirements specified for the levels of degradation of the power sources provide restriction upon continued facility operation commensurate with the level of degradation. The OPERABILITY of the power sources are consistent with the initial condition assumptions of the safety analyses and are based upon maintaining at least one redundant set of onsite A.C. and D.C. power sources and associated distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions coin-cident with an assumed loss-of-offsite power and single failure of the other onsite A.C. source. The A.C. and D.C. source allowable out-of-service times .

are based on Regulatory Guide 1.93, "Availability of Electrical Power Sources,"

December 1974. When one diesel generator is inoperable, there is an additional ACTION requirement to verify that all required systems, subsystems, trains, components and devices, that depend on the remaining OPERABLE dieseT generato~

as a source of emergency power, are also OPERABLE, This requirement is intended to provide assurance that a loss-of-offsite power event will not result in a complete loss of safety function of critical systems during the period one of the diesel generators is inoperable. The term, verify, as used in this context means to administratively check by examining logs or other information to determine if certain components are out-of-service for maintenance or other reasons. It does not mean to perform the Surveillance Requirements needed to demonstrate the OPERABILITY of the component.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-1

oui

.." ".".'CPRL-: Coxnxne nt s

'NPP Proof and. Review Technical Syecif ication s Record Number: '740 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: ,B 3/4.08;Ol. '.Page Number: B 3/4 8-1

. Section Number: ~ B 3/4 8.1 Comment:

IN THE IAST'PARAGRAPH OF THE PAGE) DELETE THE PHRASE "AND THAT THE STEAM DRI'VEN AUXILIARY

':FEEDWATER'PUMP IS OZPRABLE."

Basis THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED F R CONSIS CY WITH THE ACTION SThTEMENT OF '3.8.1 l. IRECTED BY MR.

J.T. BEARD OF THE NRC) THE REQUIREMENT THAT THE STEAM DRIVEN AUXIIIARY FZEDWATER. PUMP BE OPERABLE WAS CHANGED TO PROVIDE DIRECTION ONLY IF ALL THREE FEEDWATER PUMPS ARE INOPERABLE.

s~ iu ~ ~ t'((NL 3/4.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS BASES 3/4.8.1, 3/4.8.2 AND 3/4.8.3 A.C. SOURCES D.C. SOURCES AND ONSITE POWER Dl 5 RI 0 10N The OPERABILITY of the A.C. and D.C power sources and associated distribution systems during operation ensures that sufficient power will be available to supply the safety-related equipment required for: (1) the safe shutdown of the facility, and (2) the mitigation and control of accident conditions within the facility. The minimum specified independent and redundant A.C. and D.CD power sources and distribution systems satisfy the requirements of General Design Criterion 17 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50.

currently has ~ 5/P'he switchyard is)designed using a breaker-and-a-half scheme. The switchyard connections with the CPEL transmission network; each of these transmission lines is physically independent, The switchyard has one connection with each of the two Startup Auxiliary Transformers and each SAT can be fed directly from an associated offsite transmission line. The Startup Auxiliary Transformers are the preferred power source for the Class lE ESF buseg.. The minimum alignment of offsite power sources will be maintained such thR,.at least two physically independent offsite circuits are available. The @go physi-cally independent circuits may consist of any two of the incoming transmission lines to the SATs (either through the switchyard or directly) and into the Class 1E system. As long as there are at least two transmission lines in ser-vice and two circuits through the SATs to the Class 1E buses, the LCO is met.

During MODES 5 and 6, the Class lE buses can be energized from the offsite transmission net work via a combination of the main transformers, and unit auxiliary transformers. This arrangement may be used to satisfy the require-ment of one physically independent circuit.

The ACTION requirements specified for the levels of degradation of the power sources provide restriction upon continued facility operation commensurate with the level of degradation. The OPERABILITY of the po~er sources are consistent with the initial condition assumptions of the safety analyses and are based upon maintaining at least one redundant set of onsite A.C. and D.C. power sources and associated distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions coin-cident with an assumed loss-of-offsite power and single failure of the other onsite A.C. source. The A.C. and D.C. source allowable out-of-service times .

are based on Regulatory Guide 1.93, "Availability of Electrical Power Sources,"

December 1974. When one diesel generator is inoperable, there is an additional ACTION requirement to verify that all required systemssystems. ~rains, components and devices, that depend on the rem 'i.ag OPERABLE dieseT generato as a source of emergency power, are also OPE BLE This req provide assurance that a loss-of-offsite power event will not result in a complete loss of safety function of critical systems during the period one of the diesel generators is inoperable. The term, verify, as used in this context means to administratively check by examining logs or other information to determine if certain components are out-of-service for maintenance or other reasons. It does not mean to perform the Surveillance Requirements needed to demonstrate the OPERABILITY of the component.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-1

CI )

CP Bc.L Comment a

~HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 736 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: B 3/4.08.01.01 Page Number: B 3/4 8-2 Section Number: B 3/4.8.1.1 Comment:

IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH OF THE PAGE, CHANGE "IN ACCORDANCE WITH" TO BASED UPON".

Basis THE LATEST NRC STAFF GUIDANCE WAS PROVIDED FOR THE SHNPP DIESEL SPECIFICATION. THIS GUIDANCE DIFFERS IN SOME DETAILS FROM THAT PROVIDED IN REG GUIDE 1,108.

gIi

( ql

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS p~g~~iWh'I 586 IM BASES A.C. SOURCES. D.C. SOURCES AMD ONSITE POWER DISTRIBUTION Continued The OPERABILITY of the minimum specified A.C. and D.C. power sources and asso-ciated distribution systems during shutdown and refueling ensures that: (1) the

'he facility can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended time periods, and (2) sufficient in entation and control capability is available for moni ~g~~usmc& aining tte unit s4Wus.

~~~ F( C

)

The Surveill nce Requirements for demonstr ting the OP RABILI Y f the diesel generators a e r ommendations of Regulatory Guides l. 9, "Selection o iesel Generator pacity for Standby Power Supplies,"

December 1979; .

" >c Testing. of Diesel Generator Units Used as Onsite Electric Power Systems at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, August 1977 as modified in accordance with the guidance of IE Notice 85-32, April 22, 1985; and 1. 137, "Fuel-Oil Systems for Standby Diesel Generators," Revision 1, October 1979.

The Surveillance Requirement for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the Station batteries are based on the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1. 129, Mainte-nance Testing,and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants," February 1978, and IEEE Std 450-1980, "IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations."

Verifying average electrolyte temperature above the minimum for which the battery was sized, total battery terminal voltage on float charge, connection resistance values, and the performance of battery service and discharge tests ensures the effectiveness of the charging system, the ability to handle high discharge rates, and compares the battery capacity at that time with the rated capacity.

Table 4.8-2 specifies the normal limits for each designated'pilot cell and each connected cell for electrolyte level, float voltage, and specific gravity. The limits for the designated pilot cells float voltage and specific gravity, greater than 2. 13 volts and 0.015 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity or a battery charger current that had stabilized at a low value, is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. The normal limits for each connected cell for float voltage and specific gravity, greater than 2. 13 volts and not more than 0.020 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity with an average specific gravity of all the connected cells not more than 0.010 belo~ the manufacturer's ful'1 charge specific gravity, ensures the OPERABILITY and 'capability of the battery.

Operation with a battery cell's parameter outside the normal limit but within the allowable value specified in Table 4.8-2 is permitted for up to 7 days.

During this 7-day period: (1) the allowable values for electrolyte level ensures no physical damage to the plates with an adequate electron transfer capability; (2) the allowable value for the average specific gravity of all the cells, not more than 0.020 below the manufacturer's recommended full charge specific gravity, ensures that the decrease in rating will be less than the safety SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-2

4 I

lh

CP8c L Coxnxnenta HNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 741 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: B 3/4.08.04 Page Number: B 3/4 8-3 Section Number: B 3/4 .8.4 Comment:

IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH) DELETE ALL REFERENCES TO FUSES PER THE ATTACHED MARKUP.

Basis THIS CHANGE IS NECESSARY DUE TO THE CHANGE PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY THE NRC WHICH DELETED SURVEILLANCE TESTING OF FUSES. WHEN THE CHANGE WAS MADE TO THE SURVEILLANCESI THE BASES CHANGES WERE INADVERTANTLY MISSED.

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS

","-.',:FINAL D FT 85" .

BASES A.C. SOURCES, D.C. SOURCES AND ONSITE POWER DISTRIBUTION Continued margin provided in sizing; (3) the allowable value for an individual cell's specific gravity, ensures that an individual cell's specific gravity will not be more than 0.040 below the manufacturer's full charge specific gravity and that the overall capability of the battery will be maintained within an accept-able limit; and (4) the allowable value for an individual cell's float voltage, greater than 2.07 volts, ensures the battery's capability to perform its design function.

3/4.8.4 ELECTRICAL E UIPMENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Containment electrical penetrations and penetration conductors are protected by either deenergizing circuits not required during reactor operation or by demon-strating the OPERABILITY of primary and backup overcurrent protection circuit breakers during periodic surveillance.

The Surveillance Requirements applicable to lower voltage circuit breakers 4wea provide assurance of breaker ea4akeee reliability by testing at gast one representative sample of each manufacturer's brand of circuit breaker aa44er

~

feee Each manufacturer's molded case and metal case circuit breakers end~

%wee are grouped into representative samples which are then tested on a rotat-and treat purposes.

each group as a separate type of breaker ~~ for surveil'lance The bypassing of the motor-operated valves thermal overload protection during accident conditions by integral bypass devices ensures that safety-related valves will not be prevented from performing their function. The Surveillance Require-ments for demonstrating'the bypassing of the thermal overload protection during accident conditions are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.106, "Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor Operated Valves," Revision 1, March 1977.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 B 3/4 8-3

CF'ScL Cnmmmnt a F'in',l I

RHNF'F" De-aa+4 Teec=Ani.c=ml R~eemk+ic=eat'.inn Re~or d WumL>er: 737 Comment Type- ERROR LCO Number: 5. 07. 01 Page Number: 5-8 Sec t. i on Number: TABLE 5. 7- l Comment:

IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE ",625 F" TO "Greater than 320 F but 1ess than 625 F."

Bdsl s THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS MORE A(:CURATE. THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE RANGE

>320 F TO <625 F. ACTUATION BELOW 320 F DOES HOT APPLY TO TH1S CYCLIC LIMIT.

6Q p/1 7

CP8c,L Comxnents RHNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 737 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 5.07.01 Page Number: 5-8 Section Number: TABLE 5.7-1 Comment:

IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE ",625 F" TO "Greater than 320 F but less than 625 F."

Basis THIS CHANGE 1S REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS MORE CCURATE ~ THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE RANGE 20 F T ) 0 F.

~ ACTUATION BELOW 320 F DOES NOT APPLY TO IS CYCLIC LIMIT.

~

lg yN(~

TABLE 5.7-1 tll m COMPONENT CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT LIMITS CD CYCLIC OR DESIGN CYCLE COMPONENT TRANSIENT LIMIT OR TRANSIENT Reactor Coolant System 200 heatup cycles at < 100'F/h Heatup cycle - "T from < 200"f and 200 cooldown cycles at to > 550'F.

< 100 F/h. Cooldown cycle - T from

> 550'F to < 200 F 200 pressurizer cooldown cycles Pressurizer cooldown cycle at < 200 F/h. temperatures from > 650'F to

< 200'F.

200 loss of load cycles, without > 15K of RATED THERMAL POWER to iaeediate Turbine or Reactor trip. OX of RATED THERMAL POWER.

c 3) Q) 40 cycles of loss-of-offsite Loss-of-of fs i te A.C. el ectri ca A.C. electrical power. ESF Electrical System.

1 r gX

~n~.

80 cycles of loss of flow in reactor coolant loop.

400 Reactor trip cycles.

one Loss coolant 10'o of only pump.

OX of one reactor RATED THERMAL POWER.

I 5D

~~

10 auxiliary spray Spray water temperature differential actuation cycles. ~ 4egjQQQ. Cea<g nable ~F e~r CZARS ma~ C'Z+g 200 leak tests. Pressurized to > 2485 psig.

d~

10 hydrostatic pressure tests. Pressurized to > 3107 psig.

Secondary Coolant System 1 steam line break. Break in a > 6-inch steam line.

10 hydrostatic pressure tests. "i '" Pressurized to > 1481 psig.

CPScL Comments SHNPP Final Dra ft Technical Specif ication R~~cor d Number: 737 Comment Type- EPROR LCO Number: 5.07.01 Page Number: 5-8 Section Number: TABLE 5.7-1 Comment:

IN THE DESIGN CYCLE OR TRANSIENT COLUMN FOR THE RFACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 10 AUXILIARY SPRAY ACTUATION CYCLES, CHANGE ".625 F" TO "Greater than

20 F but less than 625 F."

Basl s THIS CHANGE IS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SPECS NORE ACCURATE. THE CYCLE IS FOR THE TEMPERATURE PANGE

-~20 F TO <625 F. ACTUATION BELOlj 20 F DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS CYCLIC LIMIT~

~M TABLE 5.7-1 0)+

COMPONENT CYCLIC OR TRANSIENT LIMITS CYCLIC OR DESIGN CYCLE COMPONENT TRANSIENT LIMIT OR TRANSIENT Reactor Coolant Sp'stem 200 heatup cycles at < 1004F/h Heatup cycle -T from . 200"T and 200 conldown cycles at to > 550'F.

100"F/h Cooldown cycle - T from

> 550 F to < 200 F. g 200 pressurizer cooldown cycles Pressurizer cooldown cycle at < 200'F/h. temperatures from > 650 F to

< 200'F.

200 loss of load cycles, without > 15K of RATED THERMAL POWER to immediate Turbine or Reactor trip. OX of RATED lHERMAL POWER.

40 cycles of loss-of-offsite Loss-of-offsite A.C. electrical A. C. electrical power. ESF Electrical System.

80 cycles of loss of flow in one Loss of only one reactor reactor coolant loop. coolant pump.

400 Reactor trip cycles. 100'o (C of RATED THERMAL POWER.

10 auxiliary spray actuation cycles. ~~

Spray water temperature differential pKc<4cn +h*~ 32o4F'~t less +>< 4~~

200 leak tests. Pressurized to > 2485 psig.

lO hydrostatic pressure tests. Pressurized to > 3107 psig.

Secondary Coolant System 1 steam line break. Break in a > 6-inch steam line.

10 hydrostatic pressure tests. Pressurized to > 1481 psig.

C',P8c.L Comxnents 8 NPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number:

LCO Number:

767 FIRE PROTECTION Comment Page Type:

Number: VARIOUS ~

IMPROVEMENT v~

Section Number: FIRE PROTECTION Comment:

DELETE THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PER THE ATTACHED MARKUPS.

Basis PER PREVIOUS CPE L LETTERS NLS-86-188 DATED JUNE 4, 1986 AND NLS-86-230 DATED JULY 22, 1986.

SHNPP REV)SlON I'Il&L UN i

6. 0 AOMINISTRAT I VE CONTROLS
6. 1 RESPONSIBILITY 6.1.1 The Plant General Manager shall be responsible for overall unit opera-tion and shall delegate in writing the succession to this responsibility dur-ing his absence.
6. 1.2 The Shift Foreman (or, during his absence from the control room, a

'designated individual) shall be responsible for the control room command func-tion. A management directive to this effect, signed by the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project shall be reissued to all station personnel on an annual basis.

6. 2 ORGANIZATION OFF SITE 6.2. 1 The offsite organization for'nit management and technical support shall be as shown in Figure 6.2-1.

UNIT STAFF 6.2.2 The unit organization shall be as shown in Figure 6.2-2 and:

Each on-duty shift shall be composed of at least the minimum shift crew composition shown in Table 6.2-1;

b. At least one licensed Operator shall be in the control room when fuel is in the reactor. In addition, while the unit is in MOOE 1, 2, 3, or 4, at least one licensed Senior Operator shall be in the control room; C. An individual qualified as a Radiation Control Technician" shall be ~

on site when fuel is in the reactor;

d. All CORE ALTERATIONS shall be observed and directly supervised by either a licensed Senior Operator or licensed Senior Operator Limited to Fuel Handling who has no other concurrent responsibilities during this operation; 4yld T
  • the minimum requirements for a period of time not to exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, in order to accommodate unexpected absence, provided immediate action is taken to fill the required positions.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 6-1

CP Bc.L Coxnmenta HNPP Px-oog and Review Technical S pecif ication Record Number: 772 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 6.02.01 Page Number: 6-3 Section Number: FIGURE 6.2-1 Comment:

DELETE THE BLOCK FOR "MANAGER ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION SERVICES". ALSO, REMOVE THE "s" FOR THE TITLE OF THE MANAGER FUEL"S" DEPARTMENT, Basis THESE CHANGES ARE TO CORRECT PHICAL ERR AND TO DELETE A POSITION WHICH NO LONGER STS WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION i~'~"'

(~, r.<W J

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CIIAWRIAWPR(5 tel ND IMFf IKOIIIVC<If KfR f(IROP (IKCIIIIrf VKfPRf SRKNI SCCA YK( IR( SlaNf S(IAal VKfPRI SKCNf ISANAaR Car(SIAI(

I%%RAIIOIISSIP@M f IRK(CAR It(ICRAIIOI QIAII I r ASSIAt AtKC IIAIIAIÃRIRK( (AR SAI firI IIANAaRIICI/PIPARII5511 I ~ IIANAaROA SIRVKt S fIhMOPKWfAL %RYKC5 W(t PR(SKI NI CP(RAf CXIS IIANAaa Iultaw aIAlnr IRAROKt IIAIIAQR IRK(CAR t

~ I ANI CONS IRUC IIDW IIANAC(RIACl I AR IIANAaR CPCR A IKPIIOAt0(

IRAINPfS SI( IKPI VICC PRCSICCNT IAKI(AR tl404(RPKt AIKILKIHSRKt IIANArCR ICX(fAR 5 IAII SaP(51 f OFFSIT E

~O~O~O~O~O ~ OO ~ O ~ O ~ O ~ OOO ~ ~ O ~ O ~ O ~ ~ O ~ OO ~ OO ~ OO ~ O ~ OO ~ O ~ OOO ~ O ~ O ~ O ~ ~ OO ~ O ~ O OHQTE OO((IS OA4C RPICC I(% VKC PR(SCKN1 aolf 5 ICKLCAR 5Alffr 1 IWSIIS IPAPINILPRf NMRIS IRK(CAR PROXCf IIARRIS ILANf PL ANI aIK5 % ISAIIAaR alKR AL ISAIIAaR CIKt0% (R IWIAaR A(POOSIRA 1 KPI alKPAL Ituslaa IO t 5laK cow(f IKw f Mle

~ " ~~ ~ "- LRCSa CCPPCPNCAIKPI IIANAaRPLAN%+ 5 AaPNrf IPAIIV/ aH'tAIR(AIPW CIWIRIR

~

tt

,c $

f 6.2"1 'IGURE OFF SITE ORGANIZATION

CPScL Camment.a RHNP'P' fnN3. g}t ~44 VREHRX.&&X 5pBG+4+gQQ+g p~

Recur d Number: 791 Cr}m%~e>>t. Tyoe: ERRQR LCQ hlu>>~L er: 6. 02. 0 i Paae Number: 6-3 Ser l i c>>'i hfu(Aber: i F GUPE 6. 2-1 Cei>>r>>eu L:

Cl<<:ANB'HE F:BUR~ PER THE ATTACHED.

&a.,6l. 5

Hi S f1AR!'UP REFLLCTS RECENTLY AhlNQUflCED CHA! lBES i h!

THE CORPORATE SfRUCTUfiE QF CP~L.

Jg, t

"~P '" ~..', dh'4 3C VP 9(

ir ~k

CORPORATE ORGAN1 ZAT ION OQ OIIAIStttfCCIII Ate ISICS I VICLIIIVCOIKIA

'.KIOCO lICCltfIVC VICf ttCSCKIII Itt 5tlC% VKf SCS III SIIACO VKI AAISCXNf ~ IAVACIA CIOIIOAIt IVCNAIKWS SIPVVIAI ~ AtttAAUIOAAICN OIAAIIIASIAtiA~I IMIIACCAILKLCAA SAtttVS IIAIIA4C~ OA Sl AVKI 5 fIIVNOttldAL SISVICC 5 IWQN5 CIIIS VKC ttt ftllIIMSAICWS IIAAIACtatulfaimOAAIIIV

)

IAAMN'Af CWW A IIAIIAQ0 IAKLCAO

~ I AllI COCII AIKI CW IIAIIACCOIS tlI M IMAIACI1 OCTA I ttlfOAAX IAAMICitlC IIOI IIIAiiAfSA Q&ALLAIL VKC ttfSCC IIIIAKIIAO

- L Se~ft>> CMAECAVC'iAICI ItINltti IIAIIAI4%

ISKLCAO SI Aft SOVOII CFF SIN

~ 11 ~ 10 ~ tttt ~ Ott ~ 0 ~ ~ 0000 ~ 011 ~ 0 ~ ~ 0 ~ 000140 ~ ttttt ~ 04 ~ 10 ~ 1 ~~

VICC ttlSKKIIf IeflfAASAffff WC'ttlff IIAIAIS IAAIQQLSOf ILAKSISISKLt AA IOOKC I SLAHI QIKSALIIAIIAStt SCION AL tIUCACCO C INC tt t%

IIAILASI0 Aft%0% IO 5 IIOI rtmALIINIaua IILI 5IOK COSTI IKII

~ "- -

~ LOOSOI CO+LAOCAIIOI I IAIIASC0tLANCKig AOttSIAAIIVCCOOAISIAISVI CIVIIAlt FIGURE 6.2-1 OFF SITE ORGANI EATIOH

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Re<olution of Staff Comments crt gt astor: tcL$ &c IIc m Comment Cate: g/g/tti Comment:

1g'e find the Qh-related material in Section 6.0 acceptable except, that.

the organizational positions for the positions of the blanager gA Services and Manager Quality Check in Technical Specifications figure 6.2-1 are not. shown in FSAR Figures 17. 2, 1-1 or 17. 2. 1-2. Also, these positions are not described in FSAR Section 17.2, "Quality Assurance During The Operations Phase." Consequently, in order to assure compatability between the technical specifications and FSAR Section D.2, the posit,ion descriptions should be indicated in the appropriate figures and accurately described in t,he FSAR.

. Resolution Figure G.2-1 of Tcc'h Spec should be revised to delete the 1.

Basis The Manager ttnatecy Check does noc perform any functions or have re-sponsibilities requfrsd by the QA Manager'uality Check, Program.

2. The Manager QA Services is shown dn PSAR Figures 17.2.1-1 .and 2. The Tech Spec Figure 6,2-1 shows the 17.2.1-2 and is described on page QA organfaatfon at license,fssue 17.2.1-6, first paragraph, Me, (Tach Spec affective date) which assume your comment mean't.to depicts the shift of the Manager address the Manager Material QA/QC Harris Plant to Yunager Quality. Chapter 17.2 wi11 be re- Materfel Quality. Chaprer 1?.2 vised after lfcense issue'o describes the QA organfaatfon at reflect the Manager Material present with the Manager QA/QC Barris Quality. (Note: The Hanager Material Quality is currently functioning as the Manager .QP,/QC contfnue until license i.ssue). The'er Plant functions (these functions will Manager Material Qual"'ty's functions Harris Plant as described .in FSAR wQ.1 start Bt licanse issue and Chapter Chapter 17.2.) 17.2 will be revised at that time to reflect these new functions.

/

Resolution cce e:

CP!t Date: Gate:

SHNPP CPBc.L Proof and Review Technical Coxnxnenta S

Ol( ~

pecifications Record Number: 759 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 6.02.02 Page Number: 6-4 Section Number: FIGURE 6.2-2 Comment:

DELETE THE BLOCK FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE SUPERVISOR WHICH REPORTS TO THE DIRECTOR PROGRAMS PROCEDURES.

Basis THIS POSITION NO LONGER EXISTS WITHIN THE SHNPP ORGANIZATION.

PLANT OAGANlZATION It'll

' h AMI t AR

~SutlfreSSIIIC

~ SR4SAAIO A MOCfHJtf S ASSIS IAHI ftAttt Cl IC 1 AL ttAIIAfAR Of SIR A I Otf EEHA t~f IMIIMil%

ETOf%00%liflt A ttttlCCR ISARACCR NAWAIIOIGWNN 0%R ATIOIS TEOSRCAI. QATAR f SIVS EIOIOO0%IIIAL4 ttlWIE~ QKRAIIOIS ClCOftRRO CKIRSNT SLW RYl%% %PCS VISOR QPCRYIXR SISCRvISOI Et EC litKAL ENACT KCCIALIST

$ &fCMttlltl EIIVOORCIIIAL L OCISSNV

~ %0%Cf &CCIALIST RAOANW COIN%

RAOATCHICOIN0.

SIPERVISOI AJE IAAYOfCRAIOIS LEGS'OMWS NATIVEOIGAIRIAIIOI

~ """" LOKSOf COSSMCATIOI

~ SEIROI % AE t Ot EICRAT OIS UCEIISE W. SEAEIOIOCRAIOtSLICE~

FIGURE 6.2-2 UNIT ORGANIEATIOH

C:PSci Cummen<m SHNPP Final Dr a f0 Technical Speci ficat j.one I.:r;r'r <f t lumber: 8'.> 1 Comrnr-; n t, 'T yf r o: EtiROf':

LL:O Nurrrhvr: . b. <) '. r.r2 Paqr'lubber". 6- 0 Sec, t. ] err r tdurrrbr r: F I GURE 6-CQrlmN 'l r l lI ON THE F 1 BURE FOR THE PLAllT QRBAt ZAT I ON - "DD Tl-lE TI1LF "f-LANS AND f'RQBfiANS" TO THE TABLE.

Bc.ES1 5 THIS CHANGE IS PURELY AN ADt f I NI STRATI VE CHANGF. IN THAl'ftE 1 I TLE OF THE POSITION OF "PLAN" AND PRUBRAl'fS" I S A NEW POSI TION CREATED WITHIN THE PLANT Of"BANIZAT ION. THE f. SAR IS CURRENTLY BEING REV I SEl;; ANi) WlLL SllOlf THI S NEW POSITION.

~Vj c s>t~

ggp

~ 0

~ ~ ~ '

~

~ ~ Sl

~ 1' ~ 1 '

~

I ~ ~I '

O1 1~

~ I 1

~ '

"~

' ~ 5~

~ I .~

~ 1' C

I ~ ~ '

~0 ' ~ '1' ~

~ ~I ~

~

'I' ~

C C I ~~

~ 'it ~

~

~ I 1

~

~

SHNPP FShR Physics and Nuclear Safety policiesi He is responsible forthe personal revisv of the training <<nd qualification requirements of the following managers who report directly to himp'anager " Operations, Hinager-Haintsnanca, Hanager - Environmental and Radiation Control, and Hansgar 27 Technical Support. ri ns, thr A~ent-

~ responsrbi'li~s". The hssiatant Plant Ginaril Hanager reports directly to the Plant General Hanager.

13,1,2.2,3 Plant Programs and Proceduraa Unit The Plant Programs ind Procaduzea Unit provides support functions such as security, procedure control, and emergency preparednessi The Director Plant Programs and Procedurea provides direct support to the Plant Cenera Hanagar in the ireas of security, emergency preparedness, procedure development and control~ personnel administration and plant administrative coordination) directs plant security planning and activities) directs emergency praparadnasa planning and activt,tiaa at the plant staff 1avdl aupervi pea the preparation, review, approvil and dist ribut ion of plan't procadurea and directives. He is assisted in thpae ggjep u~~~Wecurity Buperviaor~4%8 a HRn or pat(i%1st ~ ~~s

--~Pn Emergency Preparedness, The Director~plant Programs and Procedures reports to the Plant General Hanagar - Harris Fiant The

~M<r ~Ad - Ffa.~ W P~ ru,m5 ~'+>

the administrative functions of the plant including incoming correspondence screening and action assignmant; action item/response development and fol o up) outgoing ~op ogd nce preparation, screening and coordination) pzocadure preparation, review, and approve+

io

~7 The Security Supervisor develops> implements, and maintains a sacuri.ty program which ensures that the security of the plant i ~ maintained in accordance with NRC requirements< He maintains a close working relationship with Local law enforcement agencies to ensure coaplianca with MRC regulitions. He provides input to the Training Unit so that employees requiring access to tha plant are proparly trained and hedged. He ansuraa that equipment and guards are availsbla and in a state of readinesa. The Senior Specialist - Security is assisted by Technical Aidaa and a contract security 'guard forca. The Security Suparvisor reports to the Director Plant Programs and Procedures The Senior Specialist - Emergency Preparedness ia responsible for the continuing refine>ant of tha plant Emergency Pieparedness Program which ensures that a "state of raadineas" ia maintained at the plant to copa with any classification of emergancy, He incorporates the provisions of the plant Emergency Plan in ths program and revises the program and related procedures as chsngas are made in the plant Emergency Plan. Be coordinates the training of Technical Support Center participants and the annual Emergency Drilli The Sanior Specialist - Emergency Preparedness reports to tha Director Plant 27 Programs and Procedures.

CP RL Coxnments

~ RNPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications

(

Record Number: 744 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 6. 02'. 03. 01 Page Number: 6-6 Section Number: 6.2.3.1 Comment:

INSERT IN THE SECOND LINE AFTER "industry advisories" THE FOLLOWING'WORDING ~'(including information forwarded from INFO from their ev'aluation of all industry LER's),

Basis SEE ITEM 743 THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED TO ACCURATELY REFLECT THE EXACT ORGANIZATION THAT PERFORMS THE VARIOUS REVIEWS'LL ITEMS MENTIONED IN THE FINAL DRAFT ARE STILL COVERED, BUT HAVE BEEN MOVED TO THEIR PROPER PLACE.

",;., FINAL DRAI AOMINISTPATIVE CONTROLS

6. 2. 3 ONSITE NUCLEAR SAFETY ONS UNIT FUNCTION (lduubi4D W~~g~41'DRuaRDE'D iW~ ~~ rRa~ P'u4 SNRuar y oS AC DSRfnay gag'C 6.2.3. 1 The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristics, NRC issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety. The OHS Unit shall make detailed recom-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ-ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to appro-priate levels of management, up to and including the Senior Vice President-Operations Support, if necessary.

COMPOSITION 6.2.3.2 The ONS Unit shall be composed'of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site. Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer-ing or related science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.

RESPONSIBILITIES 6.2.3.3 The ONS Unit shall be responsible for maintaining surveillance"of unit activities to provide independent verification" that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.

RECORDS 6.2.3.4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services, 6.2.4 SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR 6.2.4. 1 The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, reactor engineering, and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit. The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien-tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in the response and analysis of the unit for transients and accidents, and in unit design and,layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.

6. 3 UNIT STAFF UALIFICATIONS 6.3.1 Each member of the unit staff shall meet or exceed the minimum qualifica-tions of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the exceptions and alter-natives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.17), 1.8-10 (Am.22),

"Not responsible for sign-off function.

SHEARON HARRIS - UN'IT 1 6-6

CP8cL Cummen<~

SHNPP Final Draft Technical Bpeci+icatians

t. r ~ ~ r V f 'l (5 i ~ ~ 1 A) Cornrnerrl: Typr".

L Q t !r. rrrh r.rr  : P=rqe t lumber: 6-E 8r ;vii

""r: "5 i csr! tl~~<<tL" -'r: Zc I!'JDE X i '.>nrlnQ'r DE'T". TH" SEC: IQtl a..~. I AND t'!ARK THE SECTIQt! AB "DE!. ETED" .

ALBQ

'nUAr QW PAGE .",

IFIC'ATIQtlS" TV "D=LE vi i. i CH~Nt IBE "UNIT STAFF

'E IHFQR?!ATION I tl THI S PARABRA."H IS COVERED I tl DETAIL IN 'r+ . FSAR. AS t'1!,rC', t'1QRE t;!JS ii!.-r'z r:EgLrIRt .-

'r'- ".t'JBrE ) FQR Pt 'lPrrt v ADt r a EQLEtlr TECH S=rEC pg r ~H VE RE SQ

~

.-ICATIQ!i IS HEI!!B DELETED Itd TH" FQR:HCQt'!..hB

~

""..F &>.QUK TECHNICAL BF'E" IFI CA"r'IQ!JB. THIS CHAI'!BE HAB

-RE'i>IQJSLY DISCUSSED !~JITH tlRR STAFF.

~tt t The applicant proposes to delete Specification 6.3, Staff gualification. The staff finds this proposal acceptable because the staff's Safety Evaluation includes finding of acceptable criteria to be used by the applicant and because changes to these criteria~under the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59>will afford an adequate opportunity for review by the staff.

ADNINJSTPATIVE CONTROLS 6.2.3 ONSI NUCLEAR SAFETY (ON5 UNIT FUNCTION (IAICLUEs/AJ4 /Al~gjf)rp~+ pgg~pgE9E ES pg ~pg >CIR Fyitcug+g r>RDucmr ZeW' Og AS.

6.2.3.1 The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristics, NRC issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety. The ONS Unit shall make detailed recon-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ-ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to appro-priate levels of management, up to and including the 5enior Vice President,-

Operations 5upport, if necessary.

COHPOS I 7 ION

6. 2. 3. 2 The ONS Unit shall be composed of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site. Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer-ing or related science and at least 2 years professional level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.

RESPONSIBILITIES 6.2.3.3 The ONS Unit shall be responsible for maintaining surveillance of unit activities to provide independent verification" that .these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.

RECORDS

6. 2. 3. 4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.
6. 2.4 SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR

'.2.4.1 The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical 'support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, re-ctor engineering, and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit. The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien-tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in in the response and analysis of the unit for transients and accidents, and unit design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.

DELGTEp 6.3 6..1 E member f themhi staff s+11 et or exceed the minimal qual~i<<

t'ons o the'ep aher f979 astro Rhs .1, with the gaeeptsoris Rrio astgr-ative oted o SAR pages .8 4 (Am.2Q , $ ..8"9 (Am.lQ -1;8-10 (A'm.22).

"Not respons ib1 e for s i gn-of f function.

SHEARON HARRIS - UN'IT 1 6-6

SHNPP RFViS~OM A06 t986 FINAL IjRi ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS UNIT/STAFF '." IFICATIONS ICnnninn U

1. 11 (Am.20), 1.8-12 (Am.17), a'nd 1.8-13 ( m.17), for mparable p sitio s, except fo tne Manager-Environme'ntal and Radiation Contr 1 who shal meet or e ceed t e qualifications of Regulatory Gujde 1. 8, Sep ember 1975. g The censed perato s and Senior Operators shall also/meet or exc ed the miniybm qu ifica-tions of the supplemental requirements specified in ections A a d C o Enclo-

, sure 1 of the March 28, 1980, NRC letter to all licpsees.

6. 4 TRAINING 6.4.1 A retraining and replacement training program for the unit staff shall be maintained under the direction of the Director"Harris Training Unit and shall meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3. 1, with the exceptions and alternatives noted on FSAR pages l. 8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.17), 1.8-10 (Am.22), 1.8-11 (Am.20), 1.8-12 (Am.17), and
1. 8-13 (Am. 17), and Appendix A of 10 CFR Part 55 and the supplemental require-ments speci fied in Sections A and C of Enclosure 1 of the March 28, 1980 NRC letter to all licensees, and shall include familiarization with relevant industry operational experience.
6. 5 REVIEW AND AUDIT
6. 5.1 SAFETY AND TECHNICAL REVIEWS 6.5. 1. 1 General Pro ram Control 6.5. 1. 1. 1 A safety and a technical evaluation shall be. prepared for each of the following:
a. All procedures and programs required by Specification 6. 8, other procedures that affect nuclear safety, and changes thereto;
b. All proposed tests and experiments that are not described in the Final Safety Analysis Report; and
c. All proposed changes or modifications to plant systems or equipment that affect nuclear safety.

6.5. 1.2 Technical Evaluations 6.5. 1.2. 1 Technical evaluations will be performed by personnel qualified in the subject matter and will determine the technical adequacy and accuracy of the proposed activity. If interdiscipl'inary evaluations are required to cover the technical-scope of an activity, they will be'erformed.

6. 5 1. 2. 2 Technical review personnel will be identified by the responsible

~

Manager or his designee for a specific activity when the review process begins.

6.5. 1.3 uglified Safet Reviewers

6. 5. 1, 3. 1 The Plant General Manager shall designate those individuals who will be responsible for performing safety reviews described in Specification 6.5. 1.4.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 6-7

C.Pal C:nmrne.num SHNPP Final Da-a+%. Taahnic=al Sp c=,i+irat Reco( d Numbe(': 806 Comment Tvoe: ERROR LCO Nu(nber: '.4 Paoe Number: 6-3 5~7 Section Number: 6. 4 5 FIG 6-2. 1 Co(ament:

IN &0TH THE FIGUPE AND IN SECTION 6.4 CHANGE THE TITLE "DIRECTOR HARRIS TRAINING UNIT" TO "MANAGER HARRIS TRAINING UNIT" ON PAGES 6-6 AND 6-7 CHANGE THE REFERENCE FSAR AMENDMENTS TO THE FOLLOWING:

PAGE 1.8-9 (AM. 26)

PAGES 1.8-lo. 1 1, 12. AND 1: (AM. 27)

E(gal s CORPORATE MANAGEMENT HAS CHANGED THE TITLE OF THIS POSITION NEITHER THE'ERSON HOLDING THE POSITION

~

OR THE DUTIES OF THE POSITION HAVE CHANGED.

THE CHANGES TO THE FSAR AMENDMENT NUME(ERS IS TO MAKE THE TECH SPECS CONSISTENT WITH THE LATEST FSAR CHANGES.

CORPORATE ORGANI 2AT ION OIAIRtIAH/PAESICEMAt4 CHIEF G(ECLITIYE Of FICER SEMOR EXECUTIVE ViCE PRESIOENT SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT SEHICR YICE PAESIOENT t1ANAGER CORPORATE OPERATIONS SUPPORT tAlCLEAR GENERATION QUALITY ASSLAAIiCE G

~

CA I1ANAGER NUCLEAR SAFETV L t1AHAGER HJCLEAR OA SERYiCES VICE PRESIDENT OPERATIONS EHYI~HTALSER YICES TRAIHIWT TECH SUPPOR't PLANt CONST RUCT ION 0

~~e t1AHAGER NUCLEAR tlANAGER GAIA lERI AL OJALI'IV FLED SECTION VICE PRESICENT NUCLEAR 00 EMISEERIt4i ANDLICENSIHG tTT C l ~/AF88Zg'1ANAGER t1AHAGER M/LEAR TRAIHII4IlSECTIM tlAHAGER t1AHAGER CPERATKt6 O<1OC hl NUCLEAR STAFF SUPPORT OFF SITE

~ ~ 1 ~ ~~~

ONSITE 11111 ~~1 ~ ~ 11 ~ 1 ~ 0 ~ 111 ~1~ ~ 1~ ~ ~~ 11 ~ 111 ~ 111111 ' ' ~ 111 ~ 1~ 11 ~ ~ ~ ~ 11 ~ ~

O OIRECTOR WRE8%0t. VICE PRESIOENT DIRECTOR OAlOC-ONSITE HUCLEAR SAFETY HARRIS TRAINIHG ellr HARRIS QKLEAR PROJECT HARRIS PLANT

~ A~

PLANT GEHERK tlANAGER GEHERALtlAHAGER

~~~~~ ~ ~A~~ ~S ~ ~ ~ AO ENGINEER@6 tlAHAGER ADI1IHISTRATION GEHERKt1AHAGER t1lLESTCfK COtPLETIOH LEGEND

-. ~ - ~ ~ - ~ - ~ ~ LlhKS OF Ef5t1PICAT IOH tIANAGER PLANNING 4 AGIIIIIITTAATTIT OIGAIIITATATI CONT ACL

I'

~ ' I' ~

~ ~ ~

7 ~

~ ~ I ~)

~ ')' ~ iI ~

I ~ I ' I I 1'

I '

C'

~ ~ I I '

0 l.INAL Utgt ADtlINISTPATIVE CONTROLS 6.2.3 ONS17E NUCLEAR SAFETY (OHS UNIT FOIICTIOR 6.2.3. 1 The ONS Unit shall function to examine unit operating characteristic, HRC issuances, industry advisories, and other sources of unit design and operat-ing experience information, including units of similar design, which may indi-cate areas for improving unit safety. The ONS Unit shall make detailed recom-mendations for revised procedures, equipment modifications, maintenance activ ities, operations activities, or other means of improving unit safety, to atIpro priate levels of management, up to and including the Senior Vice President..

Operations Support, if necessary.

CONPOSITIOH 6.2.3.2 The OHS Unit shall be composed of at least five, dedicated, full-time engineers located on site. Each shall have a baccalaureate degree in engineer" ing or related science and at least 2 years professioaal level experience in his field, at least 1 year of which experience shall be in the nuclear field.

RESPOHSIBI LITIES 6.2.3.3 The ONS Unit shall be responsible for maintaining surveillance nf unit.

activities to provide independent verification" that these activities are performed correctly and that human errors are reduced as much as practical.

RfCOROS 6.2.3.4 Records of activities performed by the ONS Unit shall be prepared, maintained, and forwarded each calendar month to the Hanager"Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.

6. 2.4 SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR 6.2.4.1 The Shift Technical Advisor shall provide advisory technical support to the Shift Foreman in the areas of thermal hydraulics, reactor engine<<ing and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit. The Sh>ft Technical Advisor shall have a baccalaureate degree or equivalent in a scien" tific or engineering discipline and shall have received specific training in the response and analysis of the unit for. transients and accidents, and in unit design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.
6. 3 UNIT STAFF UALIFICATIONS 6.3.1 Each member of the unit staff shall meet or exceed the minimum qu>>ifica tions of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the exceptions and alter natives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (Am.H), 1.8-10 (Am.+)R 4/

"Hot responsible for s i gn-of f function.

SHEARON HARRIS UNIT 1 6-6

ADLAI NI STRATI VE CONTROLS UNIT STAFF UALIFICATIONS (Continued

-'7 47 p7 1.8-11 {Am.N), 1.8-12 (Am.X), and 1.8-13 (Am.M), for comparable positions, except for the Hanager-Environmental and Radiation Control who shall meet or exceed the qualifications of Regulatory Guide 1.8, September 1975. The licensed Operators and Senior Operators shall also meet or exceed the minimum qualifica-tions of the supplemental requirements specified in Sections A and C of Enclo.

sure 1 of the March 28, 1980, NRC letter to all licensees.

6. 4 TRAINING rrgggcE'4 6.4.1 A retraining and replacement training program for the unit staff shall be maintained under the direction of the -Harris Training Unit and shall meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations of the September 1979 draft of ANS 3.1, with the yxceptions and alternatives noted on FSAR pages 1.8-8 (Am.20), 1.8-9 (AmQ@, 1.8-10 (Am.~, 1.8-11 (Am ), 1.8-12 (Am.X(, and 1.8-13 (Am4$ ), and Appendix A of 10 CFR Part 55 and the supplemental require-ments specified in Sections A and C of Enclosure 1 of the March 28, 1980 NRC letter to all licensees, and shall includ familiarization with relevant industry operational experience.

a7 6.5 REYIEM AND AUDIT 6.5.1 SAFETY AND TECHNICAL REYIEMS 6.5.1.1 General Pro ram Control 6.5.1.1.1 A safety and a technical evaluation shall be prepared for each of the fol lo~ing:

a. All procedures and programs required by Specification 6.8, other procedures that affect nuclear safety, and changes thereto;
b. All proposed tests and experiments that are not described in the Final Safety Analysis Report; and
c. All proposed changes or modifications to plant systems or equipment that affect nuclear safety.

6.5. 1.2 Technical Evaluations 6.5. 1.2. 1 Technical evaluations will be performed by personnel qualified in the subject matter and will determine the technical adequacy and accuracy of the proposed activity. If interdiscipl'inary evaluations are required to cove~

the technical 'scope of an activity, they will be performed.

6.5. 1.2.2 Technical review personnel will be identified by the responsible Hanager or his designee for a specific activity when the review process begins.

6.5.1.3 uglified Safet Reviewers 6.5.1.3.1 The Plant General Hanager shall designate those individuals who will be responsible for performing safety reviews described in Specification 6.5.1.4 SHEARON HARRIS

- UNIT 1 6-7

SHhPP FSAR Regulatory Guide 1.8 PERSONNEL SELECTION AND TRAINING (REVISION 2, FEBRUARY 1979 DRAFT)

SHNPP will comply with the requirements of ANSI/ANS 3.1; September 1979 Draft, with the alternatives listed herein. It is understood that the NRC has not endorsed this Standard, but when the SHNPP applied for its operating license, the September 1979 Draft was current. Because this standard was the existing 20 guidance at the time of our operating license application, CP6L believes it is (

acceptable to use the draft Standard as the basis for selecting and training SHNPP personnel. The Company has received approval from NRC to follow the September 1979 Draft without further revisions. 20 a) Paragraph 2 defines the terms of the Standard. As stated in SHNPP FSAR Section 1.8, paragraph 1.74, CP&L has combined'he definitions given in various ANSI standards, in order to provide an available reference source.

The definitions in Section 1.8, paragraph 1.74 agree with ANSI/ANS 3.1, September 1979 Draft with the following exception:

When the phrase "Bachelor's Degree or Equivalent" is used, the qualifications considered as minimal acceptable substitutes for a Bachelor's Degree are a high school diploma or its equivalent and one of the following:

1) Four years of formal schooling in science or engineering;
2) Four years applied experience at a nuclear facility in the area for which qualification is sought;
3) Four years of operational or technical experience or education or training in nuclear power; or li
4) Any combination of the above totaling four years.

b) Table 1.8-1 cross references the "Functional Level and Assignment of Responsibility" definitions found in Section 3 of the Standard with the positions/titles of the SHNPP organisation and the "Qualifications" found in Section 4 of the Standard. The numbers enclosed in parentheses denote the specific exceptions or proposed alternatives to the Standard's requirements which are described in paragraph (c) below.')

Exceptions or proposed alternatives:

1) Paragraph 4.3.1 describes the qualifications for supervisors requiring NRC licenses. This paragraph requires that one year of nuclear power plant experience shall be at the plant where the supervisor is licensed, unless such experience is acquired on a similar (same NSSS) unit. CPM shall alternatively provide the qualifications prescribed by 10CFR55 and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, which is titled "Qualifications of Reactor Operators". The qualifications cited in these two references shall be applicable to individuals employed as Operating Supervisor and Shift Foreman.

1.8-8 Amendment No. 20

SHNPP FSAR 2)) P aragraph 4.3.2 describes the qualifications for supervisors who are not required to hold an NRC license, but who are associated with "systems, equipment, or procedures involved in meeting the Limiting Conditions for Operation, which are identified in Technical Specifications". CP&L does not feel plant safety will be enhanced b y r equiring these supervisors to perform their duties under direct on-site supervision for a minimum of six months. Instead CP&L propose s t 0 s 1 ect qualified individuals for these positions based upon past se performance and experience.

3) Paragraph 4.5.1.1 describes the requirements for non-licensed operators. CP&L does not feel plant safety will be enhanced b requiring non-licensed operators to have one year power plant experience. CP&L shall alternatively provide a training/qualification program commensurate to the functions and responsibilities these employees will perform.

4)) Paragraph 4.5.1.2 describes the requirements for licensed operators. CP&L takes exception to these requirements. Prior to operating the facility, licensed operators shall be qualified in accordance to IOCFR55 and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, "Qualification of Reactor Operators".

5) Paragraphs 4.5.2 and 4.5.3 describe the qualifications for technicians and maintenance personnel. CP&L considers these technicians and maintenance employees to be "in training or apprentice positions",

as described in paragraph 3.2.4. Therefore, CP&L shall comply with the requirements as stated in paragraph 3.2.4.

6) Members of the QA staff wi ll be trained and qualified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.58, which endorses ANSI 45.2.6. The SHNPP position on Regulatory Guide 1.58 addresses the SHNPP position.: relative 26 to ANSI N45.2.6.
7) Various CP&L positions are not addressed in the Standard.

Therefoxe, CP&L lists these, positions in Table 1.8-1 for reference, and CP&L will prescribe the training, responsibilities, and qualifications commensurate to the job requirements.

8) The ALARA Specialist shall have a BS Degree or the equivalent and two years experience, one of which shall be nuclear power plant experience, or the employee shall have an advanced degree and one year nuclear power plant experience.
9) The Project Engineer - On-Site Nuclear Safety shal.l have a BS Degree in Engineering or the equivalent and shall have a minimum of four years experience. These qualifications are required prior to preoperational testing or at position appointment, whichever is later.

n n

S! L'HAPP FSAR

10) The positions specified in Table 1.8-1. shall have a BS Degree in Engineering or the equivalent and two years experience, one of which shall be nuclear power plant experience, or the employees shall have an advanced degree and one year nuclear power plant experience. These qualifications are required at initial core loading or at position appointment, whichever is later.
11) The Training Specialist shall have at least four years power plant experience, two of which shall be nuclear power plant experience.

Individuals in this position shall demonstrate their competence by having held an SRO license or by having trained at the SRO level prior to teaching NSSS, integrated response, transient analysis, or simulator courses. These qualifications are required at initial core loading or at position appointment, whichever is later.

12) The Director On-Site Nuclear Safety and the Principal Engineer-On-Site Nuclear Safety shall have a BS degree in Engineering or the equivalent and shall have a minimum of six years experience. These 27 qualifications are required prior to preoperational testing or at position appointment, whichever is later.

d) Paragraphs 4.7.1 and 4.7.2 describe the qualifications for independent review personnel. Standard Technical Specifications also address the personnel requirements for individuals functioning in this capacity, and alternatively, CP&L shall comply with STS requirements for independent review personnel.

e) Paragraph 5.2 outlines an acceptable training program for personnel to be licensed by the NRC. However, CP&L feels this portion of the Standard is unnecessarily prescriptive. CP&L will provide a training program as described in FSAR Section 13.2 for licensed operators and senior operators, which will comply with the intent of the standard, requirements in 10CFR55, and the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, "Qualifications of Reactor Operators".

Paragraph 5.5.1 outlines the retraining program for licensed personnel.

10CFR55 requires a requalification program to be submitted and approved to meet Appendix A, 10CFR55. CP&L proposes to requalify licensed personnel in accordance to the NRC approved requalification program outlined in Appendix A, 10CFR55. In addition, CP&L will comply to the NRC letter dated March 28, 1980, "Qualifications of Reactor Operators" and the intent of paragraph 5.5.1.

f) Paragraph 5.5.2.3 describes requirements to maintain certain documents. In order to provide consistency in the Document Control program, CP&L shall retain and maintain documents as required by ANSI N45.2.9-1974.

g) Paragraph 1, Scope, states in part, "this standard is further limited to personnel within the owner organization." However, paragraph 5.4 refers to temporary maintenance and service personnel. CP&L will apply the requirements of ANS 3.1, September 1979 to only those personnel directly employed by CP&L>

and only the training of paragraph 5.4 will be required to be given to temporary maintenance and service personnel.

h) Positions shown on the SHNPP organization chart that have not been described herein shall be filled by individuals, who by virtue of training and experience, have been deemed qualified to fill these positions.

1.8-10 Amendment No. 27

SlL'HAPP FSAR III TABLE 1.8-1 FUNCTIONAL LEVEL,'ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY~

AND QUALIFICATIONS CROSS REFERENCE FOR SHNPP ANS 3el SHNPP Title Seccian

~Mene ece 4.2.1 Plant General Manager 1 4.2,1 Assistant Plant General Hanager 27 4.3.2 Director Plant Programs and Procedures, 4.2.4 Manager Technical Support 4.2.4 Manager - Start Up 4.2.3 Manager Maintenance e 4.2.2 Hanager Operations 4.4.4 Hanager Environmental and Radiation Control 4.3.2 Director Regulatory Compliance Technical Su ort 4.6.1 Manager - Harris Plant Engineering Section 27 (Refer to FSAR Section 13.1.1.2) 4.6.2 (10) Shift Technical Advisor 4.6.2 (8) ALARA Specialist 4.6.2 (10) Engineer Supervisor - Nuclear 4.6.2 (10) Operations Support Supexvisor 4.6.2 (10) Principal Engineer (Support) 4.6.2 (10) Project Engineer NSSS 4.6.2 (10) Project Engineer Equipment Evaluation 4.6.2 (10) Project Engineer BOP 4.6.2 (10) Project Engineer Engr. Specs.

4 '.2 (10) Project Engineer - ISI 4.6.2 (10) Project Engineer Performance/Reliability 4.6.2 (10) Project Engineer " Maintenance 4.6.2 (10) Pxoject Specialist << RadMaste 4.6.2 (10) Project Specialist Radiation Control 4.6.2 (10) Project Specialist Environmental and Chemistry 4.6.2 (9) Project Engineer On-Site Nuclear Safety 4.6.2 Engineering Subunit 4 '.2 Specialist Subunit 4 '.2 (12) Principal Engineer - On-Site Nuclear Safety Professional Technical 4.4.1 Senior Engineer - Reactor 4.4.4 Radiation Contxol Supervisor 4.4.3 Chemistry and Environmental Supervisor 4.4.2 Maintenance Supervisor - Electrical 4.4.6 Start-Up Supervisor

( ) denotes. number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.

1.8"11 Amendment No. 27

SlL'HAPP FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (cont'd)

Professional 4.4.6 Start-Up Engineers

'.4.7 Director - Training 4.4.5 Director QA/QC 4.6.2 (12) Director - On-Site Nuclear Safety Foremen 4.3.1 (1) Operations Supervisor 4.3.1 (1) Shift Foreman 4.3.2 4.3.2 Administrative Supervisor 4.3.2 Security Supervisor 4.3.2 (2) Senior Specialist Fire Protection 4.3.2 (2) Maintenance Supervisor - Mechanical 4.3.2 (2) 16C Foreman 4.3.2 (2) Electrical Foreman 4.3.2 (2) Mechanical Foreman 4.3.2 (2) Painter and Pipe Coverer Foreman 4.3.2 (2) Radwaste Supervisor 4.3.2 (2) Radvaste Shift Foreman 4.3.2 (2) Environmental and Chemistry Foreman 4.3.2 (2) Radiation Control Foreman 4.3.2 (2) Traveling Radiation Control Foreman 4.3.2 Project Engineer Computer 4.3.2 Senior Specialist - Emergency Preparedness 4.3.2 (6) Specialist - QA 4.3.2 (11) Specialist - Training Operators Technicians-Maintenance Personnel 4.5.2 Technician I - Engineering 4.5.2 Technician I - Radiation Control 4.5.2 (5) Technician II-- Radiation Control 4.5.2 Technician I Environmental and Chemistry 4.5.2 (5) Technician II-- Environmental and Chemistry 4.5.2 Technician I Traveling Radiation 4.5.2 (5) Technician,II - Traveling Radiation 4.5.2 Technician I - Regulatory Compliance 4.5 ' (6) Technician - gA 4.5.2 (>) Technical Aide - Security 4.5.2 (1) Technical Aide " Fire Protection

( ) denotes number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.

1.8-12

SlQIPP FSAR TABLE 1.8-1 (cont'd)

Operators, Technicians Maintenance 4 '.2 (7) Technical Aide Training 4.5.2 Technician I - Maintenance 4.5.2 Technician I - I&C 4.5.2 (5) Technician II - I&C 4.5.3 Electrician I 4.5.3 Planner Analyst 4.5.3 Senior Mechanic 4.5.3 Mechanic I 4.5.3 (5) Mechanic II 4.5.3 Painter and Pipe Coverer 4.5 '.2 (4) Senior Control Operator 4.F 1.2 (4) Control Operator 4.5.1.1 (4) Auxiliary Operator 4.5.1 ~ 1 (3) Control Operator Radvaste 4.5.1.1 (3) Auxiliary Operator - Radwaste 4.5.2 (7) Draftsmen

( ) denotes number of exceptions or alternatives proposed in paragraph c above.

1.8-13

CPBc.L Coxnxnents 8NPP Proof and Review Technical 8 pecif ication s Record Number: 743 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: 6.05.03.01 Page Number: 6-11 Section Number: 6.5.3.1 Comment:

CHANGE THE LAST SENTENCE OF THE PARAGRAPH TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

They shall also evaluate all CP&L LER's for their potential applicability to other CP&L units.

Basis SEE ITEM 744 THIS CHANGE IS NEEDED TO ACCURATELY REFLECT THE EXACT ORGANIZATION THAT PERFORMS THE VARIOUS REVIEWS. ALL ITEMS MENTIONED IN THE FINAL DRAFT ARE STILL COVERED% BUT HAVE BEEN MOVED TO, THEIR PROPER PLACE.

SHNP ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS Continued t'ESPONSIBILITIES

b. Provide written notification within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services of disagreement between the PNSC and the Plant General Manager.

However, the Plant General Manager shall have responsibility for resolution of such disagreements pursuant to Specification 6. 1.1.

RECORDS 6.5.2.8 The PNSC shall maintain written minutes of each PNSC meeting that, at a minimum, document the results of all PNSC activities performed under the responsibility provisions of these Technical Specifications. Copies shall be provided to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services.

6.5.3 CORPORATE NUCLEAR SAFETY SECTION FUNCTION 6.5.3.1 The Corporate Nuclear Safety Section (CNSS} of the Nu'clear Suety and Environmental Services Oepartment shall function to provide independen~eview of plant changes, tests, and procedures; verify that REPORTABLE EVENTS ice in-vestigated in a timely manner and corrected in a manner that reduces the proba-bility of recurrence of such events; and detect trends that may not be apparent 1 I I I Pl II AR +htcw pafcarf(gil Appllaabfll@ ~ ++OIL CP~ Quefg, ORGANIZATION 6.5.3.2 The individuals assigned respons'ibility for independent reviews shall be technically qualified in a specified technical discipline or disciplines.

These individuals shall collectively have the experience and competence required to review activities in the following areas:

ah Nuclear power plant operations,

b. Nuclear engineering, C. Chemistry and radiochemistry,
d. Metallurgy, e, Instrumentation and control, Radiological safety,
g. Hechanical and electrical engineering,
h. Adiinistrative controls,
l. guaHty assurance practices, Jo Nondestructive testing, and
k. Other appropriate fields associated with the unique characteristics.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 6-11

c(~

CPRL Coznxnents

>catstone

.'NPP Proof and Review Technical 8 pecif Re<. ord Number: 745 Comment Type.'MPROVEMENT LCO Number: 6. 05. 03. 09 Page Number: 6-13 Sect ion Number: 6. 5. 3. 9. e Comment:

IN THE SECOND LINF. DELETE THE WORD "AND".

REWORD THE LAST LINE TO THE FOLLOWING:

...plant safety-related structures, systems, or components which require written notification to the commission.

Basis THE DELETION OF THE WORD "AND" IS A GRAMMATICAL CORRECTION. THE ADDITION OF THE WORDS "SAFETY"RELATED" IS TO PROVIDE GREATER SPECIFICITY TO THE REQUIREMENT. AND, THE CHANGE TO THE END OF THE SENTENCE IS FOR CONSISTENCY WITH THE WORDING OF ANSI N18."I AND WITH THE WORDING OF BOTH THE ROBINSON AND BRUNSWICK TECH SPECS.

CPS L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM IN THIS AREA AND IT 1S NECESSARY THAT THERE BE CONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE VARIOUS PLANTS. THIS CHANGE PROVIDES THAT INTERNAL CONSISTENCY AS WELL AS BEING IN CONFORMANCE TO THE APPLICABLE STANDARD.

ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS r

REVIEW (Continued)

e. Violations> of applicable codes, regula fications, license requirements, ~ 's, orders, Technical Speci-inte al procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, s'ificant operating abnormalities or deviations from normal and xpected performance of plant structures, systems, or components, ttlCJ/ XEOOIAZ. ukl~hl Bldg/lt47l04 7 0 TVC eo Mrg /gag~~

All REPORTABLE EVENTS;

g. All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve a change to the Technical Specifications; Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Hanager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina Power 4 Light Company; A rec nize indi tion of a 'una ic ate de ie sp o esig or erat n of tru ure sy ems, r m~e t t ld feet ucl r sa ty; nd lj'. Reports and minutes of the PNSC.

6.5.3. 10 Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and g<

above shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.

RECORDS 6.5.3. 11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below:

a. Copies of documented reviews shall be retained in the CNSS files.

Recommendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review. A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3;9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manager and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.

C. A summation of recommendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at least every other month.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 6-13

CP8c.L Comments NPP Proof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 746 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: 6.05.03.09 Page Number: 6-13 Section Number: 6.5.3.9.i Comment:

DELETE ITEM i AND RELETTER j TO i. ALSO IN ITEM 6.5.3.10 CHANGE ITEM j TO i.

BaSiS CPE L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM FOR 3 REACTOR SITES AND IT IS HIGHLY DESIRABLE TO KEEP THE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UNITS COMPATABLE. THIS ITEM DOES NOT APPEAR IN THE BRUNSWICK NOR ROBINSON SPECIFICATIONS.(A IN ADDITION, THE REQUIREMENT IS SO BROAD AND VAGUELY WORDED THAT IT APPEARS ALMOST IMPOSSIBLE TO SET UP AN AUDITABLE PROGRAM TO COVER THE ITEM. IT APPEARS, IN GENERAL> TO COVER THE SAME GROUND AS 10CFR21 AND AS SUCH IS ALREADY COVERED BY ITEM e ABOVE.

J=

ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS REVIEW (Continued e.

fications, license requirements, ~

Violations of applicable codes, regulations, orders, Technical Speci-internal procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, significant operating

$ )f/+1 abnormalities or deviations from normal and expected performance of RE~

plant structures, systems, or components udice'EpviAZ ~Ri~4 yq~<,~~>~p

>0 TYC Ce nnagg~~,

f. All REPORTABLE EVENTS;
g. All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve a change to the Technical Specifications; Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina Power 8 Light Company; e A rec nize indi tion of a una ic ate de ie Q'Lo o esig or erat n of tru ure sy ems, r m~e t sp t c ld feet ucl r sa ty; nd lj'. Reports and minutes of the PNSC.

6.5.3. 10 Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and g <

above shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.

RECORDS 6.5.3. 11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below:

a. Copies of documented reviews shall be retained in the CNSS files'.

Recommendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review. A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3;9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manage and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.

C. A summation of recoaeendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at 1east every other month.

SHEARON HARRIS'- UNIT 1 6-13

CP Bc L Coxnxnenta gy ~ Pgsr, ~ /

SHNPP Pr oof and Review Technical Specifications Record Number: 746 Comment Type: IMPROVEMENT LCO Number: 6.05.03.09 Page Number: 6-13 Section Number: 6.5.3.9.i Comment:

DELETE ITEM i AND RELETTER j TO i. ALSO IN ITEM 6,5.3.10 CHANGE ITEM J TO i.

Basis CPS L HAS A CORPORATE PROGRAM FOR 3 REACTOR SITES AND IT IS HIGHLY DESIRABLE TO KEEP THE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL UNITS COMPATABLE. THIS ITEM DOES NOT APPEAR IN THE BRUNSWICK NOR ROBINSON SPECIFICATIONS. IN ADDITION) THE REQUIREMENT IS SO BROAD AND VAQUELY WORDED THAT IT APPEARS ALMOST IMPOSSIBLE TO SET UP AN AUDITABLE PROGRAM TO COVER THE ITEM. IT APPEARSi IN GENERAL) TO COVER THE SAME GROUND AS 10CFR21 AND AS SUCH IS ALREADY COVERED BY ITEM e ABOVE.

(

ADMINI STRATI VE CONTROLS REVIEM (Continued}

e.

fications, license requirements, ~

Violations of applicable codes, regulations, orders, Technical Speci-internal procedures or instruc-tions having nuclear safety significance, significant operating abnormalities or deviations from normal and expected performance of plant structures, systems, or components ugnrEN ~~~id ~~>~

All REPORTABLE EVENTS; j

dJHIC,H AEOulAZ rO rh eo~~aSxaa.

g. All proposed modifications that constitute an unreviewed safety ques-tion as defined in Paragraph 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 or involve a change to the Technical Specifications;
h. Any other matter involving safe operation of the nuclear power plant that the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section deems appropriate for consideration or which is referred to the Manager-Corporate Nuclear Safety Section by the onsite operating organization or other functional organizational units within Carolina Power 8 Light Company; p' rec nize indi tion of a una ic ate de ie Q~iad sp t t o

ld esig or feet erat n of tru ure sy ems, r m~e+

ucl r sa ty; nd lj Reports and minutes of the PNSC.

6.5.3. 10 Review of items considered under Specification 6.5.3.9.e, h and gi above shall include the results of any investigations made and the recommenda-tions resulting from these investigations to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence of the event.

RECORDS 6.5.3. 11 Records of Corporate Nuclear Safety Section reviews, including recommendations and concerns, shall be prepared and distributed as indicated below:

a. Copies of documented reviews shall be retained in the CNSS files.
b. Recoaeendations and concerns shall be submitted to the Plant General Manager and Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project within 14 days of completion of the review. A report summarizing the reviews encom-passed by Specification 6.5.3:9 shall be provided to the Plant General Manager and the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project every other month.
c. A summation of recommendations and concerns of the Corporate Nuclear Safety Section shall be submitted to the Chairman/President and Chief Executive Officer and other appropriate senior management personnel at least every other month.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 6-13

CPLL Coxnxnenta RNP P Proof an d Review Tech nical 8 pecif ication s Record Number: 774 Comment Type: ERROR LCO Number: F 05.04.03 Page Number: 6-15 Section Number: 6.5.4.3 Comment:

CHANGE THE TITLE TO SENIOR EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT-POWER SUPPLY AND ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION.

Basis TYPOGRAPHICAL

FiNAL DR%I ADMINI STRAT I VE CONTROLS RECORDS 6.5.4.3 Records of audits shall be prepared and retained.

6.5.4.4 Audit reports encompassed by Specification 6.5.4. 1 shall be prepared, approved by the Manager-Quality Assurance Services, and forwarded, within 30 days after completion of the audit, to the xecutive Vice President-Power Supply and Engineering and Construction, Senior ice President"Nuclear Generation, Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project, anager-Nuclear Safety and Environmental Services, Plant General Manager, and the management positions responsible for the areas audited.

AUTHORITY SEJM!dR 6.5.4.5 The Manager-Quality Assurance. Service Section, under the Manager-Corporate Quality Assurance Department, shall be responsible for the following:

a. Administering the Corporate Quality Assurance Audit Program.
b. Approval of the individuals selected to conduct quality assurance audits.

6.5.4.6 Audit personnel shall be independent of the area audited, 6.5.4.7 Selection of personnel for auditing assignments shall be based on experience or training that establishes that their qualifications are commen-surate with the complexity or special nature of the activities to be audited.

In selecting audit personnel, consideration shall be given to special abilities, specialized technical training, prior pertinent experience, personal character-istics, and education.

6.5.4.8 Qualified outside consultants, or other individuals independent from those personnel directly involved in plant operation, shall be used to augment the audit teams when necessary.

6.5.5 OUTSIDE AGENCY INSPECTION AND AUDIT PROGRAM 6.5.5. 1 An independent fire protection and loss prevention inspection and audit shall be performed at least once per 12 months using either qualified offsite licensee personnel or an outside fire protection firm.

6.5.5.2 An inspection and audit of the fire protection and loss prevention program shall be performed by an outside qualified fire consultant at inter-vals no greater than 36 months.

6.5.5.3 Copies of the audit reports and responses to them shall be forwarded to the Vice President-Harris Nuclear Project and the Manager-Corporate Quality Assurance.

6.6 REPORTABLE EVENT ACTION 6.6. 1 The following actions shall be taken for REPORTABLE EVENTS:

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 6-15

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: go 6 ( Page: Cp -/7 Comant Date: g/ry(gb 75: le~a9a Comment:

We/e'fe. /he. %econ J Seo7ertce oF t'tg,/,a., /,

Resolution Basis Pe/efe se<eg 5e~7e~cC, f'gr S7 5, A/ever incle Jed Far atng o+er p/+~V, ge o. gene irerel.eirewenf'f47 Qc,S POj'een e,gtouC 3 4C r IJTC /LL5/0 1h )7t +e Xs nog gr il5 + for gh'e 7g 5 dr~

became e .g i can LC(9) htt5 ~O ACI Iek cr...t a cL e'u-rvei(la.~ce, EaZ been reeeepfe< ~erroner afg

+rem 4e I'narFr, 6v'e'~

+) ii'. Z>e-peed uF s/iv/sb s -,

(See enc.leaeck CtgPQ dF Cg& Vf'IQ I >a( PQVhPf?g QC~aateg Resolution Acce ted:

r~ I<'g,

/ a.

~

NRC CPSL il 9

Date:

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: l)e~Wy 5 Page: t Conment Date: 3/f7/gf; gS,',F,V,a.

The leakage of primary coolant from ESP system elements (Pump seals, valves, etcl out ide of containment is an important variable in the evaluation'of the radiological consequences of a LOCA. The SER V-evaluations of the radiological consequences (Section 15.6.5.2) assumed ~

that such leakage is less than 1 gpm. tn order to assure the validity of this assumption to Shearon Harris, a maximum allowable integrated leak rate outside of containment of 1 gpm should be specified and confirmed at each refueling outage. A justification is needed if this requirement is not specified in the technical specifications.

For your reference, SRP 15.6.5, Appendix B states "The leakage for calculating the radiological consequences should be the maximum operational leakage and should be taken as two times the sum of the simultaneous leakaqe from all components ir. the re"ircu'ie .ion st",,:":-

above wQi ch tjsss technical pre. i-.i".:"+ion.' wo" id r= ngirs; ."ef ">'n.-,;!,;

c'v" 1;assis tn 'ip out 0 se vi c-"...

Resolution Basis ch~~pg 7S d,t'~~ +

,'nc I&a. ~ gp~ Ie~4~g ~

~eve'~v~ for IWf'- m cf g c. G Q c g c fe ~g, Se.e m+/mc/imcL 7.fn.m.r/fed

=/e f/-,

Resolution Acce ted:

NRC CP&L Date: Date:

0

- - Pn00FAt,'PEB,B(t;Opy ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS PROCEDURES AND PROGRAMS Continued

/~RA%

g. guality Assurance>for effluent and environmental monitoring; and
h. Fire protection program implementation.
6. 8. 2 Each procedure of Specification 6.8. 1, and changes thereto, shall be reviewed and approved in accordance with Specification 6.5.1 prior to imple-mentation and reviewed periodically as set forth in administrative procedures.
6. 8. 3 Temporary changes to procedures of Specification 6. 8. 1 may be made provided:
a. The intent of the original procedure is not altered;
b. The change is appro'ved by two members of the plant management staff, at least one of whom holds a Senior Operator license on the unit affected; and
c. The change is documented, reviewed in accordance with Specifica-tion 6.5. 1, and approved within 14 days of implementation by the Plant General Manager or by the Manager'of the functional area affected by the procedure.

6.8.4 The following programs shall be established, implemented, and maintained:

a. Prima Coolant Sources Outside Containment A program to reduce leakage, to as low as practical levels, from those portions of systems outside containment that could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or*accident. The systems include:

1.

2.

. Residual Heat .Removal System ~

Safety Injection System, except boron injection recirculation subsystem and accumulator

3. Portions of the Chemical and Volume Control System:
a. letdown subsystem, including demineralizers
b. boron re-cycle holdup tanks
c. charging pumps Containment Spray Syst m, except spray additive subsystem and INST .

l/P. Post-Accident Sample System SHEARON HARRIS," UNIT 1 6-17

gf<

Shearon Harris Technical Specifications Resolution of Staff Comments Originator: Pam Page:

Comment Date: 8 4/8&

Comment:

Review Guidelines: The licensee shall affirm that each of the numerical values specified in the Final Draft of the Technical Specifications is in accordance with, or conservative with respect to, the Analyses of Record, making appropriate allowances for instrumentation error.

pS Ia

~,'(( mof be

'yees'f~~+~'asis Pity Resolution

)~)ejretl 0F gg o.pp/joe~/ js zp7+g >

in ~ r g I epe>red +a Sge.c.s are coasts&

~, Fager+. Xak ~.d 6e.

0 s- k ui J7 F~ilifJ de P~

rei.ue4,boj,PS B goes spa+/'s bjsV orjc repmire~en+

cergi Fg ccrc.g lort Resolution Acce ted:

NRC CPSL Date: Date: